Prasanna – Page 49 – WBBSE Solutions

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India

February 7, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 7 Question Answer – Resources of India

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
What is the resource which is found in only one place in the world known as?
Answer:
Invaluable Resource/Explicit resource

Question 2.
Give an example of fossil fuel.
Answer:
Coal.

Question 3.
Which conventional energy is known as white coal?
Answer:
Hydroelectric power.

Question 4.
Which type of coal can be regarded as the best quality?
Answer:
Anthracite.

Question 5.
Which element is most abundant in mineral oil?
Answer:
Hydrocarbon.

Question 6.
Which process is more commonly used to produce nuclear power?
Answer:
Nuclear fission.

Question 7.
Which type of energy can prevent pollution?
Answer:
Alternative energy.

Question 8.
What type of energy can be generated from Durgaduani region of Sundarbans?
Answer:
Tidal energy.

Question 9.
What is the other name for petroleum?
Answer:
Hydrocarbon.

Question 10.
The anticlinal form of a fold where mineral oil gets accumulated is known as-
Answer:
Pool.

Question 11.
What type of coal is usually used for industrial purpose?
Answer:
Bituminous.

Question 12.
Name a nuclear power station in South India.
Answer:
Kalpakkam.

Question 13.
What is the concept of inherent or potential quality of a neutral stuff known as?
Answer:
Resource Perception.

Question 14.
Where does India stand in the production of wind energy?
Answer:
Fifth in the world.

Question 15.
Which region in India produces maximum amount of mineral oil?
Answer:
Western India.

Question 16.
Where is the potential mineral oil reserve in West Bengal?
Answer:
Sundarban area.

Question 17.
What is ‘Sagar Samrat’?
Answer:
Floating ship used for drawing up mineral oil.

Question 18.
Give an example of a renewable resource
Answer:
Sunlight / Solar power.

Question 19.
What are the two by products of coal?
Answer:
Bitumen, coal tar.

Question 20.
What percent of mineral oil is imported in India?
Answer:
80 percent.

Question 21.
What is full form of OIL?
Answer:
Oil India Limited.

Question 22.
What are those matter which do not have any utility or function known as?
Answer:
Neutral stuff.

Question 23.
What is capability of fulfilling the gap of resource called?
Answer:
Utility.

Question 24.
What are the resources which are derived from nature called?
Answer:
Natural resource.

Question 25.
What are the resources derived from the biological world called?
Answer:
Biotic or Biological resources.

Question 26.
What are the resources which cannot be touched are known as?
Answer:
Intangible resource

Question 27.
What is India’s rank in the world in terms of export of iron ore?
Answer:
Fifth.

Question 28.
What type of resource involves man’s knowledge, intellect and technical skill?
Answer:
Cultural resource.

Question 29.
What type of resources are under the control of a country?
Answer:
National resources.

Question 30.
What type of fuel does not pollute nature?
Answer:
Green fuel

Question 31.
How many type of barriers are there for creating resources?
Answer:
Three.

Question 32.
When was the National Thermal Power Corporation formed?
Answer:
1975.

Question 33.
Under what type of resources can resources of Antarctica be categorised?
Answer:
International resource.

Question 34.
What is India’s world rank in terms of population?
Answer:
Second.

Question 35.
In which country do majority of the productive people like?
Answer:
India.

Question 36.
How can iron ore be classified on the basis of purity of the ore?
Answer:
Four types.

Question 37.
What is the percent of liquite in terms of all the types of coal produced in India?
Answer:
15 percent.

Question 38.
Which type of coal has excessive amount of carbon content?
Answer:
Graphite.

Question 39.
What is the lead of pencil made of?
Answer:
Graphite.

Question 40.
Which geological age does the coal found in India belong to?
Answer:
Gondwana age.

Question 41.
Which category does most of the Gondwana coal in India belongs to?
Answer:
Bituminous coal.

Question 42.
What is the rank of West Bengal in the production of coal?
Answer:
Fourth.

Question 43.
Which is the deepest oil field in India?
Answer:
Digboi.

Question 44.
Which type of energy production is being stressed upon nowadays in India?
Answer:
Alternative energy.

Question 45.
Name a nuclear power station which is under construction in Maharashtra
Answer:
Jaitapur.

Question 46.
Into how many types can mineral oil be classified on the basis of variation in chemical composition?
Answer:
Three types.

Question 47.
What is the percentage of nuclear power in terms of total world production of electricity?
Answer:
15 percent.

Question 48.
How much electricity is produced form one pound of uranium?
Answer:
About 12,000 MW.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is neutral stuff?
Answer:
The materials which are available in nature and are of no use are called neutral stuff. For example, a piece of rocky barren land.

Question 2.
What are the two main features of a resource?
Answer:
The two main features of resources are-

Utility: To fill in the gap of demand for resource.
Functionality: It meets the paucity of supply of resources of mankind by providing its utility.

For example, thermal power is derived from burning of fossil fuel and this is its utility. When this thermal power becomes beneficial to mankind by way of many facilitating activities, this is its functionality.

Question 3.
What are natural resources?
Answer:
The resources which are easily available from nature are called natural resources for example, sunlight, wind, fertile soil along river banks etc.

Question 4.
What are non-renewable or exhaustible resources?
Answer:
The resources which are available in nature in limited quantities and cannot be replaced or replenished after being utilised are called non-renewable or exhaustible resources. For example, coal, mineral oil etc.

Question 5.
What are renewable or inexhaustible resources?
Answer:
The resources which are easily available in nature and can be used over and over again without they being depleted, are called renewable or inexhaustible resources. For example, sunlight, wind, sea-waves etc.

Question 6.
What is regional resource?
Answer:
The resource which are available in and restricted to any particular region is called regional resource. For example, coal, iron ore, gold etc.

Question 7.
What is biotic resource?
Answer:
The resource which are obtained from the biological (flora and fauna) world is called biotic resource. For example, wood, milk, meat etc.

Question 8.
What is intangible resource?
Answer:
The resource which cannot be touched is called intangible resource. This type of resource can be obtained from the cultural environment of mankind. For example, education, skill etc.

Question 9.
What is potential resource?
Answer:
The resource which is available in nature and also has utility and functionality, but cannot be exploited and used due to inaccessibility of the places where it is found is, called potential resource. For example, the vast iron covered land in Antarctica.

Question 10.
What is resource perception?
Answer:
The perception by mankind of the function, utility and benefit derived out of any matter and preliminary investigation of it is called resource perception. This perception varies on the basis of technological skill, requirement or demand, environmental issue or concept and abundance of such matter. For example, paper can be derived from sugarcane bagasse.

Question 11.
What is conservation of resource?
Answer:
The term conservation means to preserve a certain thing for a specific purpose. When a resource is utilised in a limited way scientifically, reducing its over-exploitation and wastage and thereby preserving that particular resource, is called conservation of resource. The concept of reducing (the exploitation and use), re-using and recycling is applied here.

Question 12.
What are mineral resources?
Answer:
The resources which are derived from digging or drilling of the earth’s surface are called mineral resources. For example, coal, mineral oil or petroleum etc. These resources have specific physical and chemical compositions.

Question 13.
What are the aims of conserving resources?
Answer:
The aims of conserving resources-

To preserve the quality of environment resources.
To conserve the resource for the next generation (sustainable development).
To increase the utility and function of resource.
To prevent wastage of resources.

Question 14.
How can Iron ore be classified?
Answer:
Iron ore can be classified into four groups on the basis of quantity and quality of ore iron
E.g. regnetite Fe₃O₄, Haematite Fe₂O₃,
Limeonete Fe₂O₃, 3H₂O and Siderite FeCO₃.

Question 15.
To which countries does India export iron ore?
Answer:
India exports iron ore to Japan, the United States of America, China, Iran, Pakistan etc. India ranks fifth among the world’s iron ore exporting countries.

Question 16.
What are the main power resources of India?
Answer:

Power or energy derived from coal and mineral oil.
Hydroelectricity produced from swift-flowing mountanous rivers.
Nuclear power derived from radio-active minerals like Uranium, Thorium etc.

Question 17.
Mention one iron ore producing and one coal-producing centre in India.
Answer:
Iron ore producing centre-Gorumahisani of Mayurbhanj in Odisha. Coal producing centre-Jharia in Jharkhand.

Question 18.
Where is coal found in Jharkhand?
Answer:
Coal is found in Jharia, Bokaro, Karanpur, Giridih, Ramgarh, Daltonganj areas of the Damodar valley in Jharkhand. Jharkhand ranks first in the production of coal in India.

Question 19.
What is ‘Sagar Samrat’ and ‘Sagar Vikash’?
Answer:
The two floating vessels or ships on with platforms, which are used for drilling oil from the sea-bed in the Mumbai-Dariya region are called ‘Sagar Samrat’ and ‘Sagar Vikash’. These two vessels are responsible for drilling and exploiting the largest quantity of mineral oil in India.

Question 20.
Mention the names of two thermal-power centres in West Bengal.
Answer:
The two thermal power centres in West Bengal are-

Kolaghat and
Bandel.

Kolaghat is the most important thermal power project in West Bengal.

Question 21.
What are the by-products of petroleum?
Answer:

Asphalt or Peat
Naphtha
Carbon Black
Vaseline.

All these are used as raw materials in a host of industries.

Question 22.
What are the sources of Conventional energy?
Answer:
The sources of conventional energy are coal, mineral oils or petroleum, swift flowing rivers, radio active minerals like Uranium, Thorium, etc. These sources of energy are being utilised over long periods of time.

Question 23.
What are the sources of unconventional energy?
Answer:
The sources of unconventional energy are sunlight, wind, tides, sea-waves, geothermal energy etc. These are unlimited resources.

Question 24.
Discuss the saliant features of resource.
Answer:
Resource is a matter which is capable of fulfilling the lack of supply or demand. The main features of a resource are its

utility
function
acceptability
applicability
universal demand
availability
restricted or limitedness
reducibility
environment-friendliness
capability of conserving the biodiversity.

Question 25.
Give the names of three coal mines in India.
Answer:
The three coal mines of India are-

The coal belt of Damodar valley: This is the richest coal belt in India. Raniganj, Jharia etc are important coal mines here.
The coal belt or Mahanadi valley: Talcher, Rampur in Odisha and Korba in Chattisgarh.
The coal belt of Son valley: Umarie in Madhya pradesh and Jhilimili in Chattisgarh.

Question 26.
What are inexhaustible resources?
Answer:
The resources which are not depleted even after using them repetitively are called inexhaustible resources. For example, sunlight, wind etc.

Question 27.
What are reusable resources?
Answer:
The resources which are not completely depleted after use and can be used again are called renewable resources. For example, iron, copper, gold etc.

Question 28.
What are the raw materials used for producing nuclear energy?
Answer:
Uranium, Thorium, Plutonium, heavy water, Hydrogen etc. are the raw materials used for producing nuclear energy.

Question 29.
What is cultural resource?
Answer:
When knowledge, intellect and applicability are used in creating resources, they are known as cultural resources. Man is the creator of cultural resources. No resource would have been utilised unless there was development in cultural resources.

Question 30.
What are the obstacles of resources?
Answer:
The factors which act as barriers in creating resources or destroy resources are considered to be obstacles of resources. For example, storms, war, etc.

Question 31.
What are national resources?
Answer:
Those resources which are under the control of any state or country are called national resources.

Question 32.
What are social resources?
Answer:
The resources which are governed by, is under the control and fulfills the demands of the society, are called social resources. For example, school, college, hospital etc.

Question 33.
Name the oldest coal mine and petroleum producing region in India.
Answer:
1. The oldest coal mine in India is Raniganj. For the first time coal was hauled in 1774.
2. The oldest oil-producing centre India is Digboi. The first oilfield was drilled here in 1889.

Question 34.
What are international resources?
Answer:
The resources which do not belong to any individual or any country, but are meant for mankind as a whole are called international resources. For example, oceans, Antarctica, ozone layer etc.

Question 35.
What is Green fuel?
Answer:
Any fuel which is environment-friendly is called Green Fuel. At present, diesel is made sulphur-free and petrol is made lead-free in order to prevent pollution. They are called Green fuels.

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Define resources.
Answer:
According to Zimmerman (1992), a famous resource specialist, “Resource does not mean any object or matter, it is actually its function and process which makes that object or matter beneficial to man by fulfilling his demand.” In other words, the utility or function of any object or matter which is capable of meeting any demand is a resource. Thus ‘Resource is a medium through which a demand is fulfilled, be it an individual or a social demand.

Question 2.
What is meant by natural or physical, human and cultural barrier or obstacle?
Answer:
The phenomena which cause harm to man by hampering the growth of resources, are called barrier. They are-
1. Natural barrier: When a natural or physical phenomenon acts as a barrier in the creation of resource, it is called natural barrier for example, severe storm, thunderstorm, cyclone, flood etc.

2. Human barrier: When human activities interfere with the creation of resources it is called human barrier.
E.g., war, scarce population, over population.

3. Cultural barrier: When any cultural factor acts as a barrier for creating resources, it is called a cultural barrier. E.g., religious fanaticism, superstition etc.

Question 3.
What are the factors responsible for creating resources?
Answer:
There are 3 main factors responsible for creating resources- E.g.,

Nature
Man
Culture

They play important roles in creating resources either individually or in a combined manner. For example, in early times, coal was found lying idle in nature as a natural staff. Later, man with his ingenuity and cultural advance learnt to encavate coal from beneath the earth’s surface and started to put it into use for his own benefit. Thus, in this care, nature, man and culture have all played their roles in a combined way.

Question 4.
Explain the functionability of resources.
Answer:
The ability to function of any object or inanimate matter is called the functionality of resource. The main concepts are-

Functional capability: The capability of any object to function converts it into a resource.
Dynamic in nature: The resource has to be dynamic in terms of its functionality.
The multifaceted roles of function: Any resource should not have any specific function. It should have the capability to function in many ways and for various purposes. For example, although petrol and diesel are derived from mineral oil, but at the same time, it has the capability of producing many other substances.

Question 5.
What are the controlling factors for creating resources?
Answer:
The controlling factors for creating resources are-

1. Culture: The advancement of culture changes the function of a resource. In this way mentral stuff is converted to resource.

2. Place and time: An object or matter lying idle is considered neutral stuff in one place, but the same stuff is considered to be a resource in some other place. For example, radio-active minerals were considered to be barriers for development in early times, but now they are used as resources for producing electricity in the developed countries.

3. Technology: Technology or technical skill increases the functional capability of a resource. On The other hand demand, population figures etc., control the functionality of a resource.

Question 6.
What do you know about ONGC?
Answer:
The full form of ONGC is Oil and Natural Gas Commission. It was established in the year 1956 and is a government organisation. Its headquarter is located in Dehradun in the state of Uttarakhand.

Importance:

This organisation carries out surveys to locate mineral oil and natural gas in different parts of India.
Most up the mineral oil of India is hauled up by this organisation.
It also operates in various countries outside India.

Question 7.
What do you understand by fossil fuel?
Answer:
When sediments are laid down layer by layer on the sea-bed or bottom of a lake or a wetland, remains of plants and animals get trapped in between them. Gradually, as a result of pressure exerted by the overlying horizontal layers of sediments, as well as the heat generated from beneath the earth’s interior, these remains turn into fossils.

Over long periods of time, these fossils lead to the formation of coal. Mineral oil and natural gas are produced from there oceanic micro-organisms, bacteria, plants cells etc. All these are the main sources of fuel and since they are derived from fossils they are called fossil fuels.

Question 8.
What is Coke?
Answer:
When the grade of bituminous coal is improved through various processes in a coke furnace, it is called coke.
Process: The impurities present in coal such as, inorganic matter, soil, rocky matter, water, etc. are removed through processing in a coke oven or furnace and the quality of coal is thus improved.

Uses:

Used for the purpose of producing thermal power.
It is widely used for extraction of metal from the original ore.

Question 9.
Where are oil refineries located in India?
Answer:
There are about 22 oil refineries in India which purify or refine impure or unrefined mineral oil. They are-

Digboi, Guwahati, Bongaigaon, Numaligarh, Noonmati in Assam
Two refineries in Jamnagar, Koyali and Bhadinar in Gujarat
Manali and Nagapattinam in Tamil Nadu
Trombay I and II of Maharashtra
Haldia in West Bengal
Tatipaka, Visakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh.
Barauni in Bihar
Mathura in Uttar Pradesh,
Panipat in Haryana
Kochi in Kerala
Mangalore in Karnataka
Bhatinda in Punjab
Madhya Pradesh

Question 10.
What do you know abot NTPC?
Answer:
NTPC or National Thermal Power Corporation was established in 1975. The main objective of this organisation is to investigate and create more thermal power belts in accordance with the ever increasing demand for electricity in India. At present there are altogether 16 thermal power based and 7 giant gas-based power centres in India established by NTPC. Farakka in West Bengal is such an example.

Question 11.
How does man hinder the creation and development of resources?
Answer:
Demand is the sole factor for creation of resource for man. Man himself creates resources to be used for his own benefits. Again, man himself acts as a hindering factor for creating and developing resources to satisfy his needs. Some human activities that impede the creation of resources are as follows –

Over-exploitation and over-usage of resources have led to permanent depletion of resources.
There is a constant and indiscriminate destruction of forests (deforestation) which results from man’s greed and self-centredness.
Soil is polluted and the fertility is also decreased as a result or unscientific farming.
Huge quantities of resources are being destroyed in many parts of the world as a result of warfare, revolts, riots etc. Thus, man not only creates resources out is also responsible for destroying them.

Question 12.
Why is iron considered to be an aid in modern civilisation and industrialisation?
Answer:
Iron is the carrier of modern civilisation. It is because of its multifarious use and importance, that the modern age is at times known as the iron age. Iron aids in modern civilisation and industrialisation in the following ways-

In the creation of pig iron or iron lumps.
A host of products E.g., manufacturing of tools and machineries, light and heavy engineering industry, automobile industry, manufacturing of alloys, building construction, agricultural implements and a number of household products.
Iron is widely used for making paints and other chemical products.

Question 13.
Why is coal known as stratified organic rock?
Answer:
When plant remains are buried underground over millions of years, intense heat and pressure exerted on them bring about a change. The carbon accumulated in the trunks of these trees and plants undergoes chemical reaction which turn them into coal.

The coal is accumulated in between the layers or strata of sedinentary rocks and this is actually a hydrocarbon compound. Since coal is formed as a result of accumulation of plant remains and as a stratified sedimentary formation it is called a stratified organic rock.

Question 14.
What is the importance of multipurpose river valley projects?
Answer:
Inspite of having abundant water resources (numerous rivers etc), only 7 percent of the flowing water is used for irrigation.

Concept: When dam is constructed across a flowing river the water thus stored is used for many purposes and for the economic benefit of the inhabitants of the region, it is called a multipurpose river valley project.

Aims:

To ensure irrigation during dry and rainless reasons.
To control flood by controlling the flow of river water.
Generate hydroelectric power,
Supply of drinking water
Construction of bridges, roads and railways
Pisciculture or raising fish in the reservoir constructed behind the dam
Promotion of tourism in and around the dam area
To use the river as a waterway (water transport) etc.

Write the differences between the following

Question 1.
Renewable and Non-Renewable resources.
Answer:
The differences between the two are given below —

Points of difference	Renewable Resource	Non-Renewable Resource
Exhaustibility	Renewable resources do not exhaust due to gradual or regular usage.	Non-Renewable resources exhaust due to gradual or regular usage.
Replenishment	These resources replenish on its own.	These resources can not be renewed or replenished.
Cost-effective	Resources are more cost-effective	Resources are less cost-effective

Question 2.
Exhaustible and Inexhaustible resources.
Answer:
The differences between exhaustible and inexhaustible resources are given below —

Points of difference	Exhaustible Resources	inexhaustible Resources
Recycled/Renewed	Exhaustible resource cannot be renewed or recycled.	Inexhaustible resources are renewed or recycled.
Cost-effective	Procurement of these resource is costly.	Procurement of these resource is not so costly. It is more cost-effective.
Environment pollution	Usage of these resources cause the risk of environmental pollution.	There is no risk of environmental pollution due to usage of these resources.

Question 3.
Neutral Stuff/Matter and Resources.
Answer:
The differences between neutral stuff and resources are —

Points of difference	Neutral Stuff/Matter	Resources
Utility	Neutral stuff do not have any utility, for example, barren land.	Resources have utility, for example, coal.
Nature	Neutral stuff are static in nature.	Resources are dynamic in nature.
Importance/ Significance	The significance of its usage is very low.	The significance of its usage is higher.

Question 4.
Conventional and Non-conventional sources of energy.
Answer:
The differences are as given below —

Points of difference	Conventional Sources of Energy	Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
Usage	This type of energy has been in use for a long period of time. E.g., coal	The use of this type of energy has gained popularity recently. E.g., tidal energy
Environment Pollution	Except hydroelectricity, the use of all other conventional sources of energy causes environmental pollution.	Use of non-conventional sources of energy do not cause any pollution.
Storage	Sources of this type of energy are exhaustible (except hydroelectricity).	Sources of this type of energy are inexhaustible.

Question 5.
Coal from Gondwana and Tertiary Age
Answer:
The differences are as follows-

Points of difference	Coal from Gondwana Age	Coal from Tertiary Age
Age	It was created approximately 30 crore years ago.	It was created approximately 6-8 crore years ago.
Amount of carbon and heat (generated)	Content of carbon is more, like bituminous and anthracite coal, thus the amount of heat generated is also more.	Carbon content in this type of coal is less, like peat and lignite, thus this type of coal generates relatively less heat.
Location (in India)	This types of coal is found more around the river valleys and plateaus of middle and eastern India.	Found more in the Himalayan mountain region.

Question 6.
Tangible and Abstract or Intangible resources
Answer:
The differences between concrete and abstract resources are —

Points of difference	Tangible Resources	Intangible Resources
1. Tangibility	These resources are tangible.	These resources are intangible.
2. Visibility	These resources have physical existence and can be seen with our eyes.	These resources can not be seen with our eyes as they do not have any physical existence.
3. Utility	These resources are useful to man.	These resources are useful to man.
4. Example	Minerals, crops, forests, etc.	Skill, education, health, etc.

Question 7.
Personal/Individual and Social resources.
Answer:
The main differences are given below-

Points of difference	Personal / Individual Resources	Social Resources
Concept	Personal resources are owned/ controlled by an individual.	Social resources are owned/controlled by the whole society.
Durability	The social durability of this type of resource is low. Its use is restricted to one or a few persons.	This resource is more for the use of general people. It is used for the benefit of many people in the society.
Creation	This resource is created by an individual or he gets it as hereditary ownership/legacy.	This type of resource is created by the collective effort of many people from within the society.
Examples	House, Car, Education etc.	School, Hospital, etc.

Question 8.
Biotic and Abiotic resources
Answer:
The differences between biotic or organic and abiotic/in organic resources are given below-

Points of difference	Biotic Resources	Abiotic Resources
Concept	Resources that are obtained from living organisms.	Resources that are obtained from nonliving objects.
Durability	It is a renewable resource. If used properly this resource can last for a long time.	Though mostly this type of resource is non-renewable, it is not destroyed quickly
Examples	Fish, Forest, Cattle etc.	Water, minerals etc.

Give reasons for the following

Question 1.
Coal is known as Black Diamond.
Answer:
Coal is known as Black Diamond because of the following reasons-

Composition: Coal and diamond are both made up of carbon.
Value: Diamond is a valuable gem. At the same time, because of its multiple use and importance, coal is also highly valuable in modern times.

Question 2.
Man is sometimes responsible for destroying resources.
Answer:
Man not only creates resource, but also destroys it. For example-

Forests are lost due to indiscriminate felling of trees, thereby causing irreversible damage to the ecosystem.
Fertility of the land is diminished as a result of unscientific agricultural practices.
Quantities of fish are reduced as result of excessive and unscientific fishing.
Resources are (destroyed as a result of warfare, riots (based on religion, caste etc)
Pollution of water, land and wind is caused as a result of excessive use of fossil fuels.

Question 3.
Mineral oil is found only in
Answer:
According to geologists, the remains of oceanic organisms are prone to much heat and pressure by the laying down of sediments (horizontally) on the ocean bed. They are ultimately converted to a liquid form. Water, oil and gas are trapped in between the layers of sedimentary rocks.

The anticlives of the folded sedimentary rocks contain oil and gas. Sandstone and limestone, (being a more porous rock) are usually the storing places of oil. This is the reason why mineral oil is found only in sedimentary rocks.

Question 4.
Why is the use of conventional sources of energy reducing day by day in modern times?
Answer:
The reasons for the decreasing use of conventional sources of energy are-

Depletion: The various sources of conventional energy like coal, mineral oil etc, have already diminished due to overexploitation.
Pollution: Except hydroelectric power, all other conventional sources of energy lead to pollution.
Expensive: Conventional sources of energy are more expensive.

Question 5.
Petroleum is called Liquid Gold.
Answer:
Gold is an expensive and widely used metal. In the same way, petroleum is also an important fossil fuel used for running cars, buses, trucks, railway engines, ships, steamers etc. In the modern times our transport system is very much dependent on petroleum. It is because of this value that petroleum has been compared to gold and is called ‘Liquid Gold’.

Question 6.
Hydroelectricity is an environment friendly energy.
Answer:
Water of swift-flowing rivers are used for producing hydroelectricity. No fossil fuel is used for the production of hydroelectricity and hence it is pollution free. During the production of hydroelectricity no poisonous gas or smoke is emanated. Hence, hydroelectricity is considered to be an environment free energy.

Question 7.
India lags behind in the production of nuclear power in comparison to other countries of the world.
Answer:
About 15 percent of all electricity produced in the world is derived from nuclear power. According to scientists, one pound of uranium or plutonium can produce about 12,000 M.W. of electricity. Thorium, Hydrogen, Lithium etc. are also capable of producing nuclear energy. In India, of all the electricity produced, only 3 percent comprises nuclear power. The total potential of producing nuclear energy from the existing nuclear power stations in India amounts to 4780 M.W. hours.

The reasons for the low production of nuclear power in India are-

Reserves of Uranium and Thorium are meager in India. Lack of raw materials is thus a hindrance to produce nuclear energy.
Huge amount of money is needed to build up the infrastructure of a nuclear power plant which is a problem for India.
A lot of social stigma exists for the setting up of nuclear power plants.

Question 8.
Hydroelectric power is called white coal.
Answer:
Coal is the major resource for producing electricity. However, it is an exhaustible resource and also causes pollution. That is why hydroelectric power is produced by rotating a turbine on a swift-flowing river. It is an inexhaustible resource and can be used over and over again. Taking into consideration the importance of hydroelectric power and comparing it will coal, it is called ‘White coal’.

Question 9.
Man is both the creator and destroyer of resource.
Answer:
Man creates resource. All the resources (except natural resource) used by man is created by him. He uses and benefits from these resources which he creates using his intellect, knowledge, technical skill etc. On the other hand, man is a destroyer of resource. Some resources are depleted after over-exploitation and excessive use by man. Resources are lost as a result of man’s ignorance and never-ending greed. Riots and warfare also damage resources. Prof Zimmerman has called it a “dual role of man’.

Question 10.
Population is called a resource.
Answer:
Population is considered to be resource if it possess relevant philosophy, wisdom and super functionality. According to Prof. Zimmerman, ‘Man’s own wisdom is his, main resource’- this acts as an opener of world’s resources. Supply of labour is supported by population figures. It is man’s demand that creates resources. Higher quality resources are created by people with more advanced knowledge and technical skill.

A well-educated and technically skilled population is a valuable resource for any country. In India, most of the people cannot be considered as a resource as they do not have the necessary skill. Smaller countries like Canada, Australia and such others also can not develop the full potential of the resources due to scarce population.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What do you understand by resources? Classify resources citing examples.
Answer:
Resource: A noted resource specialist Prof. Zimmerman (1992) has defined resource as-“Resource does not mean dry matter or substance, but it implies the utility and functionality of that matter or substance, which, in turn, fulfills man’s demand. Thus, ‘Resource is medium through which a goal is achieved, that is, to fulfill the demand of any individual or a society.’

On the other hand, in the Earth Summit held in Rio-de-Janeiro in 1992 resource was defined any matter which, besides fulfilling the demand of man through its utility and functionality also preserves biodiversity, should be considered a resource’. For example, coal is used for its heat and light after being taken out of the mines and then it is called a resource. At the same time, it has to be seen that the fume emanating from using coal does not pollute the environment.

According to Encyclopedia of Social Science, resource is a factor of man’s material and socioeconomic environment. Actually, to fulfill man’s demand and aspiration and to achieve a social objective.

Classification of Resources:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 1

Question 2.
Give an account of different types of resources in India.
Or
‘India is a resource-rich country’-Explain.
Answer:
There are a variety of resources in India. They are as follows –
1. Land resources:

The total area of India is about 32 lakhs 87 thousand sq. kms.
India has the largest agricultural land among the Asian countries and the largest irrigated area in the world.

2. Water resources:

India is a land of rivers. Rivers like the Ganga, Indus, Brahmaputra, Mahanadi, Godavari, Krishna, Kaveri etc. with their large water content flow through India.
These rivers play an important role in areas of hydroelectric power production, water transport, supply of drinking water and irrigation water, deposition of fertile silt etc.
In spite of the fact that groundwater reserves are limited in amount, they are being utilised for drinking as well as irrigation purposes.

3. Forest resources:

Forests cover about 2-5 percent of the total area of India (India State Forest Report, 2011)
Valuable timber and other products are obtained from these forests.

4. Animal resources:

India is rich in biodiversity, especially in fauna (animal life). In terms of domestic animals and cattle, like goats, sheep, cows, buffaloes, yaks etc. India ranks first in the world.
Huge quantities of milk and milk products, meat, hides and skins, eggs etc. are produced from these goats, sheep, pigs, poultry (ducks and hens) etc.

5. Fish resources:
In India fish is caught both from inland fresh-water rivers, lakes and ponds as well as from saline waters of the oceans (from the continental shelves of the oceans). India ranks sixth in fish production the world and second in the production of inland fisheries.

6. Agricultural resources:

Since India is an agricultural country, large quantities of paddy, wheat, sugarcane, cotton, jute, oilseeds etc. are cultivated in the fertile plains and river valleys.
Besides, large quantities of tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, different types of spices, fruits and vegetables are also produced here.

7. Mineral resource:

India is rich in resources such as coal, iron ore, bauxite, mica, manganese, limestone etc.
However, petroleurn is scare in India.

8. Industrial resources: India is quite developed in industries like cotton-textile, iron and steel, sugar, engineering, tea, jute, information technology, jewellery etc.

9. Human resources:

India has the second largest population in the world after China. Hence, India has strong labour force.
The world’s largest productive population (young population) is in India. From the above discussion it can be concluded that India is a resource-rich country.

Question 3.
Discuss the concept of resources.
Answer:
Concept of resources:
1. Physical factors: Natural resource like coal, iron ore, mineral oil etc. were known as physical or natural resources earlier.

2. Functionality of resources: According to a noted resource specialist, Dr. Zimmerman, ‘Resources do not mean the type of matter or substance, but its functionality and utility which enables to fulfill man’s demand’

3. Ability to fulfill demand or lack of supply: Any matter or substance is not a resource, it is neutral stuff. In fact, the functional ability and utility of that matter which enables to fulfill the gap in demand. Coal can be cited as an example.

When coal is present beneath the earth’s surface, it is not considered to be a resource. But, when coal is burnt to produce heat, it becomes a resource. This heat comes into various types of uses to fulfill man’s demand – this is its utility. Thus, coal and mineral oil are examples of resources.

Again, when land lies barren, it is not a resource since it does not have any utility or functional capacity. However when this land is used for agriculture and consequently yields of paddy, wheat, cereals etc. are obtained, then that land becomes a resource.

4. Intangibility: Coal and land can be seen and they are tangible in nature. However, man’s knowledge, intellect, social law and others cannot be seen or touched and hence they are intangible. However, they are considered to be resource since they have utility and functional capacity and are able to fulfill man’s individual and social demands. Thus, even if they are intangible, they are considered as resources.

5. Man-made: Since creation of resources is in the hands of man, their contraction and expansion occur (dynamic in nature) according to man’s demand as per time and space. Thus, if any matter can be used at any particular time (temporal) and space (spatial), and is capable of fulfilling man’s individual or social demands, it is called a resource.

Question 4.
What is the need for conserving resources? Give an account of the measures taken to conserve resources.
Answer:
Need for conserving resources:

The ecological balance is maintained by conserving resources.
Natural growth is preserved in the case of biological or biotic resources.
Resources are retained to be used for the next generation (as a result of sustainable development of resources).
Economic growth is accelerated.
In some cases, resource conservation may also come into our aid during disaster management.

Measures taken to conserve resources:

To increase the longevity of conventional resources like coal, mineral oil by using renewable and non-conventional resources like solar power, wind energy etc.,
to curb wastage of resources by application of proper technology
to increase awareness and change man’s perception, for example, use of steel instead of wood in furniture-making (forests can be preserved in this way)
to enhance the functional capacity of resources, for example, development of a multi-purpose river valley project can be encouraged by building more dams across rivers
re-using and recycling resource. For example, used and damaged Aluminium utensils can be melted to manufacture new utensils
to collect resources by using scientific methods
to conserve resources by implementing government policies
to protect resources from being damaged by natural disasters
to control population growth worldwide, so that demand for resources is reduced.

Question 5.
Give examples of the iron ore mining centres in india. Mention the reserves and the trade capacity of India in iron ore.
Answer:
The areas of iron-ore mining in india are:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 2
State-wise production of iron ore (201 1-12)

State	Production (‘000 ton)
Odisha	67,013
Goa	33,372
Chattisgarh	30,455

State	Production (‘000 ton)
Jharkhand	18,942
Karnataka	13,189
Andhra Pradesh	1,714

[source: indian Bureau of Mines, 2011-12]-
Reserves and Trade of Iron Ore in India:
Reserves: India has a reserve of about 2524 crore tonnes.
Trade: Japan, South Korea, Germany, Italy, China, are some of the countries which import iron ore from India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 3
Question 6.
Classify iron ore. What are the uses of iron ore?
Answer:
Classification of iron ore: On the basis of extraction of pure iron ore which is obtained after hauling up the mineral from the mine, it can be divided into 4 categories.

Iron ore	Amount of iron ore (in%)	Colour	Salient features
Magnetite (Fe₃O₄)	>72	Black	Iron ore of most superior quality
Haematite (Fe₂O₃)	60-70	Red, Dark brown	Abundantly found medium quality iron ore.
Limonite (2Fe₂O₃, 3H₂O)	40-60	Yellowish brown	Iron ore of superior quality
Sriderite (FeCO₃)	40-50	Greyish brown, greyish yellow	Iron ore of most inferior quality

Uses of iron ore: Iron ore can be melted down to obtain pure iron from which cast iron and pig iron are obtained. Steel is produced by mixing proportionate amounts of manganese, nickel, tungsten etc. with pure iron. These, are used for various purposes.
For example,

For manufacturing tools and instruments like boiler, radiator, etc.
For manufacturing ships, railway engine, wheels of trains, cycles, etc.
For manufacturing different types of weapons used in warfare, e.g., tanks, rifles, etc.
For making agricultural implements like, axe, plough, tractor, etc.
Articles used for domestic purposes like scissors, knife, needle, etc.
Construction of houses like rods, frills, etc.
Articles used in transports, like buses, trucks, automobile, etc.

Besides these, iron and steel are also used in the manufacture of factories, bridges, etc. It is because of excessive use of iron and steel, in modern civilisation that this age is know as the ‘Iron Age’.

Question 7.
Give an account of coal giving its classification.
Answer:
The main component of coal is carbon. Other matters like volatile matter, moisture and other impurities are also present in coal. It is on the basis of percentage of carbon present in coal that it is classified into 4 groups-

Anthracite
Bituminous
Lignite
Peat.

The details of these types are discussed below-

Name of coal	Percentage of coat	Other Compounds		Quality	Percentage of world coal production
Name of coal	Percentage of coat	Volatile matter	Moisture	Quality	Percentage of world coal production
Anthracite	85%-95	3%-5%	Residual	Most superior quality (best)	5%
Bituminous	50%-85%	10%-30%	Residual	Moderately good quality	About 80%
Lignite	35%-50%	15%-20%	Residual	Low quality	About 15%
Peat	Less than 35%	20%-35%	Residual	Worst quality	Not used much

1. Anthracite: It is the best quality of coal. It has 85% – 95% of carbon content, but is scarcely found in India. It is hard and is shiny black in colour. It does not emanate smoke when burnt. It is usually used for heating purposes in houses.

2. Bituminous: This is a moderately good quality of coal and the carbon content is 50% – 85 %. Most of the world’s coal reserves are of this type. It is black in colour, but is not so shiny. It is not much hard and gives off smoke when brunt. Coke produced from this type of coal is used extensively in the iron and steel industry. Besides, it is also used for producing water vapour and most of the by products are obtained from this type of coal.

3. Lignite: This is inferior in quality and the carbon content ranges from 35%-50%. About 15 per out of the coal produced in the world is lignite. It is black or brown in colour and gives off smoke when burnt. It is used to keep houses warm and also to produce water vapour.

4. Peat: This contains less than 35% of carbon and that is why peat is not considered to be coal by many geologist. When brunt, wood is found in it and the odour of the smoke is also that of wood. Its fuel efficiency is much less, generates very little heat and emanates much smoke. When the carbon content of coal is very high (about 99% ) it is called graphite and the lead of pencil is made from it.

Question 8.
Mention the different uses of the byproducts of coal.
Answer:
The by-products of coal are used for a variety of purposes, like-
1. Tar: After processing tar, a number of other matters are obtained, like-

Bitumen: used for constructing roads
Creosote: a variety of pesticides are developed from it.
Napthalene: it is used as pesticides
Phenol: used primarily as a pesticide. Beside these, perfumes and different types of paints etc. are derived from tar.

2. Toluene or T.N.T: Used for explosives.
3. Saccharine: It is sweeter than sugar and is mainly used as a medicine.
4. Ammonium Sulphate: It is used as freezing agent and fertiliser.
5. Benzol: Used to make paints.
6. Pyridine: Used to obtain paint and also used to vulcanize rubber.

Actually there are numerous by products (about 1,500 according to some and even more than 15,000 according to others) of coal, most of these byproducts are used as raw materials in the chemical industries and therefore boosts this industry.

Question 9.
Give a brief account of the coal mining areas in India. Mention the coal reserves and trade of coal.
Answer:
Coal mining areas in India: The coal extracting regions in India are discussed under two subheads. These are-

1. Coal of the Gondwana Age: The formation of this layer of coal has its origin about 28-30 million years. About 99% of India’s coal reserves belong to this age. This coal is mainly of bituminous type. The regions from where Gondwana coal is extracted are as follows:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 4

2. Coal of the Tertiary Age: During the formation of the Himalayas, about 67 million years ago, these coal deposits were formed. This type of coal is mostly of the inferior, lignite type coal. The areas of Tertiary Age coal production are —

Makum, Najira, Jeypore, Janji, and Disai in Assam
Namphuk, Namchuk and others in Arunachal Pradesh
Cherrapunji, Mauling and Tura in Meghalaya,
Bagrakot near Darjeeling and Teenjharia in West Bengal,
Kalakot, Methka, Chakar and Ladda in Jammu and Kashmir,
Umarsar in Gujarat
Palana in Bikaner district of Rajasthan
Bharkala in Kerala
Neyveli in South Arcot district of Tamil Nadu; Neyveli is also the largest storehouse of lignite coal in India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 5
Production of coal in India (2013-2014) —

State	Coal reserves (In million metric ton)
1. Jharkhand 2. Odisha 3. Chattisgarh 4. West Bengal 5. Madhya Pradesh 6. Andhra Pradesh 7. Maharashtra 8. Uttar Presh	80,716 75,073 52,533 31,318 25,673 22,468 10,964 1,062

1. Reserves: Coal reserves in India amount to about 26.76 thousand million metric tonnes. It ranks fifth in the world in terms of coal reserves.

2. Trade: Small quantities of coal are exported to Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Myanmar, Japan, Nepal, Hong Kong and other countries. Coal is imported from South Africa, Australia, China, Ukraine and Russia.

Question 10.
Give a brief account of the oil and petroleum producing regions in India. Mention the petroleum trade that is carried out in India.
Answer:
The petroleum producing regions of India are-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 6
[Source: Indian Bureau of Mines 2011-12]
Petroleum related trade in India: To meet the demand for petroleum, India imports oil form Russia, Iran, Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Indonesia and others.

Question 11.
Give a brief account of uses of coal and mineral oil in India.
Answer:
Uses of coal in india:
1. Production of thermal power: About 74 percent of coal is used as a raw material for the production of thermal power in India.
2. In the iron and steel industry: 5 percent of coal is used to smelt iron ore in the iron and steel industry.
3. In the cement plant: About 4 percent of India’s coal is used as fuel in the cement industry. Ash produced by burning coal is also used for manufacturing cement.
4. For domestic purposes: About 14 percent of India’s coal is used as a fuel for domestic purposes (cooking etc.)
5. In other areas/spheres:

Very little amount of coal is used in steam engines.
Byproducts like ammonia, creosote etc. are used for making fertilisers.
Bitumen is used for constructing roads and tar is used for constructing houses.

Uses of mineral oil in india: Mineral oil is used for many purposes in India, like-

1. In the transport industry: The byproducts of mineral oil like petrol and diesel are used to run buses, trucks, railway engines, automobile, cars, ships, aerroplanes, motorcycles etc.

2. For producing mineral power: Byproducts like furnace oil, high speed diesel oil etc. are used for producing thermal power.

3. For defence: Enormous amount of diesel and petrol are used for running different types of military vehicles. Thus, it is of utmost importance in this field.

4. In agriculture: Various byproducts of mineral oil are used for irrigation, making fertilisers, pesticides, medicines and also for running tractors, harvesters etc.

5. As raw materials for industries: Numerous industries in India have developed based on the byproducts of mineral oil. For example, plastic, detergent, paint, synthetic fibre, synthetic rubber, aromatic articles and other chemical industries.

6. Other utilities: Gas produced from mineral oil is used for cooking, as lubricants for machines, for constructing roads using asphait, for lighting kerosene lamps etc.

Question 12.
What do you mean by conventional and non-conventional sources of power? Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each.
Answer:
Sources of conventional and non conventional power: The sources of power which have been in use over long periods of time and are still used abundantly are called conventional sources of power. For examples coal, mineral oil etc. On the other hand, those sources of power which are used sparsely at present but have huge potential to be used in the future are called non-conventional sources of power. For example, solar power, wind power.

Advantages and disadvantages of using conventional sources of power:

1. Advantages:

Since they have been in use for ages the technology used for its development and use are known and easily accessible.
Even if any country does not possess a particular source of power, it can import that power from another country where it is available.

2. Disadvantages:

Environmental pollution is caused by the use of most of the conventional sources of power.
Since most of these conventional sources are limited or exhaustible or non-renewable in nature, they are depleted after being used over long periods of time.
Huge capital and latest technology are needed to procure, use and develop such sources.
Use of conventional sources of power create differences between developed and developing countries.

Advantages and disadvantages of using non-conventional sources of power:

1. Advantages:

Its use does not lead to environmental pollution.
Too much capital is not required since they are used in small amounts.
Since they are not limited, inexhaustible or renewable in nature, there is no fear of them being depleted.
Such sources of power are easily available in most parts of any country.

2. Disadvantages:

Since they are nonconventional and sparsely used, technology is not easily available.
They are not available in the same, amount at all places in all the countries of the world. For example, tidal power cannot be tapped except in coastal areas, again, solar power is not available in frigid and cold zones. Wind power is also not suitable to be tapped in all places.
Such sources of non-conventional power can not be transported from one country to another.

Question 13.
What is fossil fuel? Why are nonconventional forms of energy being given importance in India?
Answer:
Fossil fuels: Remains of plants and animals are embedded in the layers of sediments which are deposited on the ocean beds, beds of lakes or wetlands etc. Over due course of time, these gradually turn into fossils due to the pressure exerted on them from the overlying layers of sediments as well as the heat generated below them (from the earth’s interior).

It is in this way, the remains are converted to coal, whereas, mineral oil and gas are produced from the cells of plants, marine organisms, bacteria etc. This is the reason why coal and mineral oil etc. are called fossil fuels.

Reasons for giving importance to use of non-conventional sources of power in India: The sources of power which are less used presently but have the potentials of being extensively in the future are called non-conventional sources of power. For example-

Solar power
Wind power
Tidal energy
Power from sea waves
Geothermal energy
Bioenergy.

Reasons for giving importance to use such sources of power in India are as follows –

1. Ever-increasing demand for energy: In a fast, developing country like India demand for energy is increasing rapidly. However India possesses limited reserves of mineral oil and natural gas. Huge costs are incurred to import power from foreign countries. This is the reason why utmost importance is now being given to tap non-conventional sources of power.

2. Limited reserves of coal: Besides being limited in nature, coal is available only in certain pockets of India.

3. Limited production of hydro-electric power: Although India has huge potential for developing hydroelectricity (being a country with many swept-flowing, perennial and snow fed river, they have not been exploited properly. That is why stress is laid on developing non-conventional sources of powers.

4. Abundance of non-conventional sources of power: Since they are renewable in nature and unlimited in supply, sources like solar power, windpower, tidal energy and such others have huge potential to be developed and used.

5. Other sources of power are expensive: Production and use of coal and petroleum are expensive and so a shift towards using non-conventional sources of power is endorsed.

6. Production using small amount of capital: Since non-conventional sources of power can be used in small amounts, much less capital is required to tap and use them.

7. Environment-friendly: Use of nonconventional sources of power do not lead to environmental pollution unlike the conventional sources. Due to this, importance is being given to the development of non-conventional sources of power in India despite its present weak economic condition.

Question 14.
How is mineral oil formed? Classify mineral oil.
Answer:
Formation of mineral oil: The term ‘petroleum’ has been derived from the Latin word ‘petre’ meaning rock and ‘oleum’ meaning oil. Thus, the oil that is found in rocks is called petroleum or rock oil or mineral oil.

According to scientists, mineral oil is formed in two ways-organically and inorganically.

1. Organic way: Scientists say that the dead remains of plants and animals which were embedded within the layers of sedimentay rocks over long periods (5-6 million years) in the Tertiary age, have been exposed to pressure and heat and as a result of change in its chemical composition, mineral oil is formed.

2. Inorganic way: According to a Russian scientist, Shakhnin, mineral oil is formed as a result of chemical reaction of water with the carbide present in the sedimentary rocks.

Usually, the mineral oil deposits are found accumulated in the anticlinal parts of fold mountains and they are known as ‘pool’s. The bottom-most part of such an anticline contains heavy water overlaid by light mineral oil and natural gas is found on the topmost part. Deep wells are dug and unrefined mineral oil is brought out to the surface to be refined thereafter.

Classification of mineral oil: On the basis of difference in chemical composition, mineral, oil can be classified into 3 types-

1. Paraffin-based crude oil: This oil contains high amounts of light hydrocarbon (e.g., methane). Petrol, wax (paraffin) and high grade lubricating oil are derived from this, which is used extensively.

2. Asphalt-based crude oil: It is sticky in nature and black in colour. It contains heavy hydrocarbon. Its use is comparatively less. Large quantities of ashalt or bitumen is obtained from it besides some oil derived for running cars.

3. Mixed-based crude oil: This type is of medium quality. Both heavy and light types of oil are mixed and this type of oil is used both as a fuel and as lubricant. The chemical composition of this type of oil varies both in terms of quantities and locations.

1. Paraffin-based crude oil: This oil contains high amounts of light hydrocarbon (e.g., methane). Petrol, wax (paraffin) and highgrade lubricating oil are derived from this, which is used extensively.

3. Mixed-based crude oil: This type is of medium quality. Both heavy and light types of oil are mixed and this type of oil is used both as fuel and as lubricant. The chemical composition of this type of oil varies both in terms of quantities and locations.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 8

Question 15.
Give an account of the thermal power plants in India. Why are the thermal power plants concentrated in eastern India?
Answer:
Thermal Power Plants in India:

Region	Location
1. East India	Durgapur, Farakka, Bandel, Budge Budge, Santaldih, Mejia, Bakreshwar and Kolaghat (West Bengal); Bokaro, Patratu, Chandrapura and Tenughat (Jharkhand); Talcher, Ib valley, Angul and Rourkela (Odisha); Kahalgaon, Muzaffarpur and Barauni (Bihar).
2. North east India	Bongaigaon, Kathaiguri and Namrup (Assam).
3. North India	Singrauli, Anpara, Obra and Harduaganj (Uttar Pradesh); Panipat, Guru Hargobind and Guru Nanak 0ev (Punjab); Badarpur and indraprastha (Delhi); Tau Devi Lai and Faridabad (Haryana).
4. Middle Western India	Korba (Chhattisgarh); Satpara, Vindhyachai and Amarkantak (Madhya Pradesh); Chandrapur, Trombay, Koradi and Nasik, Bhusawal and Paru (Maharashtra); Wanakbori, Gandhinagar, Ukai, Dhuvaran and Sabarmati (Gujarat); Suratgarh, Kota and Anta (Rajasthan).
5. South India	Neyveii, Mettur, Tuticorin (Tamil Nadu); Raichur (Karnataka); Ramagundam, Vijayawada and Kottagudem (Andhra Pradesh including Telangana).

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 9

Reasons for concentration of thermal power plants in eastern India: The reasons are as follows-
1 Easy availability of coal: The eastern part of India has the richest reserves of coal. Asansol-Raniganj in West Bengal; Jharia, Bokaro, Karanpura, Giridih in Jharkhand; Talcher, Rampur in Odisha etc. are well known for coal reserves.

2. Huge demand for electricity: The four states of West Bengal, Bihar, Jharkhand and Odisha are all densely populated. Besides a host of industries in this region, like, Hooghly industrial area of West Bengal, Jamshedpur-Ghatshila industrial area, Sindri-Bakaro-Dhanbad industrial area, Raurkela industrial area in Odisha are located here. As a result of this, there are huge demands of electricity in these areas.

3. Scarcity of other sources of power:

Eastern India does not produce mineral oil and natural gas.
There is dearth of hydroelectricity production since swift flowing perennial rivers are not present here abundantly. That is why coal based thermal power has found importance.

4. Historical reason: Since the British period, the source of power used by the Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation is 100% thermal power based. The thermal power plants under CESC are Mulajore Kashipur, Metiaburuj, Titagarh, Budge Budge etc. The power consumed by the industries in Kolkata and its surrounding areas are met by these plants.

5. Other facilities:

Developed transport infrastructure is available in this region, like, National Highways- NH-2,6,23,31,33 etc. and eastern and southeastern railway lines.
Cheap and abundant labour and skilled technologists are available for the thermal power plants.
Government policy for development of industries in this region has also paved the way for overall development and concentration of thermal power plants in this region.

Question 16.
What are the favourable locational factors for the development of hydroelectric power? Mention the major hydroelectric power plants of India.
Ans:
Favourable locational factors for development of hydroelectric power can be classified into-

1. Natural or physical factors and
2. Non-physical factors.

Natural or physical factors:

Rugged or mountainous terrain: Swift-flowing rivers flowing over rugged terrain can be tapped for generating hydroelectricity. South Indian rivers flow over such terrains and hence are conducive for generating hydroelectric power.

Regular and abundant water: Continuous supply of water in the rivers either through rainfall or melting of snow is needed for producing hydroelectric power.

Ice-free winters and moderate summers: Such conditions prevail in South India where the rivers do not freeze in winter or the river water is not exposed to evaporation due to excessive temperature in summers.

Presence of forests: If the source region of a river is forested, soil erosion is prevented, which in turn, prevents siltation of the river bed. Besides, rainfall is also influenced by vegetative cover of forests.

Geological structure: Hydroelectric power stations are usually built on geologically stable areas. This is why although North India has more potential for generating hydroelectricity, it is not exploited. Being geologically stable, more hydroelectricity is generated in South India.

2. Non-Physical factors: The favourable conditions for generating hydroelectricity are-

highly developed technology
sufficient capital
huge demand for electricity in the are a and its vicinity
lack of other sources of power like coal, petroleum etc.
developed transport system
easy availability of skilled labour etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 10

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 11

Question 17.
What are the advantages of generating hydroelectricity in South India compared to North India? What is the economic importance of hydroelectricity?
Answer:
Advantages of generating hydroelectricity in South India as compared to North India. There are differences in the geographical factors of South and North India in terms of generation of it hydroelectricity. They are-

1. Abundant flow of water: Rivers of South India receive abundant supply of rainwater which allow smooth flow of river water as compared to snow fed Himalayan rivers of North India.

2. Natural swift flowing rivers: The terrain being rugged in nature, rivers of South India are swift-flowing in comparison to North Indian rivers which mostly flow over plain areas.

3. Rivers flowing from mountains: The courses of south Indian rivers are long enough to allow swift flow of rivers which can be tapped for harvesting hydroelectricity and hence many hydel stations has been set up there in comparison to North India.

4. Nature of rocks: The underground physical structure of peninsular india comprises of impermeable rocks. Large reservoirs can be constructed to store water, to be used throughout the year for generating hydroelectricity.

5. Lack of other resources: Lack of resources like coal and mineral oil in South India has compelled South India to use hydroelectric power more, as compared to North India where coal and mineral oil are concentrated, especially in east and northeastern parts. It is due to the above facts that South India generates more hydroelectricity than North India.

Economic importance of hydroelectricity:

Hydroelectricity is a flow resource, and hence is it is renewable and inexhaustible. Hence, nonrenewable and exhaustible resources like mineral oil can be conserved by using hydroelectricity.
Environmental pollution is not caused by hydroelectricity.
Hydroelectric power is comparatively cheaper.
A number of economic purposes like those of irrigation, flood control, fisheries or pisciculture, and others are served through generation of hydroelectric power.

Question 18.
Mention the advantages of hydroelectric power as compared to other sources of power. What are the disadvantages of producing hydro electricity?
Answer:
Advantages of hydroelectric power in comparison to other sources of power:

1. Unlimited resource: Hydroelectric power is inexhaustible or renewable in nature and is known as flow energy. On the other hand, coal, mineral oil, natural gas, Uranium and Thorium etc are exhaustible or fund energy resources and are prone to depletion due to continuous exploitation.

2. Cost of production is less: Although at the initial stage, the cost incurred for setting up hydel power plant is more, the recurring expenditure is less and is thus economical in the long run unlike other sources of power.

3. Environment-friendly: Since no smoke or dust generates during generation, of hydroelectric power. Hence, it is clean energy and environment friendly.

4. Heat generated is more: Hydroelectricity generates more heat as compared to coal and mineral oil resources and as such hydel plants are constructed near to those industries which require more energy and heat, for example, aluminium smelting industry.

5. Easily tranportable: Hydroelectricity can be easily transported through transmission lines from one place to another. Whereas, in case of coal and mineral oils vehicles are used or pipelines are constructed which are expensive as well.

6. Requires less labour: As compared to coal and mineral oil where large number of labours are required at every stage of production, hydroelectricity requires minimum labour force.

7. Various economic benefit: Multiple benefits are derived from hydel projects, for example, irrigation, flood control, fisheries or pisciculture, transport etc.

Disadvantages of hydroelectric power: They are as follow-

1. Establishment of hydel project near the source: Hydel Project has to be established at or very near the source of swift flowing rivers, whereas, raw materials for other sources of power can be transported.

2. Cannot be stored: There is no scope for storage.

3. Huge capital investment and lack of developed technology: Developing and underdeveloped countries cannot meet the huge capital and technological demands.

4. Loss of biodiversity: Since dams have to be constructed across rivers and reservoirs for storing water have to be constructed, large tracts of land are lost, thereby resulting in destruction of forest vegetative cover and biodiversity (flora and fauna).

5. Problem of rehabilation: Since many people lose their land and property it becomes very difficult to provide for their shelter/homes as well as means of livelihood.

Question 19.
Give a comparative study of coal, petroleum and hydroelectric power.
Answer:
A comparative study of coal, petroleum and hydroelectric power is-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 12
Question 20.
Show comparison between thermal power and hydel power. What is “White Coal” ?
Answer:
A comparison between thermal power and hydel power is given below-

Subject	Thermal power	Hydel Power
1. Sources	Resources like Coal, Petroleum are used for production.	Torrential flow of water is used for production.
2. Nature	It is non renewable resource, and is exhaustible in nature.	It is a renewable resource and is exhaustible in nature.
3. Production cost	Though its primary cost is low, the recurring cost is quite high.	Its primary cost is very high, though the recurring cost is low.
4. Location	Thermal power plants are not required to built near the coal extracting or oil extracting areas.	Hydel power plants has to built near banks of swift flowing river.
5. Maintenance cost	Maintenance cost is high.	Maintenance cost is low.
6. Cost of construction	Cost of construction and the time taken for construction is quite low.	Cost of construction is quite high. Skilled labour is required for construction.
7. Effect on environment	It causes environmental pollution, air pollution, loss of bio diversity.	No environmental pollution or loss of bio-diversity seen due to hydel power projects.

Question 21.
State the distribution of non-conventional energy in India and also its usage.
Answer:
The usage and distribution of non-conventional forms of energy in India is shown below-

Power energy	Distribution	Use
1. Solar energy	Uttar Pradesh (Barbanki), West Bengal (Jamuria), Rajasthan (Phalodi, Jodhpur), Himachal Pradesh, Gujarat (Patan, Mithapur, Rajkot) Madhya Pradesh (Bhagwanpur, Ujas), Andhra Pradesh (kadiri), Lakshwadeep, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, etc.	1. Used for lighting. 2. Heating of water. 3. Used as fuel for cooking purpose.
2. Wind energy	West Bengal (Frazerganj, Sagardweep), Chennai, Hyderabad, Gujarat (Lamba), Tamil Nadu (Southern Coastal areas).	1. Used for pumping water for irrigation. 2. Used for electricity production. 3. Water pumps are run by wind power.
3. Geo-thermal energy	Himachal Pradesh (Manikaran), West Bengal (Bakreshwar), Gujarat (Cambay), Maharashtra (Jalgaon).	1. Used for keeping rooms warm. 2. Used for melting ice or snow. 3. Used for production of electricity.

Question 22.
What do you mean by Nuclear power? Give the distribution of nuclear power plants and their use in India.
Answer:
Nuclear power: When energy is generated by fusion or fission of a nucleus of an atom, with the help of advanced technology, such an energy is called nuclear energy or power.
Nuclear energy is produced from Uranium Thorium, Plutonium, Lithium etc. Of the total
energy generated in the world, 15 percent comes from nuclear power.

Uses of Nuclear power:

It is used in the production of electricity.
Nuclear power is used to supply energy to artificial satellites.
Nuclear power is used for desalination of sea water.
Nuclear power is also used for running sub ships etc.
It is used for producing geothermal energy and for medical purposes.
It is used for extraction of copper and manganese and as fuel to be used for various industries.

About 12,000MW of electricity is generated from only a pound of Uranium or Plutonium, whereas, about 6,000 tonnes of coal is needed to produce the same amount of electricity. This is the reason why nuclear energy has much possibilities.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 7 Resources of India 13

Question 23.
What are the merits and demerits of using nuclear power?
Answer:
Nuclear energy is produced by fusion or fission of the nucleus of an atom.

The merits of using nuclear power are as follows-

More production of energy: A large amount of energy can be produced by using Uranium, Thorium etc. as raw material. For example, about 12,000 megawatts of electricity can be obtained from only a pound of Uranium.
Establishing nuclear power plant: A nuclear power plant can be established at any place requiring small quantity of raw material.
Low cost of production: Nuclear energy can be produced by using less capital. Thus, electricity can be produced at a low cost.
Environmental pollution is not directly caused: Although, the nuclear wastes are toxic, the environment is not directly polluted.

The demerits of using nuclear power are as follows-

Problem of radition: The effect of radiation as a result of using nuclear power is harmful as it is the cause of cancer and other diseases and affects life adversely.

Problem in production: The raw materials of nuclear power have not been utilised on an economical basis. The cost of production is high since Deuterium oxide has to be bought from Uranium-rich countries.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters

February 7, 2024February 7, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 6 Question Answer – Hazards and Disasters

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
Which type of hazard is easiest to manage?
Answer:
Man-made hazards.

Question 2.
Which force is one of the factors behind the occurrence of avalanches?
Answer:
Gravitational force.

Question 3.
Which type of hazard is a tornado?
Answer:
Natural hazard.

Question 4.
Name a man-made cause for landslides in the mountains.
Answer:
Reckless deforestation.

Question 5.
What type of disaster may occur if absolutely no rain falls for a long stretch of time?
Answer:
Drought.

Question 6.
In which type of climate is snowfall a common affair?
Answer:
Extremely cold climate.

Question 7.
Which instrument is used to measure the intensity of earthquakes?
Answer:
Seismograph.

Question 8.
Which type of hazard is a volcano?
Answer:
Natural hazard.

Question 9.
Name a semi-natural hazard.
Answer:
Landslide.

Question 10.
Name a man-made disaster.
Answer:
War.

Question 11.
Name a flood-prone district in West Bengal.
Answer:
Cooch Behar.

Question 12.
Give a non-tectonic cause of earthquakes.
Answer:
Meteor impact.

Question 13.
Cite a recent example of a very severe cyclonic storm that occurred in India.
Answer:
Hudhud.

Question 14.
Which areas do tsunamis affect most severely?
Answer:
Coastal regions.

Question 15.
Name the wind that influences the occurrence of both droughts and floods in India.
Answer:
Monsoon wind.

Question 16.
Into how many divisions can hazards be classified?
Answer:
Three.

Question 17.
In which year was Uttarakhand affected severely due to a flash flood?
Answer:
2013.

Question 18.
What destroyed the city of St. Pierre in 1902?
Answer:
Volcanic eruption.

Question 19.
Which type of natural hazard occurs when trees rub against each other?
Answer:
Forest fire.

Question 20.
What percentage of the total land area in India is prone to flood?
Answer:
12.

Question 21.
Name a disaster that may result in landslides.
Answer:
Earthquake.

Question 22.
Which kind of disaster can be prevented by adopting proper patterns and methods of land-use on the hill-slopes?
Answer:
Landslides.

Question 23.
Which area of India is mostly affected by tsunamis?
Answer:
Coastal regions.

Question 24.
Which mountain range in India is most prone to earthquakes?
Answer:
The Himalayas.

Question 25.
What are the adverse effects resulting from natural processes of the earth called?
Answer:
Natural hazards.

Question 26.
Which type of disaster may result due to faulty and unscientific methods of farming in the hills?
Answer:
Landslides.

Question 27.
Cite an example of a geological disaster.
Answer:
Earthquake.

Question 28.
Cite an example of a hazard associated with landscape change.
Answer:
River bank erosion.

Question 29.
Which type of disaster are whirlwinds and snowstorms?
Answer:
Atmospheric disaster.

Question 30.
What type of disaster may result due to human intent, negligence or a failure of a man-made system?
Answer:
Man-made disaster.

Question 31.
What are the floods created suddenly in the hills due to heavy rainfall known as?
Answer:
Flash floods.

Question 32.
Name a natural cause of earthquakes.
Answer:
Movement of the earth’s plate.

Question 33.
Name a man-made cause of earthquakes.
Answer:
Nuclear tests.

Question 34.
What is the rapid flow of snow down a sloping surface known as?
Answer:
Avalanche.

Question 35.
Which region in West Bengal is most prone to landslides?
Answer:
The hilly regions in Darjeeling.

Question 36.
What is planning to cope with disasters known as?
Answer:
Disaster management.

Question 37.
Which type of rain causes damage to the aquatic ecosystem?
Answer:
Acid rain.

Question 38.
Which type of hazard may lead to a disaster in the forest regions?
Answer:
Forest fires.

Question 39.
What kind of disaster results from excessive rainfall?
Answer:
Flood.

Question 40.
Into how many divisions can seismic waves be classified?
Answer:
Three.

Question 41.
What type of disaster devastated the city of Bhuj in Gujarat in 2001?
Answer:
Earthquake.

Question 42.
What is the strong wind carrying ice flakes with it known as?
Answer:
Blizzards.

Question 43.
Into how many sub-types can disaster management be mainly classified?
Answer:
Two.

Question 44.
To control which type of disaster does the Ministry of Water Resources play a significant role?
Answer:
Flood.

Question 45.
Which ministry is responsible for dealing with the Integrated Drought Management Programme in India?
Answer:
Ministry of Agriculture.

Question 46.
Name one of the most prominent causes of tsunamis.
Answer:
Earthquake.

Question 47.
What type of disaster is the Phailin?
Answer:
Very severe tropical cyclone.

Question 48.
In which type of drainage basin is the probability of flash floods highest?
Answer:
Circular drainage basin.

Question 49.
Which type of disaster is most prominent in the coastal regions of South Bengal?
Answer:
Cyclone.

Question 50.
On which slopes are avalanches more likely to occur?
Answer:
Convex slopes.

Question 51.
Which type of disaster is most prominent in the Darjeeling district of West Bengal?
Answer:
Landslide.

Question 52.
Which type of disaster is most prominent in the Purulia district of West Bengal?
Answer:
Drought.

Question 53.
Cite an example of a type of severe cyclone.
Answer:
Tornado.

Question 54.
What are deep focus earthquakes known as?
Answer:
Plutonic earthquakes.

Question 55.
Name two important volcanoes in India.
Answer:
Narcondam and Barren.

Question 56.
What is the helpless condition caused due to the occurrence of hazards and disasters known as?
Answer:
Vulnerability.

Question 57.
What is the centre of a whirlwind known as?
Answer:
Eye.

Question 58.
According to the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) if an area receives less than 75% rainfall then the area is affected by?
Answer:
Drought.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is meant by a hazard?
Answer:
A dangerous condition or event that threatens or has the potential to cause injury to life or damage to property or the environment is known as a hazard. The word ‘hazard’ originates from the word ‘hasard’ in old French and ‘az-zahr’ in Arabic meaning ‘death’. Hazards can be classified into three broad categories- natural, seminatural and man-made.

Question 2.
What is meant by a disaster?
Answer:
According to the Oxford dictionary, a disaster is “a sudden accident or a natural catastrophe that causes great damage or loss of life”. A disaster is an event or series of events that results in casualties and damage or loss of property, infrastructure, environment, essential services or means of livelihood on such a scale that is beyond the normal capacity of the affected community to sustain. A disaster is a combination of hazard, vulnerability and insufficient capacity or measures to reduce the potential chances of risk.

Question 3.
What is meant by natural hazard?
Answer:
A natural event causing a great damage to human life, property and environment is known as natural disaster. Events such as flood, earthquake or hurricane is known as natural hazard.

Question 4.
What is meant by a semi-natural hazard?
Answer:
The hazards that are caused by any combination of natural and man-induced processes are known as semi-natural hazards. For instance, landslide is a seminatural hazard as it can be caused by natural processes (such as heavy or prolonged rainfall, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, etc.) and can also be caused by man-made activities (such as slope excavation and loading, land use changes, irrigation, and such others).

Question 5.
What is meant by a flood?
Answer:
Flood may be defined as a situation caused due to the overflow of rivers and other water bodies due to excessive rainfall. Floods result in massive water-logging and thus is a threat to human life and property.

Question 6.
What is meant by a flash flood?
Answer:
A flash flood can develop within a few hours of heavy rainfall. Flash floods can be highly dangerous and have the potential to instantly turn a gasping rivulet into a thundering channel of water that sweeps away everything in its path. Most of the casualties from flooding occur as a result of flash floods. The intensity of flash flood cannot be classified. Desert regions are vulinerable to flash floods.

Question 7.
How can dam failure cause floods?
Answer:
Dams are water storage or diversion barriers that seize water upstream in reservoirs. Dam failure involves the overtopping, breach or collapse of a dam. It is an extremely destructive occurrence and in such an event, the energy of the water stored behind even a small dam is capable of causing loss and damage to life and property. For example, in 1977, Tamil Nadu experienced a dam failure from the Kodaganar Dam that led to over-topping by flood waters.

Question 8.
What is meant by a drought?
Answer:
Drought may be defined as a situation caused due to lack of rainfall or scarcity of rainfall for a long period. According to the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) an area is considered to be affected by drought, if it receives less than 75% rainfall than its normal value.

Question 9.
What is meant by meteorological drought?
Answer:
A drought is categorised as a meteorological drought, when actual rainfall over an area is significantly less than the climatological mean. Definitions of meteorological droughts must be region-specific as the atmospheric conditions that result in deficiencies of precipitation are highly variable from region to region.

Question 10.
What is meant by hydrological drought?
Answer:
A drought is categorised as a hydrological drought, when there is a marked depletion of surface water causing very low stream flow and drying of lakes, reservoirs and rivers. Therefore, hydrological drought is related to the effects of periods of precipitation deficits on surface or subsurface water supply.

Question 11.
What is meant by agricultural drought?
Answer:
The situation when soil moisture is insufficient and results in the lack of crop growth and production, is known as agricultural drought. Agricultural drought has huge impact on the economy of the country.

Question 12.
What is a cyclone?
Answer:
A cyclone is a giant whirlwind or a very strong wind system moving rapidly in a cylindrical or funnel shape about a centre of low atmospheric pressure over tropical or subtropical waters. It advances at a speed of about 30 to 50 kilometre per hour and often brings heavy rain.

Question 13.
What is meant by the eye of a cyclone?
Answer:
The centre of the cyclone is known as its eye. The eye of the cyclone generally remains calm and cloudless.

Question 14.
What is vulnerability?
Answer:
Vulnerability can be defined as the impaired capability of any individual or group to conceive of, cope with, resist and recover from the impact of a natural, semi-natural or man-induced hazard. Vulnerability develops when an individual or a small group is isolated, insecure and defenceless as, before or after they face any hazard, shock or stress.

Question 15.
Name the districts of West Bengal that are prone to drought.
Answer:
The western uplands of West Bengal consisting of the districts of Bankura, Birbhum, Midnapore and Purulia are the most drought-prone districts of the state.

Question 16.
Name the districts of West Bengal that are prone to flood.
Answer:
The flood-prone districts of West Bengal can be classified into two groups-
1. Districts of North Bengal: Cooch Behar, Jalpaiguri, Malda, Uttar and Dakshin Dinajpur.
2. Districts of South Bengal: Nadia, Howrah, Murshidabad, North and South 24 Parganas, Hooghly, Burdwan, Birbhum, West Midnapore and East Midnapore.

Question 17.
What is meant by a landslide?
Answer:
A landslide is the movement of rocks or debris down a slope. Landslides occur when gravitational and other types of shear stress within a slope exceeds the shear strength of the materials that form the slope. Landslides are also known as landslips, slumps or slope failure.

Question 18.
What is meant by a snowstorm?
Answer:
Snowstorm is a severe weather condition where frozen precipitation falls in the form of snow and creates a hazardous condition. It is characterised by low temperature, strong winds and enormous quantities of either falling or blowing snow.

Question 19.
Where do snowstorms mostly occur?
Answer:
People experience snowstorms in middlelatitude to high-latitude areas during winters. The occurrence of snowstorms is most prominent in Antarctica, northern parts of North America, Canada, north of Europe and Asia as well as in the New South Wales in Australia. Also, the snowcapped high mountainous regions also experience snowstorms.

Question 20.
What is meant by a volcano?
Answer:
Volcanoes develop when magma reaches the earth’s surface through an opening in the earth’s crust, causing eruptions of lava and ash. They generally occur at destructive and constructive plate boundaries.

Question 21.
Name the most commonly faced hazards and disasters in West Bengal.
Answer:
The most commonly faced hazards and disasters in West Bengal are drought, flood, landslides and tropical cyclones.

Question 22.
What is meant by a forest fire?
Answer:
A forest fire, also known as a wild land fire or wildfire, is an uncontrolled fire often occurring in forest areas. The blazes are fueled by lightning, volcanic eruptions, pyroclastic flow from active volcanoes, heat waves, droughts, cyclical climate changes such as EI Nino as well as human carelessness. It is observed that more than four out of every five forest fires are humaninduced. Forest fires often begin unnoticed, but they spread quickly at a speed that extends up to 23 kilometre an hour igniting bushes, trees, homes and agricultural resources.

Question 23.
Name the districts of West Bengal that are prone to cyclones.
Answer:
The coastal area in West Bengal mostly faces the wrath of the tropical cyclones. The districts of East Midnapore, North and South 24 Parganas, Howrah, Hooghly and Kolkata are more susceptible to the hazard caused due to tropical cyclone.

Question 24.
What are the three phases in a disaster management cycle?
Answer:
The three phases in a disaster management cycle are-

Pre-Disaster Phase
During Disaster Phase
Post-Disaster Phase

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is meant by hazard and disaster?
Answer:
1. A dangerous condition or event that threatens or has the potential to cause injury to life or damage to property or the environment is known as a hazard. Hazards can be classified into two broad categories-natural and man-made.
2. A disaster is an event or series of events that results in casualties and damage or loss of property, environment or means of livelihood on such a scale that is beyond the normal capacity of the affected community to sustain.
3. A landslide that occurs on a hill-slope can be termed as a hazard. But when this same landslide causes casualties and damage to life and property on the slope, it becomes a disaster.

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of a hazard?
Answer:
The characteristics of hazards are as follows –

Generally speaking, most hazards are difficult to predict and occur all of a sudden.
Hazards may be nature-induced, humaninduced or even a combination of both.
The expansion of hazards is generally over smaller areas, and its magnitude is comparatively low.
Hazards have the potential for causing injury to life or damage to property or the environment.
Hazards with higher potential leads to disasters.

Question 3.
Discuss the causes of man-induced hazards.
Answer:
The hazards that are caused by an element of human intent, negligence or error, or involves a failure of a man-made system are known as man-induced hazards. The notable causes of man-induced hazards are as follows-
1. Unscientific activities: Faulty and unscientific activities of man often lead to man-induced hazards. For instance, unplanned construction of houses on the hill-slopes, faulty farming in the hill-slopes or even carving roads across the slopes of hills intensifies the probabilities of landslides.
2. Illiteracy: Illiteracy leads to lack of knowledge, intolerance and even negligence. All these leads to common man-induced hazards like arson, civil disorder and even terrorist activities.
3. Ungoverned population growth: Ungoverned population growth can lead to competition for scarce resources and susceptibility to diseases, that in turn, may cause civil strife and even loss of human life.

Question 4.
What is meant by flash flood? What are the main causes for the occurrence of flash floods?
Answer:
A flash flood can develop within a few hours of heavy rainfall. Flash floods can be highly dangerous and have the potential to instantly turn a gasping rivulet into a thundering channel of water that sweeps away everything in its path. Most of the casualties from flooding occur as a result of flash floods. The intensity of flash floods cannot be classified.

The most common causes of flash floods are occurrence of heavy rains, dam failure, rapid snow melt and ice jams. The causes of flash floods can be classified into two categories. They are –
Natural causes of flash floods: The natural causes of flash floods are as follows-
1. A flash flood may occur when it precipitates rapidly on saturated soil or dry soil with poor absorption ability. The run-off collects in gullies and streams and as they join to form larger volumes, it often exceeds the carrying capacity of the streams. This may lead to occurrence of flash floods.
2. A flash flood may also occur in areas on or near volcanoes, when glaciers may have been melted by the intense heat after eruptions.
3. Multiple or slow moving thunderstorms occurring over the same area can also produce a flash flood.

Man-induced causes of flash floods: Dam failure is extremely destructive and can create a flash flood. In such an event, the energy of the water stored behind even a smail dam is capable of causing loss and damage to life and property in the downstream areas of the dam.

Question 5.
What are the effects of forest fires?
Answer:
The effects of forest fires can be categorised into two sub-types. They are as follows-
Primary effects of forest fires:

Casualties and injury to people and animals who are caught in the flames.
Damages to property and possessions.
Burning of vegetation and crops.
Release of large amounts of smoke.

Secondary effects of forest fires:

Health troubles for people as a result of the smoke and ash.
Loss of jobs for agricultural workers whose animals and crops get destroyed.
Diminution in the tourist industry, leading to loss of jobs and restriction to recreational areas.
Soil erosion and landslides because there is less vegetation to bind the soil together.
Loss of habitats for animals may lead to extinction of some species.

Question 6.
Discuss the causes of droughts.
Answer:
The causes of droughts can be classified into two categories. They are as follows-
The main natural factors that cause drought:
1. Rise in land and sea surface temperature increases water evaporation leading to droughts.
2. Atmospheric circulation patterns that influence the moisture content of the atmosphere. Reduction in atmospheric moisture in turn will reduce the average precipitation.
3. Soil moisture content can also influence the occurrence of drought. If the soil is dry, then there is little or no water available to evaporate. Consequently, the incoming sunlight can only continue to warm the surface, thereby making conditions hotter and drier, thus beginning the chain of events leading toward drought.

The main man-induced factors that cause drought:

1. Reckless deforestation that leads to decrease in atmospheric as well as soil moisture.
2. Unplanned urbanization that restricts the replenishment of groundwater level and subsequently puts pressure on water resources.

Question 7.
What are the impacts of earthquake?
Answer:
The impacts of earthquakes can be devastating. Some of the most commonly observed impacts of earthquakes are as follows-

People may be killed or injured.
Built landscape such as houses may be destroyed.
Transport and communication links may be interrupted and shops and business may be destroyed. This can subsequently lead to difficulty in trade.
Water pipes may burst and water supplies may be contaminated.
Fires can spread due to gas pipe explosions that can even lead to forest fires in certain areas.
Landslides may occur.
Tsunamis may cause flooding in coastal areas.
Can lead to social unrest and heedless looting may take place.

Question 8
Discuss about the disaster-prone regions in West Bengal in brief.
Answer:
The disaster-prone regions in West Bengal are as follows-
1. Darjeeling-Himalayan region: This region frequently experiences landslides and floods.
2. Sunderban region: This region frequently experiences tropical cyclones and floods.
3. Plateau region: The areas under Purulia, West Midnapore, Bankura, Bardhaman and western part of Birbhum fall under the plateau region. This region frequently experiences the wrath of droughts.
4. Plain region: The areas that are situated on or near the Ganga plain falls under the plain regions in West Bengal. This region experiences heavy monsoon and thus are prone to flooding.

White the differences between the following –

Question 1.
Natural hazard and Man-made hazard
Answer:
The differences between natural and man-made hazards are as follows-

Points of diference	Natural Hazard	Man-made Hazard
1. Concept	Natural hazards characterise those elements of the physical environment that are detrimental to human beings and are caused by forces extraneous to us.	Man-made hazards are caused by an element of human intent, negligence or error, or involving a failure of a manmade system.
2. Extent	It has a widespread impact.	The extent of impact is lesser, nuclear explosion being an exception.
3. Control	Natural hazards cannot be resisted or controlled but precautions can be taken.	Man-made hazards can be controlled by increasing awareness among communities.

Question 2
Meteorological drought and Agricultural drought
Answer:
The differences between meteorological and agricultural drought are as follows-

Points of difference	Meteorological Drought	Agricultural Drought
1. Concept	Meteorological drought occurs when actual rainfall over an area is significantly less than the climatological mean.	Agricultural drought occurs when inadequate soil moisture produces acute crop stress and affects productivity.
2. Dependency	It is not dependent on agricultural drought.	It is dependent on meteorological drought.
3. Impact	It has a widespread impact.	The extent of impact is lesser than meteorological drought.

Question 3.
Flood caused by Snow Melt and Flood caused by Rain
Answer:
The differences between flood caused by snow melt and flood caused by rain are as follows-

Points of difference	Flood caused by snow melt	Flood caused by rain
1. Extent	Flood caused by melting of snow extends over a larger area.	Flood caused by heavy rainfall extends over a lesser stretch of area.
2. Region	It occurs mostly in the downstream areas of the hill-slopes.	It occurs in the plains, mostly near the river banks.
3. Season	It mostly occurs in summer.	It mostly occurs during the monsoon season.

Question 4.
Hazard and Disaster
Answer:
The differences between hazards and disasters are as follows-

Points of difference	Hazard	Disaster
1. Concept	A dangerous condition or event that threatens or has the potential for causing injury to life or damage to property or the environment is known as a hazard.	A disaster is an event or series of events that results in casualties and damage or loss of property, infrastructure, environment, essential services or means of livelihood on such a scale that is beyond the normal capacity of the affected community to sustain.
2. Extent	The extent of impact is limited to a smaller region.	The extent of impact runs to a comparatively larger area.
3. Nature	Hazards lead to disaster.	Disasters are impacts of hazards.
4. Casualty	Hazards have the potential for causing injury to life, but may not always be fatal.	Disasters result in casualties.
5. Economic damages	Accounts for damage or loss of property that is lesser in comparison to disasters.	Accounts for damage or loss of property that is at a scale which is beyond the normal capacity of the area to sustain.
6. Sub-types	Hazards can be classified into three broad categories-natural, semi-natural and man-made.	Disasters can be classified into two broad categories – natural disaster and man-made disaster.
7. Control	Hazards are manageable and precautions can be taken to a certain level.	Disasters are unmanageable and precautions cannot be taken most of the times.

give reasons for the following –

Question 1.
Mountainous regions are prone to landslides.
Answer:
A landslide refers a sequence of processes that results in the downward and outward movement of slope-forming materials like rocks, soil, artificial fill or a combination of all these. Landslides are mainly associated with mountainous regions. This is because of the following reasons-
1. Geological causes: Weak or sensitive materials of the hill-slopes and the abundance of weathered materials make the mountainous regions prone to landslide.

2. Climatic causes: Mountainous regions are inclined to freeze-thaw cycles and wetter conditions promote organic activity and associated weathering. Soil slopes and rocks are weakened through saturation by heavy rains or snow melt. Moreover, winter snowstorms may produce avalanche-like conditions. All these together cause a landslide-prone condition.

3. Human causes: Landslides are frequently caused by the undercutting of slopes during road construction or when fill materials are dumped onto already less stable slopes. Defectively constructed mine tailing piles, dams and waste landfills may result in landslides. Construction of houses on hillslopes and reckless deforestation are the most commonly observed causes of landslides in the hills.

Question 2.
The Himalayan regions are prone to earthquakes.
Answer:
The Himalayan mountain range was formed due to the collision of Indian and Eurasian plates – a process that began at least 50 million years ago. Where the two plates converge, the Indian plate plunges below the Eurasian. The two plates continue to rub against each other due to the northward movement of the Indian plate-this continuously generates immense geological stress. This builds up pressure, leads to seismic vulnerability and is later released as earthquakes.

The east-west lying fault line that separates the two plates is known as the Main Himalayan Thrust (MHT). Since there is no historical evidence of earthquakes in several portions of the Himalayan arc, it is predicted that, there is potential energy available to generate large earthquakes.

Question 3.
Adoption of disaster management techniques can be used to reduce the after-effects of a disaster.
Answer:
Occurrence of most natural disasters cannot be stopped but measures can be taken to reduce the after-effects. The organization and management of resources and responsibilities for dealing with all humanitarian aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and recovery in order to lessen the impact of disasters is termed as disaster management. The procedures to be followed are as follows-
Preventive measures: Even before the actual disaster occurs there are some prior measures that can be taken to reduce the intensity of the disaster. Such as

Conducting awareness programmes
Compiling suitable laws
Conducting proper regional surveys and preparing maps
Forecast of the disaster can be transmitted through radio and television channels to the common people.

Remedial measures: These measures are taken once the disaster has hit a region. There are two stages of remedial measures-

1. The first stage involves rescue and recovery of the affected people and providing them with relief facilities like food, medicine, clothing, temporary houses and such others.
2. The second stage involves working towards recovery in order to lessen the impact of disasters and revert to normal conditions. The measures taken under this stage is re-establishing the communication systems, rebuilding the roads, houses, schools and working toward’s supply of electricity, safe drinking water.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Classify hazards.
Answer:
A dangerous condition or event that threatens or has the potential for causing injury to life or damage to property or the environment is known as a hazard. Hazards can be classified into the following types-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 1

The following broad categories of disasters are discussed below-

1. Natural hazard: Natural hazards characterise those elements of the physical environment that are detrimental to human beings and are caused by forces extraneous to us. More precisely, the term ‘natural hazard’ refers to all atmospheric, hydrological and geological phenomena that, because of their location, intensity and frequency have the potential to affect adversely the human beings, their constructions or their activities.

2. Semi-natural hazard: The hazards that are caused by any combination of natural and man-induced processes are known as the semi-natural hazards. For instance, landslide is a semi-natural hazard as it can be caused by natural processes (such as heavy or prolonged rainfall, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, slope undercutting by rivers) and can also be caused by man-made activities (such as slope excavation and loading, land use changes, irrigation, blasting vibrations, water leakage from utilities and such others).

3. Man-made hazard: Man-made hazards are caused by an element of unscientific human activity, negligence or error, or involving a failure of a man-made system. Man-made hazards can be controlled by increasing awareness among communities.

Question 2.
Classify and explain the various types of disasters.
Answer:
A disaster is an event or series of events that results into casualties and damage or loss of property, infrastructure, environment, essential services or means of livelihood on such a scale which is beyond the normal capacity of the affected community to sustain. External aid is usually needed to combat disasters

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 2

Natural disaster: An event or series of events that results in casualties and damages by natural causes are known as natural disasters. They can be classified as follows –
1. Geophysical disaster: The disasters that are caused due to tectonic disturbances are called geophysical disasters. Earthquakes and volcanoes are examples of geophysical disasters.

2. Landform-process related disaster: Landform processes like riverbank erosion, landslides in mountainous areas, coastal erosion due to sea waves, etc., may give rise to disasters if they occur on a macro-scale.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 3

3. Meteorological/Climatic disaster: The disasters originating from events caused by short or long lasting periods of climatic variability processes come under this category. They include both hydrological as well as meteorological events.

Storms, tropical cyclones, heat/cold waves, floods and droughts are examples of climatic disasters.

4. Extra-terrestrial disaster: Meteorite strikes are examples of extra-terrestrial disasters.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 4

Man-made disaster: An event or series of events that results in casualties and damages by man-induced causes are known as man-made disasters. They can be classified as follows –

1. Technology-related disaster: A technology-related disaster is the failure of modern systems, viz., unchecked exhaust fumes from vehicles, untreated wastes from industries, leakage of radioactive minerals from nuclear power plants, etc., which harms people and also pollutes the environment.
2. Economic disaster: An economic disaster is the widespread disruption or collapse of a national or regional economy, possibly causing financial loss, hoarding, famine, inflation, etc.
3. Biological disaster: Disasters caused due to the exposure of human beings to toxins, viruses leading to epidemics, are known as biological disasters. Extinction of any species is also possible.
4. Disasters due to other complex emergencies: These involve a breakdown of administration, riot, religious conflicts, war. etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 5

Question 3.
What is meant by flood? Briefly discuss the main causes of a flood. [1 + 4]
Answer:
A flood occurs when water overflows and inundates the land that is usually dry. There are various reasons for floods to occur. The most common is overflowing of the rivers and streams due to heavy rains, a broken dam or rapidly melting ice in the mountain regions. Floods are the second-most widespread natural disaster on earth, after wildfires. About 12 % of the total land mass in india is prone to floods. West Bengal is one the most flood-prone states of India. The flood-prone areas of West Bengai include low-lying areas, coastal regions and settlements along rivers downstream from dams. The flood-prone districts of West Bengal can be classified into two groups-
1. Districts of North Bengal: Cooch Behar, Jalpaiguri, Malda, Uttar and Dakshin Dinajpur.
2. Districts of South Bengal: Nadia, Howrah, Murshidabad, North and South 24 Parganas, Hooghly, Burdwan, Birbhum, West Midnapore and East Midnapore.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 6

The main causes of a flood are as follows-
1. Natural causes:
1. Excessive precipitation: Excessive levels of precipitation occurring over a prolonged period of time causes floods. Due to this excessive rainfall, the river’s discharge exceeds the capacity of its channel to carry that discharge. Thus the river overflows its banks causing floods. Therefore, excessive precipitation is positively related to flood.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 7

2. The shape of a river course: The probability of flooding increases if the course of a river is meandering rather than straight since the flow of the river is hindered by obstacles along its course and hence overflowing occurs.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 8

3. Snow melt: During the warm summers, the glacial snow in the mountains melt down. This results in the flow of large amounts of water downslope within a short period of time. As the ground is almost frozen, water cannot penetrate and be absorbed. The water therefore, flows off the surface and runs into lakes, streams and rivers. This cause excess water to spill over the respective banks and cause snow-melt floods.

4. Shape of the drainage basin: The possibility of flash floods increases in a drainage basin that is circular in shape rather than in an elongated drainage basin. This is because, in the latter case, rivers have the capacity to carry water over longer distances.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 9

5. The relief of the land: The areas with steep slopes are less susceptible to flood as the rain water flows down the slopes. But the plain lands where the rain water cannot flow down the slopes are more susceptible to flood and water logging.

Man-made causes:

1. Deforestation: Vegetation type and cover play major roles in causing flood, with forests intercepting more rainfall than grasses. This interception enhances

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 10

the lag time and reduces the risk of a flood. Deforestation can increase soil erosion, reduce interception and increase the impact of floods.

2. Modification of the catchment area: The land-use pattern of the catchment area changes with development of increasing number of settlements, urbanisation, industrialisation and also change in agricultural patterns. All these may subsequently lead to flooding.

3. Change in the course of the river: Artificial modification in the course of a river such as construction of dams, development of irrigation system and such others to satisfy human needs may also lead to flooding in the long run.

Question 4.
What is meant by vulnerability? Discuss the main characteristics of a disaster. [2 + 3]
Answer:
Vulnerability can be defined as the impaired capability of any individual or group to conceive of, cope with, resist and recover from the impact of a natural, semi-natural or maninduced hazard. Vulnerability is a relative and dynamic concept. Vulnerability develops when an individual or a small group is isolated, insecure and defenseless, before they face any hazard, shock or stress. In this context, more preparedness to face a disaster means lesser vulnerability.
The main characteristics of a disaster are as follows-
1. Distressed public life: The normal public life and activities are hampered and disrupted because of a disaster.
2. Casualties: A large number of human and animal life is devastated by a disaster. Damages and loss of property also take place.
3. Magnitude: The magnitude of a disaster is not always the same. They vary from intense to moderate.
4. Speed of occurrence: Disaster can be slow and predictable, or they may even be sudden and temporary.
5. Affects the environment: The negative environmental effects of the disasters are by and large severe and persist for long.
6. Disfunctioning of essential services: The functioning of essential services such as transport and communication gets disrupted.
7. Vulnerability: A disaster is a combination of hazard, vulnerability and insufficient capacity or measures to reduce the potential chances of risk.

Question 5.
What are the major impacts of a flood? Name the flood-prone districts of West Bengal. [4 + 1]
Answer:
The major impacts of a flood can be divided into two categories. They are as follows-
The negative impacts of a flood: The various negative impacts of a flood are as follows-
Impact on physical nature:

Can cause water pollution,
disrupts the environmental balance,
can cause soil pollution.

Impact on the ecosystem:

Destroys the standing crops and other small vegetation covers
disrupts the food chain
causes inadequacy of food for the herbivores
loss of large number of animals and birds.

Impact on the human:

Hampers the agricultural activities
causes loss of life and damage to property
results in water-borne diseases (such as cholera and typhoid)
disrupts public life by destroying settlements, communication and transport systems.

The positive impacts of a flood: Along with many negative impacts, a flood does have some positive impacts too. They are as follows-
1. Deposition of silt from the flood water enhances the soil fertility.
2. People living on or near the lower floodplains rely upon flood water for irrigation and pisciculture.

The flood-prone districts of West Bengal:
The flood-prone areas of West Bengal include low-lying areas, coastal regions and settlements on rivers downstream from dams. The floodprone districts of West Bengal can be classified into two groups –
1. Districts of North Bengal: Cooch Behar, Jalpaiguri, Malda, Uttar and Dakshin Dinajpur.
2. Districts of South Bengal: Nadia, Howrah, Murshidabad, North and South 24 Parganas, Hooghly, Burdwan, Birbhum, West Midnapore and East Midnapore.

Question 6.
What is meant by drought? Classify and discuss the various types of drought. [1 + 4]
Answer:
As per the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), a region is considered to be under the influence of drought if it receives an average annual rainfall that is less than 75 % of its normal value. However, there is no internationally accepted definition of drought.
Droughts can be classified into the following categories –
On the basis of water availability: Drought is classified into three types on the basis of water availability-
1. Meteorological drought: A drought is categorised as a meteorological drought, when actual rainfall over an area is significantly less than the normal amount of rainfall. Meteorological droughts need to be defined specific to particular regions as the atmospheric conditions that result in deficiencies of precipitation vary highly from region to region.

Meteorological drought can also be defined as the actual precipitation departures from average amounts on monthly, seasonal or annual time scales. According to the Interim Management Policy, drought can be classified into the following sub-types: (i) Mild drought: When rainfall is 11 % to 25 % less from the normal rainfall. (ii) Moderate drought: When rainfall is 26 % to 50 % less than the normal rainfall. (iii) Severe drought: When rainfall is less than 50 % of the normal rainfall.

2. Hydrological drought: A hydrological drought occurs when there is a marked depletion of surface water causing very low stream flow and drying of lakes, reservoirs and rivers. Therefore, hydrological drought is related to the effects of periods of precipitation deficits on surface or subsurface water supply. It can again be classified into two types – (i) Surface water drought: This is caused when ponds, lakes and rivers dry up due to inadequate rainfall. (ii) Groundwater drought: When the level of groundwater decreases due to deficit of rainfall, this type of drought occurs.

3. Agricultural drought: An agricultural drought occurs when inadequate soil moisture produces acute crop stress and affects productivity in the long run. Inadequate topsoil moisture during the planting stage may obstruct germination, leading to low plant populations per hectare and a reduction of final yield. However, if topsoil moisture is sufficient for early growth requisites, insufficiencies in subsoil moisture at this early stage may not impact final yield if subsoil moisture is replenished as the growing season progresses or if precipitation meets plant water needs.

On the basis of time period: Droughts differ in time and period of their occurrence. Thornwaite delineated drought as follows-

1. Permanent drought area: This area consists mostly of permanently dry or arid desert regions. Crop production is not possible without irrigation, due to inadequate rainfall. In these areas, xerophyte type of vegetation is generally observed, for example, cactus, thorny shrubs.
2. Seasonal drought: It occurs in the areas with clearly defined wet and dry climates. Seasonal drought occurs due to large-scale seasonal circulation. This occurs in monsoon areas.
3. Contingent drought: This results due to irregular and variable rainfall, especially in humid and sub-humid regions. The occurrence of such droughts may coincide with growth periods of the crops when the water needs are critical and greatest, resulting in severity of the effects i, e, yield reduction.

On the basis of medium: This is also done on the basis of the medium in which drought occurs. It can be of two types-

1. Soil drought: It is the condition when soil moisture depletes and falls short of meeting the potential evapotranspiration of the crop.
2. Atmospheric drought: This occurs due to low humidity, dry and hot winds that causes desiccation of plants.

Question 7.
How are cyclones generated? Briefly discuss the impacts of a cyclone. [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
A cyclone is generated as a giant whirlwind or a very strong wind system moving rapidly in a cylindrical or funnel shape around a centre of low atmospheric pressure in tropical or subtropical regions. It usually advances at a speed of about 30 to 50 kilometre per hour and often brings heavy rain. The air circulates inward in an anticlockwise direction in the Northern Hemisphere and clockwise in the Southern Hemisphere.
Suitable conditions for development of a cyclone:

The sea-surface temperature should be above 26° C,
the warm temperature of the sea causes air to rise upwards
a strong low pressure is formed at the centre.

Stages of a cyclone: There are four stages that form a cyclone-
1. Formative stage: In this stage the circulation centre is not well developed. So the intensity is less and it generally tends to move inland but does not cause much damage. The sky is overcast with clouds.

2. Immature cyclone: The minimum surface pressure drops and wind speed increases. Convection winds organize themselves into a wind structure that spiral inwards. Due to well developed circulation, the ‘eye’ begins to form. Damage caused by a cyclone in this stage of the life-cycle is severe but the area affected is small.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 11

3. Mature cyclone: Cyclonic circulation and extent of the giant whirlwind increases. There are only random fluctuations in central pressure and maximum wind speed. In a mature cyclone, the eye is welldeveloped.

4. Waning stage: The warm core is destroyed during this stage, the central pressure rises, and the belt of maximum wind expands near the centre. Waning may occur very rapidly if the system moves into an unfavourable atmospheric or geographic environment like on land or on cooler water surface.

Impacts of a cyclone:

Impact on the physical environment:

Disturbs the balance in the ecosystem: Vast number of animals and birds die due to the occurrence of a cyclone that subsequently leads to the imbalance of the local ecosystem.
Flood: Heavy rainfall may accompany a cyclone – this may lead to a devastating flood.
Coastal erosion: The strong waves formed by a cyclone near the coast may result in coastal erosion.

Impact on human beings:

Loss of life: Huge loss of human and animal life occurs due to cyclones. Vast areas of vegetation cover are also destroyed due to cyclone.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 12

Loss of property: Cyclones disrupt the communication and the transport systems. They ravage and inundate the agricultural fields and subsequently may cause food scarcity. They also hamper public life by destroying houses.

Spreading of epidemics: The water gets polluted as a result of cyclones, resulting in water-borne diseases. Epidemics like cholera may spread from this polluted water.

For example, tropical cyclones like Sidr and Aila originated from the Bay of Bengal and caused immense devastation in the coastal regions of India and Bangladesh.

Question 8.
Briefly discuss the impacts of a drought. Name the drought-prone regions of West Bengal. [4 + 1]
Answer:
Droughts create immense environmental and socio-economic impacts. The impacts are as follows-
Impact on the environment:

The ecological balance is disturbed due to enhanced soil erosion (due to loss of soil moisture) and soil fertility decreases.
Loss or destruction of vegetation cover may lead to desertification of the region.
Spread of diseases in wild animals and migration of wildlife may be observed because of reduced food and water supplies.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 13

Impact on the ecosystem:

It causes damage to plants and animals.
The plants struggle to survive due to the hampering of the process of photosynthesis.
Food scarcity is noticed for the herbivorous animals that leads to death of vast number of animals from all trophic levels.
Drought conditions can also provide a substantial increase in risk of wildfires as plants and trees wither and die from lack of precipitation and become fuel for wildfires.

Impact on the economy:

1. Droughts may lead to reduced production of agricultural yields (such as food crops, vegetables and fruits) and livestock production (such as egg, milk, meat and such others).
2. Lack of water and agricultural raw materials hampers the production of various industries.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 14

Impact on the population:

Lack of precipitation may subsequently lead to lesser replenishment of ground water and as a result the ground water level falls. This makes irrigation more difficult and many of the farmers become jobless.
Excessive drought condition may lead to famine and starvation becomes a common picture.
Many people die due to lack of nutrition and tremendous heat.
Droughts lead to international and intra-national migration.

The districts of West Bengal that are prone to drought are as follows-

The western uplands of West Bengal consisting of the districts of Bankura, Birbhum, Midnapore and Purulia are most the droughtprone districts of West Bengal.

Question 9.
What is meant by an earthquake? Briefly discuss the causes of an earthquake. [1+4]
Answer:
Seismic waves are produced when some form of energy stored in the earth’s crust is abruptly released. This happens usually when masses of rock layers pushing against one another abruptly fracture and slip. Therefore, earthquake is any sudden shaking of the ground caused by seismic waves originating within the earth’s crust.

Earthquakes occur mostly along the geologic faults. The major fault lines of the world are located at the edges of the huge tectonic plates that form the earth’s crust.
The causes of an earthquake:
Natural causes: The natural causes of the earthquake can be divided into tectonic and non-tectonic causes.
1. Tectonic causes: The earthquakes occur due to tectonic causes, when rocks in the earth’s crust break due to geological forces created by the movement of tectonic plates. The various tectonic causes are-
i. Plate tectonics: Due to prevailing high temperature and pressure convection currents evolve in the viscous mantle below the earth’s crust. These convection currents cause the plates (parts of the earth’s crust) to move in different directions and at different speeds from those of the adjacent ones which at times causes earthquakes.

For example-
(A) Divergent plate boundaries: The boundaries where the plates pull away from each other are known as the divergent plate boundary. This type of earthquake is quite popular near the mid-Atlantic ridges.

(B) Convergent plate boundaries: The boundaries where two plates move towards each other and subsequently one plate dives under another are known as the convergent plate boundaries. The largest occurrence of earthquakes is usually seen under convergent plate boundaries.

(C) Transformational plate boundaries: The boundaries where the plates slide horizontally past each other are known as the transformational plate boundaries.

ii. Contracting earth theory: As the earth cooled, heavier metals such as iron sank down to form the core, while lighter metals such as aluminium remained up in the crust. The crust cooled and hardened, while the core remained in a hot, molten state. The contraction and expansion of the earth’s surface that occurs due to this gives rise to earthquakes.

iii. Isostatic causes: Isostasy is the state of gravitational equilibrium between the earth’s lithosphere and asthenosphere and in this process of trying to attain a hydrodynamic equilibrium, earthquakes may take place.

iv. Formation of fold mountains: Formation of new fold mountains may also result in occurrence of earthquakes.

v. Volcanism: Volcanic activity may also cause earthquakes.

2. Non-tectonic causes: Earthquakes may also occur due to various non-tectonic causes. They are as follows-
i. Meteorite: Meteorite impacts could cause larger earthquakes than have ever been observed.
ii. Collapse of subterranean cavities: Sometimes, because of the removal of soil from below (viz., by the action of underground water mostly in the Karst areas) the ground surface collapses suddenly – thus producing local tremors.

Anthropogenic causes: Unplanned anthropogenic activities may lead to earthquakes. For example,

Faulty construction of dams: It is well accepted that large dams can cause earthquakes. Dams cause earthquakes due to the extra pressure of water created in the minor cracks and fissures in the ground under and near a reservoir.
Nuclear testing: Nuclear testing may also trigger earthquakes.
Dynamite blasting for road construction: Blasting of rocks by dynamite for construction of roads may trigger earthquakes.

Question 10.
What is meant by a tsunami? Briefly discuss its origin and impacts.
Answer:
A catastrophic ocean wave, generally caused by an earthquake on the seabed or by an underwater or coastal landslide or by the eruption of a volcano is known as tsunami. It is derived from a Japanese word meaning harbour waves. It is also commonly referred to as seismic sea wave or tidal wave.

Causes of tsunami: The major causes of tsunami are discussed below-
Submarine earthquake: Most severe earthquakes occur in convergent boundaries where an ocean plate slides under a continental plate. All earthquakes do not generate tsunamis. To generate a tsunami, the fault where the earthquake occurs must be underneath or near the ocean. It must also cause vertical movement of the sea-floor over a large area. Earthquakes originating at shallow depths of the seabed (focus) responsible for the most destructive tsunamis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 15

Landslides: Landslides resulting in rockfalls, submarine landslides or slumps can generate tsunamis. For example, movement of a significant amount of earth for the construction of an airport triggered an underwater landslide in 1980 in southern France. This resulted in a devastating tsunami hitting the harbour of Thebes.

Eruption of volcano: Volcanic eruptions can generate waves as a result of sudden displacement of water giving rise to tsunami. For example, one of the most devastating tsunamis ever recorded occurred on August 26, 1883 after the explosion and collapse of the Krakatoa in Indonesia.

Extra-terrestrial collision: Although tsunamis caused by extra-terrestrial collisions such as meteors and asteroidsinduced tsunami have not been recorded in recent history and the possibilities are rare, but tsunamis may be generated by such extra-terrestrial collisions.

Effects of tsunami: The major effects of tsunami are discussed below-

Physical changes: Tsunami may result in various physical changes. For example, the islands of Andaman and Nicobar experienced widespread devastation because of a tsunami in 2004. Some smaller islands in the Nicobars have entirely vanished and some others have changed shape, such as Trinket which has been split into two parts after the tsunami.

Change in soil characteristics: Tsunami may result in a change in the characteristics of soil, especially soil salinity. The coastal regions are bounded by vast expanses of salty, marine waters and thus the salinity of the soil may increase at certain times. This may negatively affect soil fertility and productivity.

Damages the marine ecosystem: Tsunamis cause great damage and even devastation to marine ecosystem.

Shortening the length of the day: The massive earthquake that struck Sumatra in 2004 has shortened the length of earth’s day. The intense tremor of 9.1 magnitude has accelerated the spin of the earth, shortening the length of the 24 hours day by 6.8 microseconds.

Casualties: Tsunamis are generally very devastating and cause huge loss to life of human and animals. The tsunami waves in the morning hours of December 26, 2004 around Bay of Bengal caused an official death toll of 812 and unofficial death toll is estimated to be about 7,000.

Damage to property: Tsunamis generally cause great damage to property especially in the coastal regions. Huge loss of houses, roads, agricultural fields, factories are caused by tsunami.

Question 11.
What is meant by a landslide? Briefly discuss the causes of a landslide. [1 + 4]
Answer:
A landslide is the movement of rock, debris or earth down a slope. Landslide occurs when gravitational and other types of shear stress within a slope exceeds the shear strength of the materials that form the slope. Landslides are known also as landslips, slumps or slope failure.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 16

Natural causes: The natural causes of landslides are as follows-
Intense/prolonged rainfall: Prolonged and intense rainfall is the immediate and direct cause of landslides where water acts as a lubricant. With prolonged and intense rainfall large amount of rainwa-
ter seeps into the soil that results in the increase in water pressure in the pores of the soil. The friction and internal cohesion of slope materials reduces which subsequently destabilises the slopes and causes landslides.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 17

Earthquake: Earthquakes can trigger landslides in the critical reaches of hill slopes if the magnitude reaches 6 and above.
Slope gradient: Slopes with steeper gradients are more prone to landslides as gravity has more influence on these slopes, increasing its sliding force.
Loose materials: Unstable materials like large boulders increase the vulnerability of the slope to landslides.

Anthropogenic causes: The anthropogenic causes of landslides are as follows-
Deforestation: Large-scale deforestation can make a place vulnerable to landslide. As the trees are cut, the soils become loose as the roots do not bind them any more. This makes the region prone to landslides.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 18

Urbanization: Unscientific construction of roads and houses on steep slopes disturbs soil stability which may lead to landslides.
Shifting cultivation: Shifting cultivation is an unsustainable practice that depletes the soil nutrients and reduces the forest cover, causing landslides.
Overgrazing: Overgrazing may result into land degradation that may subsequently lead to landslides.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 19

For example: Darjeeling district is one of the most landslide-prone districts of West Bengal. Paglajhora region is highly prone to landslides due to both natural factors and increasing human activities for the last five decades.

Question 12.
What is meant by a blizzard? Discuss with examples how a blizzard can cause hazards and disasters. [2 + 3]
Answer:
A blizzard is a severe storm condition characterized by low temperatures, strong winds, and heavy snow. Blizzards can restrict visibility to near zero. Blizzards have a negative impact on local economies.
Characteristics: The main characteristics of a snowstorm are discussed below-
1. Strength of wind: Winds that are at least 56 kilometre per hour or greater than the normal snowstorm are identified as blizzards.
2. Visibility: The visibility is reduced to almost 400 metre or even to zero at times.
3. Duration: Most blizzards last for a duration of almost 3 hours.

Location: The occurrence of blizzards is most prominent in the countries of Antarctica, northern parts of North America, Canada, north of Europe and Asia as well as in New South Wales in Australia. Apart from these, the snowcapped high mountainous regions also experience blizzards.
Hazards caused by blizzards: During blizzards, winds combined with fleeting snow produce extreme conditions and disrupt normal living conditions. The hazards caused by blizzards are as follows-
1. Physical illness: The extreme cold winds during blizzards are a cause of great discomfort to the local people which may subsequently lead to physical illness and may even cause hypothermia.

2. Disrupts transport system: The thick layers of snow that accumulate during blizzards may disrupt the local transport system. Blizzards paralyse the transport system and leave the roads in an unsafe condition. For example, from March 11 to 14,1888 , a blizzard dumped an average of 1 metre of snow over southeast New York and south New England. It killed over 400 people, of which New York City alone recorded 200 deaths.

3. Flooding: The sudden warm-up that may follow a blizzard can prove to be damaging as the rapid snow-melt may trigger serious flooding and accidents.

4. Disrupts public life: Blizzards generally disrupt public life by interrupting transport, electricity and water supplies and also normal day-to-day life by interrupting health and educational facilities.

Question 13.
What is meant by volcanism? Discuss briefly the causes of volcanism.
Answer:
Volcanism is the process that refers to hot molten magma escaping from the earth’s core, cooling down and forming hard rocks. Volcanism can be of three types depending on the place where it occurs. They are as follows-
1. Extrusive volcanism: Molten lava that escapes the earth and reaches the surface is known as extrusive volcanism.
2. Intrusive volcanism: Molten magma that cools and hardens beneath the surface of the earth is known as intrusive volcanism.
3. Plutonic volcanism: Molten magma that cools and hardens deep beneath the surface of the earth, far below the crust is known as plutonic volcanism.

Causes of volcanism: The major causes of volcanism are as follows-
Plate tectonics: The earth’s crust is divided into a number of tectonic plates moving in different directions and at different speeds. This gives rise to occurrence of volcanoes.
At the divergent plate boundary: When two oceanic plates move away from each other, a gap is created in the seabed. Magma rises from great depths below to fill the space resulting in seafloor spreading which occurs at a rate of about 10 centimetres a year.

Convergent plate boundary: The volcanoes that occur at the boundaries where two plates move towards each other and subsequently one plate dives under another i.e., the convergent plate boundary, creating an deistic lava. These volcanoes undergo more violent eruptions containing ash.

Transformational plate boundary: The volcanoes that occur at the boundaries where the plates slide horizontally past each other i.e., the transformational plate boundary, are not very violent.

The buoyancy of the magma: As a rock inside the earth melts, its volume increases, producing magma that is less dense than the surrounding rock. This lighter magma rises up because of its buoyancy. Since the density of the magma between the zone of its generation and the surface is less than that of the surrounding and overlying rocks, the magma will reach the surface and erupt.

The pressure from the dissolved gases in the magma: Magma contains dissolved volatiles like water, sulphur dioxide and carbon dioxide. The amount of dissolved gases in magma at atmospheric pressure is zero, but rises with increasing pressure. When magma moves toward the surface, the solubility of the water in the magma decreases, and excess water separates from the magma as bubbles. The closer it gets to the surface, more water comes from the magma, increasing the gas and magma ratio in the magma tube. When the volume of bubbles reaches about 75 %, the magma turns into partially molten and solid fragments and it erupts explosively.

Injection of new magma into an already filled magma chamber: As an additional amount of magma enters a chamber that is already at its full capacity, the new magma causes some of the existing magma to move to the surface and erupt.

Release of energy: A volcanic event occurs when there is a sudden or continued release of energy caused by magma movement near the surface. The energy can be in the form of earthquakes, gas emission at the surface, release of heat through geothermal activity, explosive release of gases and the non-explosive extrusion or intrusion of magma.

Question 14.
Briefly discuss the impact of vulcanicity.
Answer:
The impact of vulcanicity has been broadly shown as follows-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 20

Impact on nature:

Deveiopment of landforms: Different types of landforms like caldera, cinder cones, lacolith, dykes, sills, etc., are formed due to vulcanicity.
Change in ecosystem: The ecological balance of the affected area is disturbed as many species of plants and animals become endangered.
Change of soil formation: Soil characteristics get changed as lava spreads across the land.
Change in local environment: Local environment is considerably changed. For example, there is a possibility of acid rain as a reaction of toxic gases released during vulcanicity.
Earthquakes: When explosions take place during volcanic eruptions on a massive scale, earthquakes may be felt in the adjoining areas.
Change in temperature: The temperature of the surrounding areas of a volcanic eruption increases.

Impact on human life:
Loss of life: A massive loss of life occurs as a result of vulcanicity. E.g., about 3600 people died in the coastal areas of Java when the Krakatoa volcano erupted in 1883.
Loss of property: Huge loss of property like buildings, transport network, industries occurs and the economic life of the whole region is affected.
(Loss of agricultural land: Large tracts of land are rendered infertile as a result of being covered by hot molten lava gushing out of the volcanoes. For example, the famous Barren Island of Andaman and Nicobar islands.

Volcanic activity occurs all of a sudden without any warning. However, an analysis of the movement of magma below the earth’s surface can provide some clue for future occurrences of volcanic activity and warnings can be issued accordingly.

Question 15.
What is a forest fire? Briefly discuss the causes of a forest fire. What remedial measures can be taken to prevent the occurrence of forest fires? [1+2+2]
Answer:
Forest fire: When a fire is ignited in a forest due to natural or man-made reasons, it is called a forest fire. There are various reasons for this, for example, lightning, vulcanicity, heat wave, casual or irresponsible activities of men.

Causes of forest fire:
Natural causes:

If a lightning strikes, dry leaves of trees or tree-trunks may get ignited.
in the dry season, a boulder coming down a mountain slope may give rise to a spark that leads to a fire.
A volcanic eruption may also cause a forest fire.

Man-made causes:

When a forest is burnt for clearing land for agricultural activities like in shifting cultivation, the fire may spread, causing a forest fire.
The fire used for cooking in tents by mountaineers may also cause forest fires.
If a lit cigarette is discarded by someone unmindfully on the forest floor, the dry leaves on the forest floor may cause a fire to break out.

Preventive measures against forest fires: The different measures that can be taken to prevent forest fire are-

not to throw any inflammable object or lighted object on the forest floor
to remove dry leaves and parts of plants and trees to safe corners as much as possible
to keep pets and other valuables at a safe distance
to dig a circular canal and make arrangements for adequate water around the zone of forest fire
act as per emergency instructions broadcast by radio or other devices during a forest fire
to arrange for awareness programmes for forest dwellers and people residing in forests regarding measures to save themselves.

Question 16.
Describe the main disasters of West Bengal.
Answer:
West Bengal is prone to various disasters such as droughts, floods, landslides, cyclonic storms, etc. The following table reveals the features of each of them-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 21

Besides the above, certain phenomena like forest fires, river bank erosion, erosion of shorelines, pollution of underground water (arsenic pollution) etc., can take the shape of disasters.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 22

Question 17.
What is an avalanche? What are the factors that cause avalanche? [2 + 3]
Answer:
Avalanche: When accumulated snow and ice slide down along the steep slopes (35°-45°) of mountains, encompassing a wide area, it is called an avalanche.

In the higher altitude of the mountain slopes, the upper part of the accumulated ice breaks apart from the underlying layer of ice. It hurls down along the steep slopes as a vast expanse of white sheet mainly due to the earth’s gravity. This phenomenon mostly occurs during the winter months.

Such occurrence of avalanches may be predicted by analysing the nature of the terrain on mountain peaks and slopes as well as meteorological or climatic data. Avalanches are a common feature in the mountainous areas of the Himalayas and the Alps.

Factors causing avalanches:
1. Slope of the land: It has been observed that avalanches are a common occurrence on slopes ranging from 35°-45° and concave slopes are more favourable than convex slopes of the mountain.
2. Accumulation of snow: Avalanches are influenced by the amount of snow or ice on the mountain tops, wind speed and direction, increase in temperature and melting of snow. Usually, the north and northeast facing slopes of mountains are more prone to avalanches.
3. Smoothness of slope: In comparison to forested or vegetated slopes, bare and smooth slopes act as a trigger for avalanches.
4. Size of ice crystals: Since bigger ice crystals are weak and break easily, they are more prone to initiate an avalanche compared to compacted or packed ice.
5. Sun rays: Since the sun’s rays warm up the ice, they lead to avalanches.
6. Wind flow: Winds blowing from varying directions loosen up the ice and initiate an avalanche.
7. Human interference: Human activities such as cutting down of trees, construction of roads, explosion by dynamite, ice-sports etc., increase the possibilities of avalanches.

Question 18.
What measures should be taken to control disasters like floods and droughts?
Answer :
To reduce occurrence of floods:
1. If climatic conditions change naturally, rainfall intensity is decreased and as a result, there would be lesser floods.
2. Watershed management and proper drainage system, afforestation, changing the slope by constructing terraces, control of overgrazing, contour-farming etc., can check the occurrence of floods.

Change of direction of floods:

Construct barrages and reservoirs to store excess water of rivers,
construct dykes or dams across rivers at specific locations in order to prevent flooding of low-lying areas,
regular dredging of the river bed is needed to lower the level of silt for smooth flow of river water so that the banks do not overflow and cause floods.

Planning to prevent occurrence of floods:

Implementation of strict laws to bar construction of houses etc., in floodprone areas along rivers
dredging and reclaiming dead and decaying rivers
increasing public awareness through propaganda and advertisements – by these methods, losses incurred due to floods can be reduced.

Measures to be taken during floods:

Stay back at home, or at a higher ground when the level of floodwater rises.
Keep the following items handy-polythene packets, cord, torch, matchbox, candles, important documents, dry clothes, dry food, radio, mosquito net, pure drinking water etc.
Switch off electrical switches and appliances, close taps and lock gas cylinders.
Wait for relief to arrive from government agencies, NGOs etc., and abide by the advice given by them instead of panicking.

Measures to be taken to control droughts:

Construction of reservoirs, implementation of water conservation projects, increasing the efficiency of irrigation etc.
encourage and practice dry farming and use drought-resistant seeds of crops
have food security and reduce wastage of water
drill deep tubewells by adopting modern techniques
arrange for proper distribution of relief to droughthit victims.

Question 19.
Discuss the importance of disaster management.
Answer:
Importance of disaster management: The main purpose of disaster management is to reduce losses in all spheres such as, social, economic, environmental etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 23

Prevention of environmental damage:

1. Pollution control: Pollution can be controlled to a great extent if certain measures are taken. For example, air pollution can be controlled if the dust particles produced during landslides are reduced by attempting to check the occurrence of landslides (by adopting various measures).
2. To maintain ecological balance: By adopting appropriate measures of disaster management, the damage incurred to the environment can be reversed.
3. Prevention of loss due to natural disasters: Disasters can be reduced or even prevented by adopting disaster management measures like forecasting disasters, carrying on research, conducting mock drills and spreading awareness, warnings, etc.

Prevention of social damage:

1. Rehabilitation of affected people: A damaged area can be restored to its original normal state by acting on an emergency basis and on a war-footing. For example, rapid action taken for rescuing people and rehabilitating them would be of immense help.
2. Aids and supplies: Supply of necessary items like food, water, shelter, etc., is possible through the aids by state and central governments.
3. Prevention of loss of property: If a warning is issued prior to the disaster, much of the damage caused to life and property can be minimised.

Prevention of economic loss:

1. Prevention of agricultural loss: The fertility of the land diminishes and salinity of soil may also increase as a result of floods, droughts, earthquakes etc. Proper infrastructure can be developed for cultivation of crops if forecast of any disaster is made.
2. Prevention of disruption of transport system: When the transport system is disrupted due to calamities like, landslides, earthquakes etc., alternative modes of transport can be arranged to alleviate the problem.
3. Reducing economic loss: The economy of any region is hampered as a result of loss in the agricultural and industrial sector due to natural calamities. Appropriate measures can be taken for proper disaster management, thereby reducing such economic losses.
4. Prevention of industrial loss: Various industrial products and infrastructure are damaged which can be restored by undertaking proper disaster management programmes.

Question 20.
What is meant by disaster management? What are the various measures adopted for it? [1 + 4]
Answer:
Disaster management: Disaster is any kind of temporary or permanent damage entailing a loss of human life and disruption of normal activities (due to natural or man-made causes) and cannot be dealt without external aid. Disaster management is the means to control and restore such a disruptive situation (through various measures).
Measures taken for disaster management: They are as follows-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 24

Pre-disaster measures:
1. Data collection: Data related to causative factors of disasters should be collected. For example, in the case of floods and droughts, rainfall data for the past years should be taken.
2. Data analysis and mapping: The collected data is then analysed to determine the intensity and extent of the disaster and mapping is done on that basis. For example, 375 mmannual rainfall for drought, 375-750 mm annual rainfall for semi-arid conditions are the usual determinants.
3. Research: After mapping, a thorough research is undertaken in order to assess the past as well as future predicaments.
4. Forecast: If proper forecast is done through data analysis using modern technology, the amount of loss or damage caused by any disaster can be minimised.
5.Training: Training can be imparted to all including common people, army personnel etc., by the authorities at the centre, state and district levels so that the loss and damage incurred in a disaster is minimal.
6. Warning: Steps should be taken for increasing public awareness and precautionary measures should be taken.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Hazards and Disasters 25

Measures taken during disasters:

1. Rescue operations: These should be done on an emergency basis by both the general public and army personnel in order to save maximum number of people and animals.

2. Relief operations: Relief materials can be made available to the people of the affected area by central and state government agencies and the extent of loss and damage can be estimated. Preventive measures can also be taken to control further deterioration of the situation. For example, necessary medicines, food and safe drinking water can be provided to them to prevent the spread of an epidemic in the near future.

Post-disaster measures :

1. Rehabilitation: Normal life can be restored by providing aid and making arrangements for reconstruction of damaged houses, roads, transport and other civic amenities and services including agricultural and industrial establishments. Temporary shelters must also be made on an urgent basis.

2. Reconstruction: A host of measures can be taken, like planning different projects and creating jobs in different sectors, to normalise the economic condition of the affected people. For example, in the case of drought-prone areas, watershed projects, irrigation projects etc., can aid in reducing the chances as well as the impact (where a disaster has already taken place) of such disasters.

Although natural calamities like earthquakes, vulcanicity, etc., cannot be prevented and are beyond human control, proper pre-disaster planning by conducting surveys and analysing previously recorded data can reduce the impact of such a calamity. By providing precautionary measures and spreading general awareness in the concerned areas, the disastrous effects can be minimised.

Question 21.
What are the measures taken for managing disasters like earthquakes and landslides? [3 + 2]
Answer:
The measures taken to control and manage such disasters are as follows-
Measures taken before an earthquake:

Earthquake-resistant houses should be constructed for people living in earthquake prone areas.
Electricity, gas and water connections should be promptly disconnected when an earthquake strikes.
The basic amenities needed for survival, like drinking water, food, torch, candles, etc., should be stored in adequate amounts.
People should also know how to contact the nearest fire station, health-centre etc., in case of exigencies.

Measures to be taken during an earthquake:

One should leave the house and move to any vacant, open place.
One can take shelter beneath any sturdy furniture, like a table, bed, etc.
Any kind of inflammable objects like matchboxes, candles, gas ovens should not be used.
One should not try to jump from windows or doors from great heights.

Measures to be taken after an earthquake:

If the house is damaged, one must take shelter in any relief camp, but necessary medicines, water and dry food should be taken along.
One should be calm and listen carefully to the advice given on radio or any other public announcements made outside the house.
One should not go to the seashore or to a lowlying river bank as there are chances of rising of water level.
First-aid should be given to the injured people.
One should not touch any electrical wire or metal object as he may get electrocuted due to short circuit.
Lighting of matches, lighters and cigarette smoking should be avoided. In case of any emergency, for example, a leak property) can be reduced to a great extent.

The students have a major role to play here. Usually, there are 3 steps of disaster management –

pre-disaster stage,
during disaster stage,
post-disaster stage.

Pre-disaster stage:
Evaluation of risk: The students must have an idea of the area in which they reside and how prone it is to a disaster. E.g., Nadia is a highly flood prone area while East Midnapore is prone to thunderstorms.

Preparedness: Any place or area can experience a disaster, hence mock-drills must be done to make people aware about what measures can be taken to combat it. For example, if any area is prone to floods, how should people reach higher grounds to save themselves, what types of food and medicines they should carry with them, etc., must be rehearsed.

Warning measures: If the students get the warning beforehand, they can not only prepare themselves, but can also warn their neighbours at the same time.

Development of infrastructure: The students can learn from their teachers the names and addresses of those government and non-governmental organisations and agencies, which usually provide with relief, evacuation, rehabilitation measures, etc. Examples of such organisations are the Meteorological Office, police administrations, hospitals, NGOs, etc.

Spreading awareness among general public: The students’ volunteers should impart lessons on measures to be taken for disaster management. The local people can thus be educated and made aware of tackling such situations.

Enlisting property: The students must make a list of certain properties that may be used as safety props during a disaster. For examples, suitable buildings and schools-for converting them into relief camps, dry food, torch and other emergency articles like medicines etc.

During disaster stage: Every student must undertake the responsibility of protecting and rescuing himself or herself and their family members. Their neighbours must also receive the same helping hand.

Post-disaster stage:
1. During the urgent need for providing relief (in the form of food, water, medicines, clothes, temporary shelters, etc.), the students must properly contact the relevant organisations which provide these in order to accelerate the relief process.
2. The students should work hand in hand with the professional rescue operators.

From the above discussion, it is clear that if the students are imparted relevant lessons and given proper training, a substantial amount of life and property can be saved. The teachers have an important role in this regard as well.

Question 24.
Discuss the measures taken to tackle disasters in West Bengal.
Answer:
In West Bengal, different types of measures are taken to tackle various disasters. The following are some of the measures taken-
Tangible measures: They are as follows-
In case of droughts:
1. Reclamation of dying and decaying rivers, ponds, lakes and wetlands are to be done for storing water for times of crises.
2. Sources of water are to be conserved carefully and rainwater harvesting measures are to be taken.

In case of floods:

1. Level of the rivers are lowered by dredging of silt accumulated in them, so that the water-bearing capacity is increased to allow smooth flow of the river.
2. Reservoirs are constructed adjacent to rivers in order to store excess water.
3. Embankments are constructed along the river banks to prevent water from overflowing and inundating the floodplains.

In case of landslides:

1. Soil erosion can be prevented on mountain slopes by planting trees.
2. Landslides can also be prevented by putting boulders, building concrete walls, etc., at the base of the mountain slopes.

In case of cyclonic storms:

Construct stable shelters so that people can save their lives during storms.
Plant big stormresistant trees along the shoreline to obstruct gusty winds.
Make announcements to warn the fishermen against going for fishing in the open sea.

In case of tsunamis: Tall embankments are being constructed and sturdy trees are being planted along the coastline of West Bengal.
In case of earthquakes: A geological study of specific areas is conducted prior to building houses. For constructing multistoreyed buildings, earthquake-resistant structures are recommended.

Intangible measures: The measures taken are as follows –

In case of droughts:

Maps of drought prone areas of West Bengal are being prepared.
Land conservation measures are being taken.

In case of floods:

Maps of flood-prone areas of West Bengal are being prepared by surveying flood-affected and flood-prone areas.
People are warned before water is discharged from any dam to release excess flood water.
Various projects are under way in different parts of West Bengal, where several two-storeyed houses are constructed for villagers to take shelter during floods.

In case of landslide:

Maps are being prepared for landslide prone areas of West Bengal.
Proper land-use practices in mountainous areas and scientific farming methods (like terrace-farming, contourfarming, etc.) are being adopted here.
Laws are being made and implemented to prevent overgrazing of animals in areas where landslides are rampant.
Planned urbanisation, including building of houses and construction of roads, etc., should be done.

In case of cyclonic storms:

1. Minimum settlement areas have to be developed in coastal areas where prevalence and impact of cyclonic storms are the greatest.
2. Arrangements are made so that announcements of forecasts of such storms can reach the people of the area well in advance and should therefore be made on an emergency basis.

In case of tsunamis: Various projects are being planned to construct shelters on higher grounds so that people can be shifted there during a tsunami.

In case of earthquakes:

1. Various kinds of training are being imparted to the people by the Government as to how to tackle such occurrences.
2. Preventive measures have been taken for after-effects of earthquakes like landslides, forest fires, houses catching fire, etc.

A ‘Disaster Management Team’ has been formed by the government of West Bengal. Moreover, propaganda through seminars, posters, documentary films, slideshows, etc., are being made so that people can save themselves when faced with a natural disaster.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering

February 7, 2024February 5, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 5 Question Answer – Weathering

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
Where does granular disintegration take place?
Answer:
Desert area.

Question 2.
Which gaseous component is needed in oxidation?
Answer:
Oxygen.

Question 3.
Combining of rock minerals with water is called?
Answer:
Hydration.

Question 4.
Which type of weathering results in rusting of rocks?
Answer:
bxidation.

Question 5.
Name a burrowing animal.
Answer:
Rat.

Question 6.
Exfoliation occurs in which type of rock?
Answer:
branite.

Question 7.
Which type of weathering occurs due to construction of houses and roads?
Answer:
Mechanical weathering.

Question 8.
Ice disintegration occurs in which climatic region?
Answer:
Tundra.

Question 9.
Which type of weathering causes changes in the structural composition of rocks?
Answer:
Chemical weathering.

Question 10.
Which type of weathering is hydrolysis?
Answer:
Chemical weathering.

Question 11.
Name the cone-shaped depositional feature formed as a result of mechanical weathering on hill slopes.
Answer:
Scree or Talus.

Question 12.
Decomposition of organic matter creates which acid?
Answer:
Humic acid.

Question 13.
Where does mass wasting occur?
Answer:
Mountainous area.

Question 14.
Give example of an easily soluble rock.
Answer:
Limestone.

Question 15.
Which two components are most important in case of weathering?
Answer:
Temperature and rainfall.

Question 16.
Mechanical weathering is predominant in which climatic regions?
Answer:
Arid and semi-arid regions.

Question 17.
Which type of weathering is prevalent in homogeneous rocks?
Answer:
Exfoliation.

Question 18.
Which type of weathering occurs in limestone areas?
Answer:
Carbonation.

Question 19.
Which type of weathering is prevalent in the rainy tropical region?
Answer:
Chemical weathering.

Question 20.
What is the loose and thin layer of finely fragmented rocks caused due to weathering known as?
Answer:
Regolith.

Question 21.
What type of chemical weathering is caused due to the reaction of iron with oxygen?
Answer:
Oxidation.

Question 22.
Ferrous oxide is converted into which compound as result of oxidation?
Answer:
Anhydrous ferrous oxide.

Question 23.
What is the process whereby small grained rocks are further fragmented known as?
Answer:
blaking.

Question 24.
Which process causes disintegration of rocks as a result of decrease in pressure of the rock layers (due to mechanical weathering)?
Answer:
Sheeting.

Question 25.
What is formed as a result of decomposition of branches, leaves, flowers and fruits of trees after they fall to the ground?
Answer:
Humus.

Question 26.
The process whereby rocks are broken apart is an example of which type of weathering?
Answer:
Mechanical weathering.

Question 27.
What occurs when rocks get heated during day time?
Answer:
They increase in volume.

Question 28.
Which type of weathering causes rocks to get fragmented in a square shape?
Answer:
Block disintegration.

Question 29.
Which type of weathering causes rock layers to come off like the peels of an onion?
Answer:
Exfoliation.

Question 30.
Who was the first to use the term ‘weathering’?
Answer:
G. K. Gilbert.

Question 31.
Which type of weathering is predominant in the Thar Desert?
Answer:
Granular disintegration.

Question 32.
In which type of weathering does gunshotlike noises occur?
Answer:
Granular disintegration.

Question 33.
In which type of weathering does both physical and chemical changes occur in rocks?
Answer:
Chemical weathering.

Question 34.
In the process of soil formation, when the minerals present in the regolith are removed from the upper to lower layers, what is this process known as?
Answer:
Eluviation.

Question 35.
What is the process by which humus is formed?
Answer:
Humification.

Question 36.
When weathering occurs as a natural process, what is it called?
Answer:
Geomorphic weathering.

Question 37.
What is the process by which the depth of gullies increases due to erosion called?
Answer:
Gully erosion.

Question 38.
How can the soil in the slopes of mountains be conserved by carving step-like structures?
Answer:
Terrace farming.

Question 39.
What is the process of conserving soil by covering it with a layer of organic material called?
Answer:
Mulching.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is weathering?
Answer:
When rocks are broken down in their own places (‘in situ’) either mechanically or chemically due to the action of various elements of weather (viz., temperature, rainfall, etc.) the process is known as weathering.

Question 2.
What are the various types of weathering?
Answer:
Weathering can be of 3 types-

mechanical
chemical
biological weathering

Question 3.
What is mechanical weathering?
Answer:
When different elements of weather (like temperature, rainfall, etc.) break down the rocks in their own places, this process of rock fragmentation is known as mechanical weathering.

Question 4.
What is chemical weathering?
Answer:
When rocks are subject to decomposition due to reaction with oxygen, carbon dioxide, water vapour, etc., present in the atmosphere or water, the process is known as chemical weathering.

Question 5.
Where is mechanical weathering more prevalent on the earth’s surface?
Answer:
Mechanical weathering takes place mostly in high mountainous areas and in hot and dry desert regions. For example, the rocks are fragmented as a result of exfoliation, block disintegration and granular disintegration in the hot and dry desert regions.

Question 6.
Chemical weathering is prevalent in which climatic region?
Answer:
Due to high temperature and heavy rainfall, the Equational regions are more prone to chemical weathering (as a result of hydrolysis, hydration, etc.).

Question 7.
What is erosion?
Answer:
When fragmented rocks are transported from their original place of weathering to some other place by various agents like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc., this process is called erosion.

Question 8.
What is denudation?
Answer:
When the underlying rock layer of the earth’s surface is exposed as a result of the upper layer of rock being weathered and transported to some other place (erosion) by various agents, this process is called denudation (‘denude’ means to ‘lay bare’).

Question 9.
What is biological weathering?
Answer:
Rocks are sometimes broken down by plants and animals. Again, humic acid from decaying plants and animals results in breaking down of rocks. When the rocks are subject to change as a result of the decaying of plants and animals, the process is known as biological weathering.

Question 10.
What are the different types of biological weathering?
Answer:
Biological weathering is of two types 1. bio-mechanical weathering, and 2. biochemical weathering.

Question 11.
What is mass wasting?
Answer:
When fragmented rocks, pebbles, mud, etc., slide down the slope or gradient of a mountain or a highland (as a result of gravitational force), as a mass of weathered matter, the process is called mass wasting.

Question 12.
How can mass wasting be classified?
Answer:
The 2 main types of mass wasting are 1. slow movement, and 2. rapid movement.

Question 13.
What is block disintegration?
Answer:
It is a type of mechanical weathering. When the cracks in the rocks expand and contract due to differential heating (i.e., hot during daytime and cool at night), they are weakened and eventually break apart in the form of blocks. This is called block disintegration.

Question 14.
Where does mechanical weathering due to frost/ice occur?
Answer:
In the high mountainous areas and Arctic regions, frost/ice plays a major role in mechanical weathering. The ice filling up in the cracks of the rocks exerts pressure on either side and eventually breaks the rocks.

Question 15.
What is granular disintegration?
Answer:
Granular disintegration is a type of mechanical weathering found in the hot and arid desert regions. Due to of differential heating, the various minerals present in the rocks expand and contract alternately and these rates of expansion and contraction differ in case of different minerals. As a result, the rocks are broken down into small fragments. This process is known as granular disintegration.

Question 16.
What is exfoliation?
Answer:
When the intensity of temperature is high, there is a difference of temperature in the outer and inner layers of the rocks. As a result, the outer layers of the rocks come off from the underlying layers (like onion peels). This is called exfoliation. The surface of the rock assumes a rounded shape as a result of this. Exfoliation is a common occurrence in the granite-gneiss rocks of Chota Nagpur Plateau (near Ranchi) in India.

Question 17.
What is oxidation?
Answer:
Chemical reaction occurs in the rocks as a result of water (in the presence of oxygen) reacting especially with iron present in the rocks. It forms oxides and hydroxides and eventually weakens and dissolves the rocks. Brownish/yellowish stains are seen on the rocks as a result of rust formation.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 1

Question 18.
What is carbonation?
Answer:
When water is mixed into carbon dioxide, carbonic acid is formed and it chemically reacts with calcium carbonate present in the rocks, and then dissolves the rocks. This process is known as carbonation. This is how limestones are dissolved and karst landforms are formed. For example, Borra caves near Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 2

Question 19.
What is hydration?
Answer:
When the minerals present in the rocks mix with water, they expand, create pressure on the rocks and dissolve them. This process is called hydration. This is an important process of chemical weathering.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 3

Hydration actually causes granular disintegration and makes the rocks further susceptible to chemical weathering, especially by oxidation and carbonation. For example, the process of hydration changes feldspar into kaolinite clay, and the process known as kaolinisation.

Question 20.
What is hydrolysis?
Answer:
The chemical combination of minerals with water to form insoluble precipitates like clay is called hydrolysis. For example, clay and silicon are by-products of such a chemical reaction of granite. Another example is shown below-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 4

Question 21.
What is the role of plants in biological weathering?
Answer:
1. When the roots of plants grow and exert pressure on the cracks in the rocks, the rocks disintegrate.
2. The rotten plant remains (viz., leaves, stems/trunks, etc.) result in the formation of humic acid, which eventually dissolves the rocks.

Question 22.
What is the role of human beings in biological weathering?
Answer:
1. Rocks are broken down into fragments as a result of agricultural practices, mining activities, etc.
2. Rocks are disintegrated and dissolved as a result of construction of houses, roads, excavation of canals, etc.

Question 23.
What is soil erosion?
Answer:
When soil particles are separated and transported elsewhere due to natural or man-made factors, it is called soil erosion. For example, soil erosion occurs as a result of run-off caused by rainfall (the top soil is washed off and transported elsewhere).

Question 24.
Where is terrace farming practiced?
Answer:
Terrace farming (or step farming) is usually practiced along the slopes of mountains. For example, it is common in the hill slopes of Darjeeling.

Question 25.
Why is weathering also known as disintegration process?
Answer:
The rocks on the earth’s surface are either disintegrated or decomposed as a result of the process of weathering and that is why it is also called a process of disintegration.

Question 26.
What is ‘colloid plucking’?
Answer:
The wet soil particles or colloids that form on the rocks, dry up eventually and exert pressure on the minerals present in the rocks. This results in weathering of rocks and this process is called ‘colloid plucking’.

Question 27.
Why is carbonation more predominant in limestone regions?
Answer:
The process of carbonation is predominant in limestone regions. When carbon dioxide mixes with water it forms carbonic acid, and when this reacts with limestone (calcium carbonate), it forms calcium bicarbonate and dissolves the limestone.

Question 28.
What is talus?
Answer:
Action of ice and snow in the cold mountainous regions, widens the cracks in the rocks and eventually breaks the rocks into angular fragments. These fragments are deposited at the foothill zones in a conelike formation known as talus or scree. These features are commonly seen in the Ladakh region. They are also known as Blackspade or Felsenmeer.

Question 29.
What type of mechanical weathering is more prevalent in the mountainous regions?
Answer:
In the high mountainous regions where the temperature falls below freezing point at night, water turns into ice and during daytime, when the temperature increases, this ice melts down into water. Due to this alternate heating and cooling process, mechanical weathering is prevalent in such areas.

Question 30.
What is humification?
Answer:
The process by which the organic matter present in the soil is decomposed by microorganisms and turned into black coloured hums, is called hunification.

Question 31.
What is eluviation and illuviation?
Answer:
1. The process by which the dissolved minerals in the upper layers of the soil are transferred to the lower layers is called eluviation.
2. The process in which the minerals present in the soil are deposited in the lower layers of the soil/rocks is known as illuviation.

Question 32.
What is Terra Rosa?
Answer:
In the karst region, the dissolved limestone is removed and accumulated in the upper layers of the soil as a result of the process of carbonation. This red coloured layer of soil deposited on the earth’s surface is called Terra Rosa (‘terra’ meaning soil and ‘rosa’ meaning red).

Question 33.
What is regolith?
Answer:
The disintegrated and decomposed rock particles lying on the upper layers of the earth’s surface are called regolith. It is from this regolith that the soil-forming process starts (a slow process).

Question 34.
What is solum?
Answer:
The soil which is formed from the original rock bed lying beneath it is called solum. The term ‘soil’ is derived from the Latin word ‘solum’.

Question 35.
Why is chemical weathering more common in the Equatorial regions?
Answer:
The Equatorial regions experience chemical weathering because-
1. the equatorial regions have high temperature and receive rainfall throughout the year
2. the leaves of the forests in this region fall on the ground and form humic acid, which facilitates chemical decomposition of the rocks.

Question 36.
Why does rust form on rocks?
Answer:
The iron-bearing minerals present in certain rocks are prone to the formation of rust. The process of oxidation converts the ferrous oxide present in the rocks into ferric acid, which results in the formation of light brown and yellow coloured rust.

Question 37.
What are tors?
Answer:
Due to differential weathering, the inner layers of the rocks are exposed to the surface when the surrounding soft regolith is removed. Sometimes the rocks that have broken apart along the points or cracks in the granite-gneiss rocks may tumble down the slope of hills. These upright hard rocks situated on the slopes or in the foothills of gently sloping hills are called tors.

Question 38.
What is desert-varnish?
Answer:
In the desert areas, the orangish-yellow coloured coating that forms on the rock layers is called desert-varnish. It is composed of clay, iron and manganese oxide. They are found mostly in basalt and quartzite rocks.

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
How does terrace farming help in conserving soli?
Answer:
The rate of flow of water along the slopes of hills and mountains can be controlled. In such areas, farming is done on steps cut along the slopes at different heights. Each step on terrace is bordered by slightly elevated mud bunds which prevent washing away of water down the slope and thus store water on these terraces. Thus, run off is reduced and infiltration of water underground is increased. These terraces are of three types-

Bench-like steps: The lower part of these steps are flat and on the outer sides, low bunds are constructed.
Successive steps: A series of steps or terraces at different altitudes (like a staircase), prevents water from flowing out and thus conserves soil.
Plain or flat steps: The lower part of these steps are flat and different crops are cultivated here. Thus, water is stored and soil erosion is prevented because run-off is controlled.

Question 2.
Why is granular disintegration more prevalent in hot desert areas?
Answer:
In the hot desert areas, the rocks expand on being heated up during daytime, whereas during the night, when the temperature falls, the rocks cool down and contract. This alternate process of relaxation (during heating) and tension (during cooling) results in breaking up of the rocks into smaller fragments.

Question 3.
Which type of landforms result from mechanical weathering?
Answer:

A soft layer of soil called regolith is formed due to mechanical weathering.
Due to exfoliation, rounded hills (especially in granite-gneiss rocks) are formed. For example, Ranchi dome near Ranchi lake in Jharkhand.
In cold climatic regions, angular rock fragments are formed as a result of weathering by ice and these accumulate in a cone-shaped manner in the foothill zones, and is called talus or scree.

Question 4.
What are the controlling factors of weathering?
Answer:
The controlling factors of weathering are as follows-

Structure of rocks: Weathering is accelerated in soft and jointed (with cracks and fissures) rocks.
Relief or topography: Weathering process is more active in steep slopes of hills and plateaus.
Climate: The different factors of climate (moisture in the air or humidity, rainfall, temperature) influence weathering to a great extent.
Biotic factors: Roots of plants and trees, flowers, fruits, man and other animals (viz., burrowing animals), are important controlling factors of weathering process.

Question 5.
How does weathering help in increasing soil fertility?
Answer:
The role of weathering in increasing soil fertility is discussed as follows –
A soft layer called regolith is formed on the upper surface of the earth as a result of weathering. The minerals present in this regolith seep underground and supply essential nutrients to the plants.

The roots of trees cause the rocks to break apart (biotic or biological weathering). Besides, burrowing animals like rabbits, rats, etc., loosen up the soil by digging into it and thereby allows air to pass below the soil which is beneficial to the plants.

Humus is formed as a result of decaying of leaves, flowers, etc., that are shed from the trees. When humus mixes with the oxygen present in the atmosphere, it enriches the various minerals found in the soil, which, in turn, increase the fertility of the soil.

Question 6.
What is the role of man in soil erosion?
Answer:
The activities carried out by human beings that lead to soil erosion, are as follows-

Deforestation: Due to cutting down of trees, the soil is exposed to weathering. Thus rains wash away the fertile topsoil.
Unscientific methods of cultivation: Shifting cultivation, intensive cultivation, etc., reduce soil fertility and increase soil erosion.
Increased grazing: Excessive grazing practised on the thin soil along the mountain slopes, leads to exposure of the soil to weathering and erosion.

Write the differences between the following –

Question 1.
Exfoliation and Frost action
Answer:
The differences between exfoliation and frost action are as follows-

Points of difierence	Exfoliation	Frost Action
1. Concept	The rock layers peel off and come out like onion peels as a result of high temperature in this process.	In the cold climatic regions, ice crystals formed within the rock layers aid in disintegrating the rocks.
2. Process	Due to difference of temperature there is expansion and contraction of the rocks, resulting in its weathering.	The ice crystals formed within the cracks of the rocks exert pressure and thereby break the rocks.
3. Occurrence	It usually occurs in deserts or arid and dry climatic regions.	It usually occurs in cold mountainous regions or polar regions.

Question 2.
Weathering and Mass wasting
Answer:
The differences between weathering and mass wasting are as follows-

Points of difference	Weathering	Mass Wasting
1. Concept	When climatic elements are responsible for disintegration and decomposition of rocks, it is called weathering.	When the weathered debris of rocks are carried down slopes due to gravity and are transported and deposited elsewhere, it is known as mass wasting.
2. Classification	(1) Mechanical, (2) chemical, (3) biological	(1) Slow, and (2) rapid or fast movement
3. Characteristics	This is a static process, i.e., the weathered material is deposited ‘in situ’ or in its original place.	This is a dynamic process, where weathered material is transported and deposited elsewhere.

Question 3.
Weathering and Erosion
Answer:
The differences between weathering and erosion are as follows-

Points of difference	Weathering	Erosion
1. Concept	It is the disintegration and decomposition of rocks ‘in situ’, carried out by the climatic factors (temperature, precipitation, etc.).	Erosion is the process of carrying away of rock debris by rivers, winds, etc., (operating on the earth’s surface) from one place to another.
2. Dependency	It does not depend on erosion.	It depends on weathering.
3. Rate / Pace	It is a very slow process.	It is a relatively fast process.

Question 4.
Weathering and Denudation
Answer:
The differences between weathering and denudation are as follows-

Points of difference	Weathering	Denudation
1. Concept	Weathering is the disintegration and decomposition of rocks by climatic factors (temperature, precipitation, etc.).	Denudation is the process in which the lower layers of the rocks are exposed when the upper layers are removed by weathering and erosion.
2. Dependency	It does not depend on denudation.	It depends on weathering.
3. Evolution of landforms	It is not related directly to evolution of landforms.	It has a vital role in the evolution of landforms, which is a long-term process.

Question 5.
Exfoliation and Granular disintegration
Answer:
The differences between exfoliation and granular disintegration are as follows-

Points of difference	Exfoliation	Granular Disintegration
1. Nature of rocks	This occurs in homogeneous rocks.	This occurs in heterogeneous rocks.
2. Type of weathering	In this type of weathering, the rock layers come off like peeled off onions.	Rocks are disintegrated into smaller and minute particles or grains.
3. Relief	The landforms formed as a result of this type of weathering are rounded or dome shaped.	The tops of the hills and mountains become conical as a result of this type of weathering.

Question 6.
Erosion and Mass wasting
Answer:
The differences between erosion and mass wasting are as follows-

Points of difference	Erosion	Mass Wasting
1. Concept	It is the process of carrying away of weathered rocks by natural agents from one place to another.	Mass wasting is the movement of rock debris down hill slopes due to gravity.
2. Process	Abrasion, attrition, solution, etc.	This process can be both slow and fast.
3. Visibility	It is visible everywhere.	It is visible in high relief or sloping areas.

Question 7.
Mechanical and Chemical weathering
Answer:
The differences between mechanical and chemical weathering are as follows-

Points of difference	Mechanical Weathering	Chemical Weathering
1. Place of occurrence	Rocks are disintegrated in their own places in this type of weathering.	Rocks are decomposed in their own places in this type of weathering.
2. Alteration of Minerals	It does not lead to the formation of new minerals.	It leads to the formation of new minerals.
3. Main factors	Temperature, precipitation, etc.	O₂, CO₂, water, minerals, etc.

Question 8.
Oxidation and Carbonation
Answer:
The differences between oxidation and carbonation are as follows-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 5

Question 9.
Hydration and Hydrolysis
Answer:
The differences between hydration and hydrolysis are as follows-

Question 10.
Mechanical weathering and Biological weathering
Answer:
The differences between mechanical weathering and biological weathering are as follows:-

Points of difference	Mechanical Weathering	Biological Weathering
1. Concept	Disintegration of rocks by various climatic factors is called mechanical weathering.	Disintegration of rocks by various plants and animals (man, bacteria, virus) is called biological weathering.
2. Process	Rocks disintegrated only by mechanical weathering.	Rocks disintegrated by both mechanical as well as chemical weathering.
3. Areas of occurrence	This type of weathering is commonly seen in hot desert areas, cold mountainous areas and cold polar regions.	It is commonly seen in areas where life forms are abundant.

Question 11.
Chemical weathering and Biological weathering.
Answer:
The differences between chemical and biological weathering are as follows-

Points of difference	Chemical Weathering	Biological Weathering
1. Concept	The process of decomposition and disintegration of rocks by acid, CO₂, O₂ water is called chemical weathering.	The process of disintegration of rocks by plants and animals is called biological weathering.
2. Characteristics of rocks	Characteristics of rocks change as a result of change in their chemical composition in this process.	Physical and chemical characteristics of rocks change in this process.
3. Areas of occurrence	This type of weathering is common in Equatorial, Tropical and humid climatic regions.	This type of weathering is common in regions characterised by abundant life forms.

Give reasons for the following –

Question 1.
Mechanical weathering is predominant in desert areas.
Answer :
The factors responsible for the predominance of mechanical weathering in desert areas are as follows –
1. Range or difference of temperature is high: The daily or diurnal range of temperature (difference of temperature between day and night) is high in desert areas. Rocks expand due to heating during daytime while they contract due to cooling at night. This results in the fragmentation and mechanical disintegration of rocks.

2. Scarcity of rainfall: Chemical weathering rarely takes place due to scarcity rainfall in the desert areas. Vegetation is also scarce due to lack of water. So, when rainfall occurs all of a sudden, rocks are weathered rapidly under its influence.

3. Excessive denudation: Desert areas, being more prone to denudation, the upper layers of the rocks are removed and the rocks beneath are relieved from pressure. The underlying rocks expand consequently and cracks are formed. Subsequently, the rocks disintegrate along these cracks.

Question 2.
Rainfall has an impact on mechanical weathering.
Answer:
Rainfall influences mechanical weathering due to the following reasons-

Formation of ice: Rainfall is responsible for the formation of ice crystals within the cracks of rocks in colder climatic regions. These crystals subsequently disintegrate the rocks.
Raindrops hitting rocks: Raindrops hitting the rock surface over long periods ultimately lead to the breaking of the rocks.
Expansion of rocks: Rain water seeping into the rocks expand the volume of the mineral constituents within them, which, in turn, leads to the breaking apart of the rocks (by mechanical weathering).

Question 3.
Weathering and climate are interrelated.
Answer:
The interrelation between weathering and climate can be discussed if we study the following climatic regions-
1. Equatorial climatic region: Temperature and rainfall are intense throughout the year in this region. Along with chemical weathering, mechanical weathering is also rampant here due to excessive heat.
2. Hot and dry desert climatic region: Due to long periods of intense heat and almost negligible rainfall, mechanical weathering is predominant here. For example, exfoliation, granular disintegration, etc.
3. Cold mountainous climatic region / Arctic region: Due to excessive cold, formation of ice crystals along the cracks of rocks cause mechanical weathering.

Question 4.
Hot and humid climatic regions are more prone to chemical weathering.
Answer:
The hot and humid climate of the Equatorial and Tropical regions have high temperature and rainfall and this is the reason why chemical weathering is predominant here. The following are the specific reasons-
1. When rainwater falls over the earth’s surface, it mixes with the CO₂ present in the atmosphere and converts it into mild carbonic acid. When this water comes in contact with limestone (calcium carbonate), it changes into calcium bicarbonate, and thus chemical weathering is initiated.

2. Some minerals present in the rocks have higher absorbing capacity. When these minerals expand in volume, the overall compactness of the mineral is lost, subsequently giving rise to weathering.

3. In humid areas, the leaves, flowers, fruits, etc., are shed from trees, which, on decaying, form humus and subsequently humic acid. This acid facilitates chemical decomposition of the rocks.

Question 5.
Exfoliation is predominant in granite rocks.
Answer:
When the upper layers of the rocks come off from the underlying layers due to differential heating in homogeneous granitic areas, the process is known as exfoliation. Since the upper layers of the rock are more heated than the underlying layers, a thermal gradient is created. The heat affected upper layers of the rocks expand and come off like the layers of an onion. Exfoliation is thus a common occurrence in granite rocks.

Question 6.
Chemical weathering is prominent in regions having limestone rocks.
Answer:
Carbonation is a process that occurs when calcium carbonate (present in limestone) reacts with CO₂ in the atmosphere. When rain falls, the CO₂ in the atmosphere reacts with it and turns it into mild carbonic acid. This carbonic acid reacts with calcium carbonate (limestone) to form calcium bicarbonate and ultimately dissolves the limestone.

H₂ O + CO₂ → H₂ CO₃
H₂ CO₃ + CaCO₃ → Ca (HCO₃)₂

In limestone regions, limestone is dissolved by the process of carbonation and creates a host of landform features like stalactites, stalagmites, pillars, etc.

Question 7.
The hills formed of granite have rounded or dome-shaped tops.
Answer:
The regions having granite rocks that have high temperature or a dry, and desert type of climate, are found to have hills with rounded tops. This is became the rocks expand due to heat during the day while they contract at night when the temperature drops. This alternate heating and cooling process affects the upper layers of the rocks. Due to the alternate tension and compression, the upper layers come off from the underlying rock layers like the layers of an onion. This process is called exfoliation. The hills here are thus rounded in shape.

Question 8.
People residing in desert areas can hear sounds similar to gunshots.
Answer:
The temperature is very high in the desert areas and the rocks are heated over a long period during the day. However, since different minerals in the rocks have different capacities of absorbing and releasing heat, this unequal expansion and compression within the rocks exert great pressure on them and subsequently they burst, making a loud noise, that is similar to the sound of gunshots.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Briefly explain the concepts of erosion and denudation. [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
The concepts of erosion and denudation are discussed below-
Erosion:
Definition: When the weathered rocks are transported from their place of origin to some other place by physical agents like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc., the process is called erosion.
Process: The main processes of erosion include attrition, friction, plucking, removal of weathered debris, etc.
Agent: Agents like flowing water, winds, moving glaciers, etc., transport the weathered material from one place to another.

Characteristics:

Rocks are removed
underlying layers of rocks are exposed after the upper layers are removed
dependent on weathering
a fast process.

Example: High velocity winds in the desert areas remove large quantities of sand and small rock fragments (by the process of erosion) to far away places.

Denudation:
1. Definition: When the lower or underlying layers of the rocks are exposed after the upper layers are removed by weathering and erosion, the process is known as denudation. The term ‘denude’ means ‘to lay bare’.

Process: The main factors responsible for denudation are-land erosion, cultivation, construction of roads and settlements, etc.

Characteristics:

Weathering and erosion are dependent on mass wasting.
This is a slow process.
New rocks are exposed to the earth’s surface.

Regional differences: The rate of denudation is lower in hot dry desert areas than in the high mountainous regions. In humid regions, the rate of denudation is again higher.

Importance: Soil is formed as a result of this process and it also plays an important role in the evolution of landforms.

Question 2.
Briefly describe the concepts of weathering and mass wasting. [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
Weathering:
1. Definition: The climatic agents (e.g., temperature, rainfall, etc.) disintegrate and decompose the rocks in their own place (‘in situ’) and this process is called weathering.

2. Nomenclature: As this is an alteration of the physical or chemical characteristics of rocks by various factors of weather/climate, the term weathering is pertinent.

3. Factors: The agents of weathering are temperature and rainfall, plant, man and other animals, landform, nature of rocks (lithological characteristics), time, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 7

4. Types: Weathering can mainly be of 3 types-

Mechanical (rocks are disintegrated or broken into fragments)
Chemical (rocks undergo alteration in chemical composition)
Biological (rocks are altered by the action of plants and animals).

5. Process: Exfoliation, granular disintegration, hydration, oxidation, hydrolysis, etc.

6. Characteristics:

Rocks are disintegrated and decomposed.
This is a static process.
The weathered material is not removed or transported.
The force of weathering depends on structure and nature of the rock, climatic factors, etc.

7. Effect: Landforms like rounded or domeshaped hills, inselbergs, tors, caves, etc., are formed. Weathering also plays a significant role in soil formation.

Mass Wasting:

Definition: When the weathered materials like pebbles, boulders, etc., slide down the slopes of mountains due to gravitational pull, the process is known as mass wasting.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 8

According to geomorphologist A. L. Bloom-“…gravitational or down slope movements of weathered rock debris is mass wasting”.

Nomenclature: As the weathered rock debris are dumped at the lower slopes of the mountains after being carried there, following the natural slope or gradient (by gravitational pull), the term ‘mass’ is thus relevant.

Factors: Slope of the land, altitude, shape, size and amount of the weathered materials, presence of vegetation, precipitation, force of gravity, etc.

Types: Mass wasting can be of 4 types-

Slow flow
Rapid flow
Landslide
Subsidence.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 9

Process: Mud flow, soil flow, solifluction, slump, rock slide, etc.

Characteristics:

This process is rampant in sloping lands.
The debris are removed as a result of gravitational force.
It can occur as a slow or rapid process.
Physical agents of weathering and erosion (rivers, glaciers, etc.) do not have any role to play in the process of mass wasting.

Effect:

Landslides occur in mountainous areas as a result of mass wasting.
These cause loss of life and property.
Landforms like steep slops, erosion on slopes, talus cones, etc., are formed.

Question 3.
What is meant by mechanical weathering? Describe the main processes involved.
Answer:
Mechanical Weathering: The process of fragmentation or disintegration of rocks in their own places (‘in situ’) by various agents of climate like temperature, rainfall, snowfall, etc., is called mechanical or physical weathering. The rocks are broken down into smaller fragments, but the chemical compositions are unaltered.

Different processes of mechanical weathering: The various processes of mechanical weathering are-
Block disintegration: When the rocks are broken into blocks or boulders, as a result of temperature difference, the process is called block disintegration.

1. Process: When there is differential heating of the outer and inner parts of rocks (the outer parts are more heated than the inner parts). There is a difference in the expansion of the components of those rocks. It is then that the vertical and horizontal cracks are formed within these rocks and they break apart along these cracks into several blocks.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 11

2. Characteristics:

Mostly seen in basaltic rocks
several cracks are formed within the rocks both horizontally and vertically
the rocks are broken in square or rectangular shapes
the rocks are broken apart as big chunks or blocks.

3. Occurrence: Mostly occur in high temperature regions.

Exfoliation: When the layers of rocks peel off like an onion, this process is called exfoliation.

Process: Due to differential heating and cooling of the outer and inner parts of the rocks, the upper layers come off like onion peels and are prone to further weathering.

Characteristics:

Mostly seen in granitic rocks,
tops of highlands become rounded in shape as a result of this type of weathering
this weathering occurs in homogeneous rocks.

Occurrence: Exfoliation is most common in the hot desert regions like the Sahara and Thar deserts.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 12

Granular disintegration: When the rocks expand and contract alternately as a result of differences (hot and cold) in temperature, they break into smaller fragments. This process is called granular disintegration.

1. Process: Rocks composed of different types of minerals absorb and release heat at varying rates and thereby do not have a uniform rate of expansion and contraction. This results in granular disintegration of these rocks.
2. Characteristics:

This type of weathering is more common in rocks which are heterogeneous in nature.
When the rocks burst, sounds similar to gunshots are heard.
Formation of sand is an ultimate result of such weathering process.

3. Occurrence: This type of weathering is more commonly seen in hot desert regions.

Work of ice: In cold climatic regions, rocks are broken apart by ice crystals.

1. Process: In the cold Arctic region and other cold mountainous areas, the cracks in the rocks are filled up with water. This water freezes at night due to condensation (low temperature) and exerts pressure on either side of the cracks, ultimately breaking them apart.

2. Characteristics:

Weathering occurs as a result of the formation of ice crystals.
Talus cones are formed on the lower slopes of mountains.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 13

3. Occurrence: This type of weathering occurs mostly in cold climatic regions.

Other processes: Other processes of mechanical weathering include formation of salt crystals, dirt cracking, boulder clearing, hitting by raindrops, etc.

Question 4.
What is meant by chemical weathering? Explain the main processes involved in it. [1 + 4]
Answer:
Chemical weathering: The chemical composition of rocks are altered when they react with oxygen, carbon dioxide, water vapour, etc., in their own places. This process is called chemical weathering.
Different process of chemical weathering: They are as follows –
Oxidation: When the nature of minerals within a rock alters under the influence of atmospheric oxygen and water, the process is called oxidation.
1. Process: In iron-bearing rocks, new minerals are formed and chemical decomposition takes place as a result of the chemical reactions in the presence of oxygen and water.

2. Reaction:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 14

3. Characteristics:

This type of weathering takes place due to the action of water.
Iron-bearing rocks are subject to rusting as an effect of this.
Presence of oxygen is required in this type of weathering.

Carbonation: When the nature of rocks are altered as a result of the chemical reaction of water mixed with carbon dioxide, this process is called carbonation.
1. Process: When rainfall mixes with carbon dioxide (CO₂) in the atmosphere, carbonic acid is formed (CO₂ + H₂O arrow H₂CO₃). This dissolves limestone (calcium carbonate) by altering it into calcium bicarbonate (due to chemical reaction).

2. Reaction:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 15

3. Characteristics:

This type of weathering occurs mostly due to the action of rain water.
It is more active in limestone rocks.

Hydration: When water reacts with the minerais present in the rocks and alters their chemical composition, this process is called hydration.
1. Process: Some minerals present in the rocks have more capacity to absorb water and they expand while undergoing chemical reactions.

2. Reaction:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 16

3. Characteristics:

The minerals in the rocks expand.
As a result of absorption of water, the rocks become softer/weaker.
This usually occurs in homogeneous rocks.

Hydrolysis: When the minerals present in the rock react with ionised water, and chemical decomposition takes place, the process is known as hydrolysis.

1. Process: When water reacts with the minerals in a rock, new minerals are formed, and the rock is decomposed.
2. Reaction:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 17

3. Characteristics:

It occurs with the help of ionised/charged water.
New minerals are formed by this process.
Specific temperature is needed for reactions to occur.

Besides, by the process of solution, gypsum, rocksalt, etc., are dissolved in water and the rocks are decomposed.

Question 5.
Classify weathering. Explain the role played by man, plants and other animals in biological weathering. [2 + 3]
Answer:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 18

Roles of man, plants and other animals in biological weathering: Man, plants and animals aid biological weathering both directly and indirectly. The roles played by them are as follows-

1. Role of man	Construction of buildings, roads, etc., lead to disintegration of rocks.
2. Role of plants	Cultivation of land also leads to mechanical weathering.
3. Role of other animals	Mineral exploitation/mining, digging up of ponds and tanks, industrial establishments, etc., directly or indirectly cause weathering.

Question 6.
State the effects of weathering and explain how soil is formed as a result of weathering. [2+3]
Answer:
Effects of weathering:
1. Formation of landforms: Landforms like tors and rounded hills in the humid tropical regions, inselbergs in the hot dry desert regions, caves, stalactites and stalagmites in limestone areas, etc., are all formed as a result of weathering.

2. Formation of minerals: New minerals are formed as a result of chemical reactions. For example, bauxite is formed in humid tropical countries.

3. Facilitates agriculture: Due to disintegration of rocks by weathering, the porosity of soil increases, which facilitates air and water circulation and hence aids in agricultural practices.

4. Formation of regolith: Due to the disintegration and decomposition of rocks, regolith is formed, which plays a major rule in soil formation later on.

Soll Formation: The soil-forming process, as a result of weathering, may be explained by the following stages-
First stage: Various processes of mechanical weathering (for example, block disintegration, exfoliation, granular disintegration, as well as plants and animals, break down rocks into smaller fragments. This loose layer of fragmented rocks is called regolith.

Second stage: Rain water and air seeps into the various layers of the rock through these regoliths. Decomposition of these fragmented rocks also takes place as a result of the process of chemical weathering. Due to the leaching process, the nutrients of the soil seep down to the lower layers of the soil.

Third stage: The upper layer of the regolith (top soil) is rich in dead remains of plants, animals, etc. The bacteria and fungi decompose this matter, leading to the formation of humus. Humus mixes with the fragmented rocks of the regolith and makes it more soft and increases its water retention capacity.

The combined processes of regolith formation, leaching, humus formation, decomposition, etc., lead to the formation of a layer with five particles called the solum. Soil has its origin from this solum.

The upper layers of the soil have finer particles, while the deeper layers have coarser particles. Based on physical and chemical characteristics, horizontal layers of the soil can be identified. These are termed as layers A, B and C (from topdown).

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 19

Scientist Mohr has explained 5 steps of soil formation. They are-

Primary stage/Initial stage-Unaltered parent or original rock,
Childhood or Juvenile stage-Initiation of the process of weathering,
Youth or Virile stage-Chemical reaction of minerals leading to decomposition,
Old/Senile stage-Last stage of chemical weathering.
Last/Final stageEnd stage of soil formation process.

Question 7.
Briefly explain the concept of soil erosion.
Answer:
Concept of soil erosion:
Definition: The process in which soil particles are removed from the original rock by natural or man-made factors, it is called soil erosion.
Factors: The following equation explains the process-
e = g (cl, v, t, s, h)

where, e = soil erosion, g = effectiveness, cl = climate, v = vegetative cover, t = land- form or relief, s = type of soil, h = role of man or human interference.
Causes of soil erosion: They may be classified as-natural and man-made causes.

Natural causes:

Rainfall: In regions with high rainfall, the raindrops loosen the soil particles from the rock layer and wash them away.
Wind: Winds blow with high velocity in open desert areas and coastal tracts (receiving no obstacles) and lead to soil erosion.
Flowing water: Currents of river water and sea waves cause soil erosion.

Man-made causes:

1. Deforestation: In deforested areas, the bare land is more prone to soil erosion. The roots of the trees bind the soil together. When the trees are cut down, the region becomes infertile.
2. Overgrazing: Excessive grazing by cattle, goats and sheep in grassland areas results in the baring of the ground, leading to soil erosion.
3.Unscientific methods of cultivation: In areas where shifting or ‘jhum’ cultivation is practised, the forest is cleared by burning it down (which is unscientific), and this leads to soil erosion.

Process of soil erosion: Soil erosion is mainly caused by flowing water and wind (natural factors).

Flowing water:

Sheet erosion: When rainfall or flowing water removes the soil layer by layer, it is known as sheet erosion.
Rill erosion: When rainwater or a flowing river (in its initial slope), flows along the slopes of a mountain as narrow channels or rills, soil erosion occurs.
Gully erosion: These rills become wider and deeper due to more soil erosion, and this is known as gully erosion.
Ravine erosion: When the gullies become further deepened and widened, the topography is converted to a ‘bedland’, where cultivation is not possible and the area becomes inaccessible too.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 20

By work of wind: In the desert areas, winds carry sand from one area to other distant areas, leading to erosion.

Effects of soil erosion:
Effects on physical environment:

As a result of soil erosion, the level of water in the soil subsides,
hydrological cycle is affected,
food chain is disturbed as habitats of the decomposers (like bacteria, fungi, etc.) present in the soil are destroyed,
the navigability of rivers and other water bodies decrease (due to aggradation by soil deposits or siltation), and the areas become more prone to floods.

Effects on human environment:

Fertility of soil decreases, crop productivity is reduced,
decrease in navigability of rivers hampers trade and water transport,
ecosystem of wetlands is damaged as they get filled up with soil deposits.

Areas prone to soil erosion: Continuous flat areas, plateaus devoid of vegetation, desert areas, coastal areas, riverine tracts, etc., are more prone to soil erosion.

Question 8.
Briefly discuss the methods of soil conservation.
OR,
Discuss the preventive measures for soil erosion.
Answer:
Different methods of soil conservation: The various measures adapted for preventing soil erosion and for increasing the fertility of the soil are known as soil conservation measures.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 21

Agricultural methods:
Afforestation: If trees are planted along the slopes of mountains, on infertile and barren lands, soil erosion can be prevented. This is because the roots of the trees bind the soil together.

Restriction on overgrazing: If overgrazing can be controlled in the grassland areas, soil erosion can be prevented.

Ban on shifting or ‘jhum’ cultivation: When the forests are burnt for clearing land, the trees are destroyed and soil erosion also increases. This can only be prevented by banning such a practice.

Slope/Terrace farming: The slopes of the mountains are carved into steps or terraces to retain rainwater on each step (to be used by the cultivated crops). Soil erosion can be prevented by practising such type of farming.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 22

Creation of forest line/boundary: If forest boundaries are created (by planting trees) on all sides of agricultural fields, coastal regions (especially in the direction of the winds), etc., then soil erosion can be reduced.

Crop rotation: If any land is cultivated throughout the year with different types of crops (not allowing it to lay bare), then the land is not exposed to soil erosion.

Contour farming: Bunds are constructed along the contour of the land (horizontally along the slopes of mountains), water is prevented from flowing away and hence it prevents soil erosion.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 5 Weathering 23

Strip cropping: When crops are cultivated in long strips prepared along the slopes, they prevent soil from being carried away by flowing water along the slopes.

Land cover: If the unused parts of the crops like stems, hay, etc., are spread over any bare land, soil erosion can be prevented, especially in muddy areas.

2. Infrastructural measures:

Construction of artificial walls: If walls are constructed on seashores and along river banks, soil erosion by flowing water can be prevented.
Digging of canals: If canals are dug to facilitate drainage and several water bodies are constructed especially in the desert areas, soil erosion can be prevented.
Other measures: More advanced research on preventing soil erosion and increasing soil fertility, spreading awareness among the people, can help in soil conservation.

Question 9.
What is biological weathering? State the various processes of biological weathering. [1+4]
Answer:
Biological weathering: When rocks are disintegrated and decomposed by plants and animals, either directly or indirectly, the process is known as biological weathering. Such type of weathering occurs in almost all climatic regions.
Main processes of biological weathering: Biological weathering takes places mainly by two processes-

Bio-mechanical weathering:
By animals: Burrowing animals like rats, earthworms, prairie dogs, mice, etc., dig holes in the ground to live and thereby aid in bio-mechanical weathering. Termites also help in weathering by bringing the lower layers of the soil to the upper part. Moreover, the CO₂ released by the animals living underground, brings about changes in the chemical composition of rocks and soil and aids in their weathering.

Man also has a vital role in inducing weathering. For example-carrying out mining activities, construction of roads, cultivation of lands and other unplanned activities.

By plants: When the roots of trees and plants penetrate beneath the soil into the underlying rocks, they break the rocks into fragments. Roots can reach upto about 175 feet below the ground and thus aid in mechanical weathering. This is more prominent in areas with CO₂ with their exhalation, which combines with water to form carbonic acid. This dissolves the limestone rocks.

The acid formed by rotting of parts of plants like leaves, flowers, fruits, branches, etc., accelerates chemical weathering. During respiration, the tree roots release CO₂ which, after combining with water present in the soil, converts into carbonic acid. This eventually dissolves and disintegrates the rocks.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal

February 5, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 8 Question Answer – West Bengal

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
Which is the highest peak of West Bengal?
Answer:
Sandakhphu (3630 m).

Question 2.
What is the total area of West Bengal?
Answer:
88752 sq.km.

Question 3.
Name two snowfed rivers of West Bengal.
Answer:
Teesta, Mahananda.

Question 4.
What is the meaning of ‘Dooars’?
Answer:
‘Duar’ or Door.

Question 5.
To which side of the Teesta river does the Terai plain lie?
Answer:
Western side.

Question 6.
Which is the longest river of North Bengal?
Answer:
Mahananda.

Question 7.
What is the combined flow of Dwarkeshwar and Shilai rivers called?
Answer:
Rupnarayan.

Question 8.
What is the combined flow of the Kangsabati and Keleghai called?
Answer:
Haldi.

Question 9.
Which area in West Bengal receives maximum rainfall?
Answer:
Buxaduar of Alipurduar.

Question 10.
Which is the hottest district in West Bengal?
Answer:
Bankura.

Question 11.
Which wind influences West Bengal’s climate most?
Answer:
Monsoon wind.

Question 12.
Which is the newly formed district of West Bengal?
Answer:
Alipurduar.

Question 13.
Which district in West Bengal occupies the largest area?
Answer:
South 24 Parganas.

Question 14.
Balurghat is the headquarters of which district?
Answer:
South Dinajpur.

Question 15.
Which position does West Bengal hold in India in terms of paddy cultivation?
Answer:
First.

Question 16.
Which city is called ‘City of Joy’?
Answer:
Kolkata.

Question 17.
The Sevoke bridge spans across which river?
Answer:
River Teesta.

Question 18.
Which district accounts for maximum forest cover in West Bengal?
Answer:
Darjeeling.

Question 19.
Which is the most famous animal of Jaldapara national park?
Answer:
horned rhinoceros.

Question 20.
Name two commercial crops grown in West Bengal.
Answer:
Tea and jute.

Question 21.
What is the capital of West Bengal?
Answer:
Kolkata.

Question 22.
How many districts does West Bengal have?
Answer:
20 districts.

Question 23.
What is the percentage of West Bengal’s area with respect to that of India?
Answer:
2.69%

Question 24.
Name a river that flows over the western plateau area.
Answer:
Damodar.

Question 25.
In which part of West Bengal is the Himalayas located?
Answer:
The northern side of West Bengal.

Question 26.
What is the meaning of ‘Tal’?
Answer:
Lake.

Question 27.
Name the tributary of Teesta river.
Answer:
Rangpo.

Question 28.
In West Bengal, when does western disturbances occur?
Answer:
Winter.

Question 29.
What is the colour of mountainous soil?
Answer:
Black or grey.

Question 30.
Which city is called the ‘Ruhr of India’?
Answer:
Durgapur.

Question 31.
Name two rivers of the Sundarbans.
Answer:
Matla and Bidyadhari.

Question 32.
In which year was Alipurduar formed?
Answer:
2014

Question 33.
What is the capital of Jharkhand?
Answer:
Ranchi.

Question 34.
What is the capital of Assam?
Answer:
Dispur.

Question 35.
In which district is Bolpur located?
Answer:
Birbhum district.

Question 36.
In which district is Panchet hill located?
Answer:
Bankura.

Question 37.
Name two tributaries of the Damodar river.
Answer:
Konar and Barakar.

Question 38.
Name two tributaries of the Bhagirathi.
Answer:
Mayurakshi and Ajay.

Question 39.
Which two districts in West Bengal have laterite soil?
Answer:
Birbhum and Bankura.

Question 40.
How many towns are located in West Bengal according to the 2011 census?
Answer:
138.

Question 41.
Name one jute research institute of West Bengal.
Answer:
Nilgunge near Barrackpore.

Question 42.
Which two types of plantation crops are grown in West Bengal?
Answer:
Tea and cinchona.

Question 43.
Name two food crops grown in West Bengal.
Answer:
Paddy and wheat.

Question 44.
Name two fibre crops grown in West Bengal.
Answer:
Jute and shon.

Question 45.
Name two areas of fish processing industry.
Answer:
Shankarpur and Jaunput.

Question 46.
Name two areas of milk processing industry.
Answer:
Dankuni and Asansol.

Question 47.
Name the two centres of mineral water processing in West Bengal.
Answer:
Kalyani and Berhampore.

Question 48.
Name the two food parks of West Bengal.
Answer:
Shankarpur and Kakdwip.

Question 49.
Which city is called the ‘Glasgow of India’?
Answer:
Howrah.

Question 50.
Which is the ‘commercial hub’ of north Bengal?
Answer:
Siliguri.

Question 51.
Name a tributary of Damodar.
Answer:
Mundeswari.

Question 52.
Name the associate port of Kolkata.
Answer:
Haldia.

Question 53.
Which river bisects the mountainous area of north Bengal?
Answer:
Teesta.

Question 54.
In which year was Midnapore classified into two administrative divisions?
Answer:
January 1, 2002.

Question 55.
Name two trees of the western plateau region.
Answer:
Arjun and shimul.

Question 56.
Krishnanagar lies in which district?
Answer:
Nadia.

Question 57.
Name two trees belonging to the plain region.
Answer:
Mango and jamun.

Question 58.
Where did the name ‘Sundarban’ originate from?
Answer:
Sundari tree.

Question 59.
Which district in West Bengal is called the ‘Queen of hill stations’?
Answer:
Darjeeling.

Question 60.
In which district is the Susunia hill located?
Answer:
Bankura.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What were the earlier administrative divisions of West Bengal?
Answer:
The three earlier administrative divisions of West Bengal were–

Presidency division
Burdwan division
Jalpaiguri division.

Question 2.
What are the physical divisions of West Bengal?
Answer:
With respect to physical features, West Bengal is divided into 3 parts-

Northern Hilly region
Western Plateau region, and
Plain region.

Question 3.
What is ‘Tal’?
Answer:
In the southern part of Cooch Behar and Jalpaiguri district, there are scattered wet lands and lowlands which are locally called ‘Tals’. They are located in the northern part of the Kalindi river.

Question 4.
What is ‘Barendrabhumi’?
Answer:
In the eastern part of Malda and South Dinajpur, the gently undulating highland formed of laterite soil and older sediments is known as ‘Barendrabhumi’.

Question 5.
What is ‘Diara’?
Answer:
In the southern part of Malda district, along the river banks of the Ganga, the land made up of fertile silty soil is called ‘Diara’.

Question 6.
Where is the Rarh plain located?
Answer:
Apart from the area composed of fresh river sediment, i.e., the western part of Bhagirathi-Hooghly river, the whole area of Birbhum, Bankura, western part of Murshidabad, West Midnapore and eastern part of Burdwan district, which is composed of red soil is called the Rarh plain.

Question 7.
Where is the active delta of West Bengal found?
Answer:
The active delta is usually found in the southern and eastern parts of South 24 Parganas and northern part of North 24 Parganas. Here the process of delta formation is still going on.

Question 8.
How many seasons are observed in West Bengal?
Answer:
There are 4 seasons in West Bengal. They are-summer, monsoon, autumn and winter.

Question 9.
What do you mean by western disturbance?
Answer:
During winter, cyclonic storms originating from the Mediterranean region, cause low pressure cyclones in northwest india. This cyclonic weather also partly affects the pleasant winter climate of West Bengal by causing little rainfall and stormy weather. Such weather phenomenon causes a strong wind to blow which is called western disturbance.

Question 10.
What is ‘Aswin’ storm?
Answer:
Generally, West Bengal does not experience rainfall during autumn. However, sometimes the cyclones formed in the Bay of Bengal cause thunderstorms. This is known as ‘Aswin’ storm.

Question 11.
What is ‘Kal Baisakhi’?
Answer:
During early summer months, West Bengal and its adjoining areas are affected by thunderstorms and even hail storms, especially in the late afternoons. The winds causing these, originate from the northwest. Such storms are called ‘Kal Baisakhi’ or ‘Nor’westers’.

Question 12.
What is ‘Bagri’ area?
Answer:
The plain areas of Murshidabad and Nadia districts, where the Ganga and Bhagirathi rivers complete their sedimentation process is known as the ‘Bagri’ area. This area is also called Moribund Delta.

Question 13.
What is groundwater?
Answer:
Groundwater refers to water present underground. When rainwater seeps through the soil layers and gets accumulated under the ground, it is called groundwater.

Question 14.
Where does snowfall occur in West Bengal?
Answer:
The northern part of West Bengal, i.e., the Himalayan mountainous region experiences snowfall due to higher altitude, as the temperature decreases to below freezing point.

Question 15.
West Bengal is famous for the cultivation of which crops?
Answer:
West Bengal is famous for the cultivation of crops such as paddy, jute, tea, etc.

Question 16.
What type of soil is found in the plains of West Bengal?
Answer:
In the plain regions of West Bengal, river-borne fertile silt and silty loam soils are found.

Question 17.
Where is saline soil found in West Bengal?
Answer:
Saline soil is found in the active delta (Sundarban) region of the southern part of West Bengal.

Question 18.
Which districts of West Bengal are well known for paddy cultivation?
Answer:
Burdwan, Nadia, Murshidabad, Hooghly, North and South 24 Parganas, East and West Midnapore districts of West Bengal are best known for paddy cultivation.

Question 19.
Which is the best place for tea cultivation in West Bengal?
Answer:
In the northern parts of Darjeeling and Jalpaiguri districts and some places of North Dinajpur, tea is well-cultivated.

Question 20.
What is a city?
Answer:
A city is a place where the minimum population is at least 5000 and the population density is more than 4000 per sq.km and at least 75% of the total population is engaged in non-agricultural activities. For example, Asansol.

Question 21.
What is a megalopolis?
Answer:
The Greek word ‘Megas’ means big. Megalopolis means a big city. It has a population of more than 10 lakhs. For example, Kolkata.

Question 22.
How many types of paddy are cultivated in West Bengal on the basis of seasons?
Answer:
Three types of paddy are cultivated in West Bengal based on the seasons in which they are cultivated-

Aman Paddy (July – November)
Aus Paddy (April – August)
Boro Paddy (November – March)

Question 23.
What are the two main characteristic features of agriculture in West Bengal?
Answer:
The two main characteristics of agriculture in West Bengal are-

Agriculture is dependent on monsoon rains.
Agriculture is labour-intensive.

Question 24.
What are the types of irrigation methods practiced in West Bengal?
Answer:
Irrigation methods in West Bengal are carried out through wells, tubewells and canals.

Question 25.
What is information technology industry?
Answer:
Information technology refers to the storage, sending, receiving, coding, decoding and editing of data with the help of computer and telecommunication.

Question 26.
On the basis of seasons, into how many types can the crops of West Bengal be divided?
Answer:
On the basis of seasons, the crops of West Bengal can be classified into two types

Winter rabi crops (like wheat, potatoes, etc.), and
Rainy kharif crops (paddy, jute).

Question 27.
State the major companies associated with the food processing industry of West Bengal.
Answer:
The major food processing companies are Mother Dairy, Haldiram’s, Anmol Biscuit Limited, Raja Biscuit, K. C. Das and Sons, etc.

Question 28.
Mention some of the tourist places in Kolkata.
Answer:
The tourist places of Kolkata are-Indian Museum, Victoria Memorial Hall, Birla Planetarium, Science City, etc.

Question 29.
Who established the city of Kolkata and when?
Answer:
Kolkata was founded by Job Charnock in 1690. The city was founded by combining the 3 villages of Kolikata, Sutanuti and Gobindapur.

Question 30.
Name the high-yielding variety of jute seeds.
Answer:
The high yielding varieties of jute seeds are-Chaitali, Basudev, Sobujsona D-154, JRC-1108, etc.

Question 31.
Mention some tea-producing areas of Darjeeling.
Answer:
Happy Valley, Sukhiapokhri, Kurseong, Makaibari, Bijanbari, etc., are some of the notable tea-producing areas of Darjeeling.

Question 32.
Name some of the tea-producing areas of Dooars and Terai region.
Answer:
Mal, Jayanti, Chalsa, Nagarkata, Madarihat, Kumargram, etc., are some of the tea producing areas of the Dooars and Terai region.

Question 33.
Where and when was the first jute mill established in West Bengal?
Answer:
The first jute mill was established in Rishra of Hooghly district of West Bengal.

Question 34.
When and where was the first cotton mill established in Kolkata?
Answer:
The first cotton mill was first established in 1818 in Ghusuri of Howrah.

Question 35.
Why is Teesta called the ‘River of Threat’?
Answer:
Teesta is the main river of North Bengal. It is extremely swift-flowing in this mountainous area, but when it enters the plain, the river current decreases. This river gets flooded when it is in spate during the monsoons. The river overflows its banks and floods its adjacent plain lands to a great extent thereby causing much loss to the life and property of the people being there. This is the reason why Teesta is called the ‘River of Threat’.

Question 36.
What is Bhabar?
Answer:
The sand, silt, pebbles brought down by the rivers from the Himalayan mountains get deposited in the foothill zone giving it a gentle slope. Such a feature is known as the Terai in North Bengal. The rocky boundary of the Terai region which is covered by forests in known as Bhabar.

Question 37.
What is Mahananda Corridor?
Answer:
The southern part of Jalpaiguri district, southern part of Cooch Behar district, North and South Dinajpur districts and Malda district together forms the plain region of North Bengal. The major area of North Dinajpur is known as the ‘Mahananda Corridor’. This is the mountainous part of river Mahananda. This corridor connects the plains of Jalpaiguri and Cooch Behar.

Question 38.
Why is Bhagirathi-Hooghly river called the ‘Lifeline of West Bengal’?
Answer:
The Bhagirathi-Hooghly river is the most significant river of West Bengal. Many tributaries join this river on both banks. This has resulted in the formation of a great plain and delta in the southern part of West Bengal. This is a fertile land ideal for cultivation of crops.

River Hooghly has an important role to play in supplying water to the industries located on either banks, supplying drinking and domestic water to the towns and cities, supplying water for irrigation to the agricultural fields, even acting as waterways (river transport). This is the reason why it is called the ‘Lifeline of West Bengal.

Question 39.
Mention two harmful effects of overexploitation of groundwater.
Answer:
Over-exploitation of groundwater has many harmful effects. Some of these effects are as follows-

continuous lowering of water level (both pre-monsoon and postmonsoon)
lowering of pump sets, causing low efficiency and higher cost of operation.

Question 40.
State the characteristics of mangrove forests.
Answer:
Some of the characteristics of mangrove forests are as follows-

Stilted roots are a special feature of the trees of mangrove forests to prevent them from falling under the influence of tidal waters.
Pneumatophores are present on the stilted roots which stay above the water level, so the trees can carry out their respiration process.
They breathe in a special way.
The trees are evergreen in nature.

Question 41.
What is outsourcing?
Answer:
The process of carrying out work in a comparatively cheaper way and to increase the standard and skill of a company, by an overseas organisation is called outsourcing. Since the service cost is less in India, much of the work from America and Europe is sent here (in the form of data) which is processed and sent back, Kolkata is a leading provider of outsourcing.

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Discuss the factors leading to the development of steel industry in West Bengal.
Answer:
The main factors that have led to the development of Iron and Steel Industry in West Bengal are as follows –
1. Geographical factors:

Accessibility to raw materials: Iron ore (Jharkhand), coal (Raniganj), limestone (Bankura), etc., are important raw materials for iron and steel industry.
Accessibility to water: Water of river Damodar is easily accessible to the it on and steel industry.
Supplement of energy: DVC (Damodar Valley Corporation) helps in hydroelectric and thermal power generation which facilitates the iron and steel industry.

2. Economic factors:

Availability of labour: Cheap and skilled labour is available in the outskirts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, Bihar and Durgapur.
Well-developed communication system: This industrial centres are connected with Eastern Railway and Grand Trunk Road for import of machine and export of materials.
Demand or market: The demand of the Durgapur-Asansol and the Kolkata industrial beats lead to industrial development.

Question 2.
Write a note on the location of West Bengal.
Answer:
West Bengal is an eastern state of india. in terms of area, West Bengal holds the 14th position among the 29 states in india. The south-north expansion of the state is 21° 38’ N to 27° 10’ N latitute and the longitudinal expanse is 85° 50’ East to 89° 50‘ East. The Tropic of Cancer passes across Nadia, Burdwan, Bankura and Puruila districts. From north to south, West Bengal extends for about 650km, and from west to east, it extends up to 325km.

Question 3.
Discuss the problems and prospects of the iron and steel industry of West Bengal.
Answer:
Problems of iron and steel industry:
The problems of iron and steel industry are:

lack of modern technology,
lack of important machines and equipments,
unavailability of adequate skilled labour.

Prospects of iron and steel industry: In West Bengal, after independence, the increase in the rate of demand for steel is more than that of its production. Steel is exported to Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, etc., from West Bengal. The prospects of the iron and steel industry in West Bengal is quite commendable. Supply of iron and steel will increase with the completion of the undergoing projects for construction of iron and steel industries.

Question 4.
Discuss the causes of development of jute industries of West Bengal.
Answer:
The causes of development of jute industry are as follows –
1. Geographical causes:

Availability of raw materials: Jute, which is the primary raw material of the jute industry, is available in plenty in West Bengal.
Favourable climate: The climate of West Bengal is ideal for growing jute, and this has helped in the development of the jute industry in this state.
Avallability of power sources: Easy availability of power in West Bengal has contributed much to the growth of the jute industry here.

2. Economic causes:

Developed communication system: West Bengal is well-connected to the rest of India through roads, railways and waterways. This plays an important role in the development of the jute industry.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 1

Availability of labour: Availability of cheap labour from West Bengal and its neighbouring states like Bihar, Jharkhand and Odisha have helped in the development of the jute industry.

Port facility: The port at Kolkata in West Bengal facilitates export of jute products and import of necessary equipments, which further helps in the development of the jute industry.

Question 5.
Discuss the problems and prospects of jute industry of West Bengal.
Answer:
Problems of the jute industry are as follows-

Availability of substitute material in the market: Cotton bags, plastic bags, etc., are now available in the market and so the demand for jute materials has decreased.
Obsolete machinery: The jute machines are very old and are being used since the British period. Thus the production is very low and takes a lot of time.
High rate of export tax: As the Government has to pay very high export tax, price of the jute product increases.

Prospects of jute industry: The jute industry has faced many problems. These may be solved by developing jute cultivation, using modern machineries etc. Jute products are reasonable, earn lots of foreign reserves and has no harmful effects on the environment. Hence, nationalization of jute products will open up new prospects for its development.

Question 6.
Discuss the causes of development of in tea industry in West Bengal.
Answer:
The causes of development of tea industry are as follows-
1. Geographical causes:

Availability of raw materials: Tea is available in plenty in West Bengal.
Availability of power sources: The power sources necessary for the development of the tea industry are easily available in West Bengal.
Favourable climate: The climate of West Bengal is ideal for growing tea, and this has helped in the development of the tea industry in this state.
Abundance of water resources: Water is abundantly available for the development of the tea industry in West Bengal.

2. Economic causes:

Developed transportation system: The transportation system in West Bengal is well-developed, and this facilitates the growth of tea industry here.
Availability of labour: West Bengal, being highly populated, faces no shortage of labour for working in the tea industries.
Ready market: The tea industry has a high market demand, which has consequently helped in the growth of this industry.

Question 7.
Discuss the problems and prospects of tea industry in West Bengal.
Answer:
The problems of tea industry are as follows-

Unhealthy tea gardens: The gardens are very old, and hence the production of tea is quite low.
Substitute beverages: The availability of substitute drinks has decreased the demand of tea and hence its production.
Lack of skilled labour: Though labour is available in plenty for tea industry in West Bengal, the lack of skilled labour poses a major problem.
Lack of modern technology: The quality of the tea industry in West Bengal is suffering due to the lack of the use of modern technology.

Prospects of tea industry: West Bengal holds second position in terms of tea production in India. Obsolete machineries, high production cost causes hindrance to the development of industry. Expansion and development of tea gardens will help to develop the tea industry of West Bengal.

Question 8.
Discuss the development of food processing industry in West Bengal.
Answer:
Food processing industry is one of the oldest industries in the history of mankind. At present, various food processing industries have developed in Kolkata, Barasat, Malda, Shankarpur, Burdwan, Dumdum, etc.
Causes of development of food processing industry:

1. Supply of high quality raw materials: Varieties of agricultural crops (grains, vegetables), animal and sea food are the raw materials of food processing industry. The adequate supply of these raw materials have helped in the development of the industry.

2. Increased purchasing power of people: The price of food products increases on processing. So, to buy these products, the purchasing power of the people of the area, where food processing industries are located, should be high. West Bengal is one such area.

3. Development of technology: Food products are perishable. To maintain quality of the products, high technology is required, which is available in West Bengal.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 2

4. Development of transport system: The process of gathering of fish, meat, fruit which rot fast have to be produced in the processing house with the help of good transport system which is available in the West Bengal.

5. Food habits: Demand for processed food is high in West Bengal. This makes it a flourishing centre for food processing industry.

6. Government policy: Government policies are quite favourable towards food processing industries in West Bengal.

Question 9.
Discuss the problem and prospects of the food processing industry.
Answer:
Increasing demand in the food processing industry has led to different problems in the industry. They are-

Perishable crops: The main problems of this industry are-mismanagement in the process of crop cultivation, crop collection and sorting.
Lack of modern technology: The modern technology that the developed countries use for the food processing industry is not available in West Bengal.
Lack of crop preservation: in West Bengal, the lack of proper crop preservation techniques decreases industrial demand.

Prospects of food processing industries: The food processing industry is gaining importance. Adequate government help, food park, cold storages, plans by the centre, awareness regarding preservation, control of pollution will help the growth of food processing industry.

Question 10.
Which factors have led to the development of the tourism industry in West Bengal?
Answer:
The two main factors that led to the development of the tourism industry are
1. physical factors,
2 . cultural factors.

1. Physical factors: The physical factors include-

Hilly region: The pleasant weather and picturesque sceneries of hilly regions attract tourists from all over the world. So the tourism in hilly regions have developed. For example, the hilly region of Darjeeling.
Sea beach: The moderate weather of the sea beaches also attracts tourists. For example, the sea beach at Digha.
Plateau area: Tourist spots have developed in the plateau areas or red soil areas in West Bengal. For example, Bankura, Birbhum.
Forest: Abundance of various species of animals and plants in the forest regions have also turned them into popular tourist destinations. For example, North and South 24 Parganas, Sundarbans.

2. Cultural factors: The cultural factors responsible for the development of tourist spots in West Bengal are-

Historical places: Places of historical importance in West Bengal attract tourists from all over the world. For example, Palashi.
Religious places: Many tourist spots have developed in and around religious centres in West Bengal. For example, Belur Math in Howrah district.

Question 11.
Discuss the causes of development of the Haldia port.
Answer:
The causes of development of the Haldia Port are as follows–

As a support to help the Kolkata port: The importance of the port at Kolkata has decreased since the navigability of river Hooghly has decreased (due to siltation). As a result, big ships are not able to enter the port. This is the reason why the port of Haldia has been established at the junction of Hooghly and Haldi rivers.
Easy availability of land: Easy availability of land has facilitated infrastructural development of the Haldia port.
Fulfilling the demand for trade and commerce: The import and export of raw materials and products in the Haldia port fulfills the demand for trade and commerce.

Question 12.
Discuss the utilisation of water bodies, rivers, canals, wells, etc.
Answer:
1. Agriculture: The state of West Bengal is agriculture oriented. Irrigational practices depend mainly on rivers, canals, etc.

2. Transport: The river Bhagirathi-Hooghly is an important component of West Bengal’s transport system.

3. Drinking water and other household work: The purified water is utilised for regular work.

4. Industrial sector: Water from rivers, canals, etc. contribute mostly to the development of the industrial sector. For example, many industries have developed on the banks of the river Hooghly.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 3

5. Plantation: The water helps in social afforestation and agricultural afforestation. Huge amounts of water is used for planting trees in the western plateau regions.

6. Generation of electricity: The production of hydroelectricity is done by river dams. For example, the hydroelectricity is produced in Mython, Panchet, Tiliya dam on the river Damodar.

Question 13.
Discuss the disadvantages of excessive utilisation of surface water.
Answer:
The disadvantages of excessive utilisation of surface water are as follows-

Missing of chemicals: Washing clothes in the rivers and canals cause chemical reaction in the water. This process creates pollution in the water which cannot be treated naturally.
Water polluted by the effluents of factories: Water pollution occurs due to the mixing of toxic chemical materials which are released from factories and industries.
Hampering agricultural productivity: The polluted water makes the land alkaline, and agricultural production is thus decreased.
Water scarcity: Water scarcity is a result of excessive use of surface water.

Question 14
Delineate the multifarious uses of groundwater in West Bengal.
Answer:

Agriculture: Groundwater is used in areas where there are no rivers or other water bodies.
Drinking water: Groundwater is mainly used for drinking purposes.
Domestic purposes: The domestic or household work like cooking, washing clothes, cleaning rooms, etc., are done by using groundwater.

Question 15.
What are the disadvantages of excessive use of groundwater?
Answer:
1. Arsenic contamination: The excessive use of groundwater results in deposition of tritrates, fluoride etc., in the groundwater and it causes diseases like black foot and cancer. In West Bengal, Nadia, Murshidabad, North and South Dinajpur, Burdwan, Howrah, Hooghly districts are affected by arsenic pollution.

2. Increase of salinity: The excessive use of groundwater increases the salinity of water. The districts of Nadia and Burdwan face this problem and there is scarcity of drinking water here as a result.

Question 16.
Discuss the impact of seasonal change on human life.
Answer:
The impact of seasonal change is observed not only on human body and mind, but also in the livelihood and economy of the region.

Increase of diseases: Several diseases are caused due to seasonal change. For example, cold and cough during rainy season, chicken pox in spring, etc., are seasonal diseases.

Impact on body and mind: Seasonal change affects human body and mind heavily. For example, extreme hot weather. brings tiredness in the human body and excessive cold temperature causes lethargy.

Change in cultivation: The seasonal change have caused a change in the process of cultivation. For example, vegetables grow well in winter. Winters are ideal for cultivating ‘Rabi’ crops and rainy season for ‘Kharif’ crops.

Change in diet: The diet of human beings changes according to the season, because people consume seasonal fruits and vegetables available in the market.

Impact on festivals and tourism: Festivals, ‘melas’, tourism, etc., change in accordance with the change of seasons. For example, Durga Puja is held in autumn, picnics are held in winter, etc.

Change in biological processes: The duration of days and nights vary according to different seasons. Thus, the biological clock of human body changes accordingly.

Question 17.
What is the significance of the geographical location of West Bengal?
Answer:
West Bengal is located in the eastern side of India. The Himalayas are located to the north and Bay of Bengal to the south of West Bengal. The geographical location of West Bengal is significant in many ways-

The cold wind from the northern part are not able to reach India because of the location of Himalaya which acts as a barrier in the north. It also protects us from foreign invasion.
The location of the Bay of Bengal protects us from enemies and also helps in international trade. The Kolkata and Haldia ports play a major role in carrying out trade via sea.
The seasonal variation and biodiversity are a result of the geographical location of West Bengal.

Question 18.
Why is Howrah called the ‘Glasgow of India’?
Answer:
The headquarters of Howrah district is Howrah. The second largest city of this state, Howrah is located opposite Kolkata on the western bank of the Hooghly river. Howrah is an important town of the Hooghly industrial region.

The jute industry, engineering industry, cotton textile and other industries are located here. A large number of engineering industries are situated here like the Glasgow city of England, so the city is called the “Glasgow of India’.

Question 19.
Why is Durgapur called the ‘Steel City’?
Answer:
Durgapur is one of the modern industrial cities in West Bengal. Here the engineering industries are highly developed. The Durgapur Steel Plant, Alloy Steel, Central Mechanical Research Institute are located here. In Durgapur, ‘stainless steel’ is made by mixing chromium and nickel. With the help of the joint venture of Canada and Japan, alloy steel is manufactured. The variety of steel projects has made Durgapur a ‘Steel City’.

Question 20.
Why is Siliguri called the ‘Gateway of Northeast India’?
Answer:
Siliguri is the headquarters of Darjeeling district. The NH 31 and NH 24 pass through this town. The NH 31 is connected with Bihar, West Bengal and Assam. The eastern, north eastern railways and Bagdogra airport are located here, which are connected to Kolkata, Patna and Guwahati. This is why Siliguri is known as the ‘Gateway of Northeast India’.

Question 21.
Why is river Damodar called the ‘Sorrow of Bengal’?
Answer:
Damodar is the main river of western plateau and the Rarh region. The excess rain water falling on the river causes the river to overflow its banks leading to floods. A huge loss of life and property is the outcome of these floods, especially for the people residing along the banks of the river. This is why river Damodar is called the ‘Sorrow of Bengal’.

Question 22.
Why are ‘khanris’/creeks found in the Sunderban region of West Bengal?
Answer:
When the tides approach from the Bay of Bengal, much water reaches the innermost parts of the mangrove forests of the Sundarbans and the river causes flood in the delta region. The wide mouth of a river is called ‘Khanri’ or creek. Many such ‘Khanris’ (big and small) have formed as a result of action of tide and ebb.

These ‘khanris’ or creeks merge with each other and the interim lands give rise to islands. These ‘khanris’ are connected with big rivers ultimately, the mouths of which are much wide, but gradually narrow down towards the interior of the land.

Question 23
Why is ground water level of western plateau not high?
Answer:
The groundwater level of Purulia, Bankura, West Midnapore, Birbhum is not high because-

The rainfall is very low in the plateau area, so the level of ground water remains low.
The slope of the area is from west to east, so it does not allow the water to stand and infiltrate below.
The land is made of hard rocks so the infiltration of water is very low.

Question 24.
Discuss the problems and prospects of information technology industry in West Bengal?
Answer:
Problems of information technology industry:

Land problem: Land problem exists in Kolkata and its surrounding areas where the industries are to come up. Land is either scarcely available or prices are too high.
Lack of infrastructure: The lack of infrastructure increases the problem of this industry.

Prospects of information technology industry:

1 acre- 25 acre land have been handed over to 41 companies in Rajarhat.
The ‘Look East’ policy has helped in the growth of the industry.
The SEZ have been formed for this industry.

Question 25.
Discuss the problems and prospects of tourism industry in West Bengal.
Answer:
Problems of tourism industry in West Bengal:

Lack of plans: The infrastructure of the industry is very under-developed. The roads, houses and connectivity are in dismal condition.
Lack of security: The main problem of the industry is lack of proper security.
Lack of maintenance: Historical statues, buildings are ill maintained.

Prospects of tourism industry in West Bengal:

Tourism fair: Foreign tourists are interested in tourism fairs that are held here.
New tourists spots: New tourist spots are being explored for development of more tourist destinations.
Infrastructural development: New hotels, resort are being constructed to facilitate the growth of industries in this state. The infrastructural development with government aid will help the industry to develop further.

Question 26.
What influence does ‘EI Nino’ have on arrival of monsoons in West Bengal?
Answer:
Meaning: ‘El Nino’ is a local term meaning ‘Jesus Christ’.
Concept: The warm current moving towards the south on certain years, in the Pacific Ocean, along eastern Peru, western part of Ecuador, etc., is called El Nino.

Effect on the Monsoon wind in West Bengal: In the years which are affected by El Nino, the southwest monsoon winds become less active although its direct influence is not fully established. However, a link always exists between the occurrence of the El Nino phenomena and the prevalence of draught conditions in India.

Since the southwest monsoons blow over West Bengal, India and south east Asia in general, El Nino influences the climate of West Bengal too. It is commonly seen that EI Nino years coincide with draught conditions in West Bengal.

Write the differences between the following-

Question 1.
Climate of Hilly region and Plateau region
Answer:
The differences between the climate of hilly regions and that of plateau regions are as follows-

Points of difference	Climate of Hilly Region	Climate of Plateau Region
1. Temperature	Average summer temperature: 16°C Average winter temperature: 2°C	Average summer temperature: 40°C Average winter temperature: 10°-12°C
2. Rainfall	Annual rainfall in these regions is greater than 400 cm.	Annual rainfall in these regions is between 100-150 cm.
3. Nature	Wet and cold temperate climate prevails in these regions.	Dry and extreme type of climate prevails in these regions.

Question 2.
Relief of Hilly region and Plateau region
Answer:
The differences between the relief of hilly regions and relief of plateau regions are as follows-

Points of difference	Relief of Hilly Region	Relief of Plateau Region
1. Location	The northern side of Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri, constitutes the hilly region.	The western plateau is found in Purulia district, Bankura, Burdwan, West Midnapore and Birbhum districts.
2. Characteristics	Mountain, canyon, high slopes are the main features of hilly regions.	Undulating highlands, erosional plateaus, small hills are the features of this region.
3. Slope	It slopes from north to south.	It slopes from west to east and southeast.

Question 3.
Climate in Hilly regions and Coastal regions
Answer:
The differences between climate in hilly regions and climate in coastal regions are as follows-

Points of difference	Climate in Hilly Region	Climate in Coastal Region
1. Temperature	Average summer temperature: 16° C Average winter temperature: 2°C	Average summer temperature: 30°C Average winter temperature: 25°C
2. Rainfall	Annual rainfall is 400 cm in these regions.	Annual rainfall is 200 cm in these regions.
3. Cyclone	In this climate, cylones generally do not occur.	In this climate, cyclones occur during autumn.

Question 4.
Rivers in Hilly regions and Plateau regions
Answer:
The differences between rivers in hilly regions and rivers in plateau regions are as follows-

Points of difference	Rivers in Hilly Regions	Rivers in Plateau Regions
1. Source	Rivers are snowfed. E.g., Teesta river.	Rivers are rainfed. E.g., Ajay river.
2. Direction/Path of Flow	These rivers flow from north to south.	These rivers flow from west to east.
3. Availability of water	Water is available throughout the year.	Water is available only in rainy season.

Question 5.
Rivers of North Bengal and South Bengal
Answer:
The differences between rivers of North Bengal and rivers of South Bengal are as follows-

Points of difference	Rivers of North Bengal	Rivers of South Bengal
1. Source of water	Rivers are snowfed. E.g., Teesta, Torsa, etc.	Rivers are rainfed. E.g., Damodar, Ajay, etc.
2. Direction/Path of flow	The rivers flow across the hilly and plain regions.	The rivers flow in the plateau and plain regions.
3. Availability of water	Rivers in this region are perennial.	Rivers in this region are seasonal.

Give reasons for the following:

Question 1.
The rivers of the western plateau region of West Bengal have no water during the dry season.
Answer:
The famous rivers of the western plateau region are the Damodar, Ajay, Mayurakshi, Kangsabati etc. The rivers have no water in the dry season because-

Rainfed river: Most of the rivers of the plateau area are fed by rain water, and so it has water only during the rainy season.
High temperature: The temperature of the summer season is about 40°C and hence the evaporation ratio is also very high.
Impact of dams: Various dams and reservoirs have been built in this area, for example, on Damodar, Kangsabati, etc. in the lower courses of the river, the amount of water is reduced as a result of this.

Question 2.
Man is responsible for the reduction of the amount of groundwater.
Answer:
The accumulation of water in the permeable rock beds is called groundwater. This groundwater level is decreasing day by day as a result of its withdrawal and exploitation by man for various purposes. Some of them are-

Supply of drinking water: Since population is increasing at a fast pace, the groundwater level is gradually lowering as a result of its withdrawal from wells, tubewells, etc.
Urbanisation: Increasing urbanisation has led to increased concretisation (of roads, pavements, buildings etc.) and decrease in open spaces. Hence the rain water is not able to infiltrate or seep in below the ground. As a result of this, groundwater resources are depleting day by day.
Agriculture: Since cultivation is done throughout the year, even during the dry season (with the help of irrigation-mostly relying on groundwater), the groundwater resources are depleted.

Question 3.
The plain area of West Bengal is ideal for paddy and jute cultivation.
Answer:
In the plain area of West Bengal comprising North and South Dinajpur, Malda, Murshidabad, Nadia, Burdwan, Hooghly, North and South 24 Parganas, etc., districts production of jute and paddy are quite high.

The conducive factors for cultivation of these two crops are-

Plain land: Plain and flat land is needed for the cultivation of paddy and jute. Thus, plain areas are better for cultivation than the hilly and plateau regions.
Fertile soil: The fertile silty soil is ideal for cultivation of paddy and jute and this is found in these places (including the Gangetic plain of West Bengal).
Labour: Easy availability of cheap labour is important for cultivation of paddy and jute. Since the plains are densely populated, labour is abundant and readily available.

Question 4.
The importance of the Kolkata port is declining gradually.
Answer:
Kolkata was considered as one of the best ports in india. However, its importance is declining due to the following reasons-

1. The decrease in navigability of the Bhagirathi-Hooghly river: The regular deposition of sediments (silt and sand) has decreased the navigability of the Bhagirathi-Hooghly river. Thus, the entry of big ships is becoming difficult in Kolkata port.

2. The meandering nature of the rivers: Numerous big and small meanders exist on the Hooghly river (from its mouth to Kolkata port). This causes difficulties for the ships to enter.

3. Other causes: Since other ports like Paradip, Visakhapatnam, Haldia, etc., have been established, the hinterland of Kolkata port has decreased. Moreover, excessive taxes, labour dissatisfaction, etc., also contribute to the diminishing importance of the port of Kolkata.

Question 5.
A comfortable climate prevails in the northern hilly region.
Answer:
During the summer season in West Bengal, the temperature is high in almost every region. The temperature of the nothern hilly region is comparatively much lower and pleasant and therefore comfortable. The temperature decreases at the rate of 6.4°C 100 m increase in altitude. The altitude of Darjeeling region is 2000 metre and hence the temperature is naturally low. The temperature here during the summer season is 15°-18° and thus the weather is pleasant in summer.

Question 6.
Durgapur is called the ‘Ruhr of India’.
Answer:
Ruhr is a small tributary river of river Rhine of Germany. Industries have developed in this area based on coal found in abundance here. The whole region is called the Ruhr Industrial Region. In West Bengal, coal is found in the Damodar river valley of Burdwan district. The iron and steel industry, cement, engineering industry,etc. have developed here based on coal. That is why, Durgapur is called the ‘Ruhr of India’.

Question 7.
Western plateau is rich in mineral resources.
Answer:
The western plateau is rich in mineral resources. Iron ore, coal, fireclay, china clay, dolomite, limestone, quartz, apatite, wolfram, manganese, and graphite are found here. This region is ancient and is an extension of the Chota Nagpur Plateau. The coal deposits belonging to the Gondwana age are found in the Damodar valley region.

Question 8.
Agriculture in the Terai region is not developed.
Answer:
The Terai region comprises parts of the subdivisions of Siliguri, Jalpaiguri and Alipurduar. The area is made up of unconsolidated sediments. The average altitude of the area ranges from 75m to 150m above sea level. Teesta, Torsa, Jaldhaka, Raidak, Sankosh, Mahananda, etc., deposit cobbles, pebbles and other finer sediments here. As such, the region is not suitable for agriculture. On the other hand, the humid conditions are not favourable for cultivation here. However, tobacco and small quantities of paddy and various types of fruits are cultivated here.

Question 9.
The Terai region of West Bengal is also known as the ‘Dooars’ or ‘Duars’.
Answer:
The southern sloping region, in the foothills of the Himalayas is known as ‘Terai’. The area is covered by pebbles and wetlands. ‘Terai’ means wet land. The eastern side of the Terai region along with the northern part of Alipurduar is known as the ‘Dooars’ or ‘Duars’. The word ‘Dooars’ originates from the word ‘Door’. The ‘Dooars’ region is basically the entrance (door) to the plains of West Bengal and the mountainous Bhutan region. It is actually the ‘door’ to Bhutan.

Question 10.
Floods are frequent in the ‘Tal’ area.
Answer:
The area to the left bank of Kalinda river is called ‘Tal’. The western side of Malda, Cooch Behar, North Dinajpur districts is known as the ‘Tal’ area. In this lowland area the rivers flow very slowly and they often change their courses. For example, Mahananda, Kalindi, Jaldhaka, Torsa, etc. Since these rivers have shallow depths, they overflow their banks during the rainy season.

Question 11.
Agriculture is well-developed in the Gangetic delta.
Answer:
The Gangetic delta region is famous for agriculture. Most of the people here depend on agriculture for their livelihood. The reasons for development of agriculture here are-

1. Extensive plain area: The delta region is flat and plain and so it is favourable for agricultural practice as well as irrigation facilities.

2. Fertile silty soil: The area is made up of silty sedimentary soil which is fertile and therefore favourable for agriculture.

3. Appropriate temperature and rainfall: The temperature and rainfall of the tropical area is appropriate. Paddy, jute, and vegetables are cultivated here.

4. High density of population: The high density of population provides abundant labour required for agricultural practice and the demand for crops is also high. That is the reason why agricultural productivity is high here.

Question 12.
The Gangetic delta region has a high density of population.
Answer:
The Gangetic delta is one of the world’s most densely populated regions. The causes of high density of population are-

Plain relief: The plain relief is ideal for agriculture as well as transport and communication.
Moderate climate: The moderate climate and proper rainfall are the causes of high density of population here.
Fertile sedimentary soil: The soil of delta region is made up of sedimentary soil (silt) which is suitable for agriculture.
Development of transport: The area is covered by a good network of railways, roads (State and National Highway).
Job opportunities: The area is developed both in agriculture and industry and so job opportunities are plenty here.

Question 13.
The Sundarbans is called a backward or underdeveloped region.
Answer:
The Sundarbans is called a backwarded or underdeveloped region because-
1. Agricultural problem: The area is comprised of saline soil. Besides, outdated and traditional methods of cultivation are prevalent here which are not favourable for agriculture.

2. Lack of mineral resources: Mineral resources have not been found in this region. Thus industries based on these minerals have not developed here.

3. Underdeveloped transport: The area is riverine in nature and so roadway and railway facilities are underdeveloped here. Boats and steamers are the main modes of transport here.

4. Lack of electricity: Many small islands here are devoid of electricity. Thus, even small industries have not developed here.

5. Natural hazards: Oceanic cyclone, tsunami, flood, breaking of dams causing floods, etc., are the main problems of this area. They cause much loss to life and property in this region.

Question 14.
The Sundarban area has low population.
Answer:
The Sundarban area has low population because-

The agricultural land available is very small.
The soil is saline and so agricultural production is low.
Irrigation facility is low in this region.
Transport and communication system are outdated and underdeveloped. Proper transport system is lacking here.
There is no industry in this area.
Natural hazards like cyclone, floods are the main problems.
Insects, snakes and wild animals like tigers are the main causes of the low population.

Question 15.
Agriculture is of much importance in West Bengal.
Answer:
The importance of agriculture in the economy of West Bengal is unlimited-
1. Source of employment: About 70% people are engaged in agriculture. Around 53-55% of the labourers are engaged in agriculture either directly or indirectly. Agriculture thus provides ample job opportunities to the people of the state.

2. Agriculture oriented industry: Tea, jute, food processing industries are agro-based industries. The industry depends on agriculture for its development.

3. Foreign exchange: The two major agricultural crops of West Bengal are tea and jute. The export of these two crops helps in earning foreign exchange.

4. Prosperity of the fertiliser industry: Various fertilisers are used for production of crops and this has led to the prosperity of this industry.

Question 16.
Agriculture faces several problems in West Bengal.
Answer:
Although agriculture in West Bengal has great importance, yet it is faced with several problems-

Much of the land could not be brought under irrigation yet and so agricultural productivity in certain areas is hampered.
Agriculture is mainly dependent on monsoon winds. Any fluctuation in the wind pattern causes loss of crops.
High quality seeds are not used everywhere and hence agricultural productivity is low.
Old agricultural methods like ploughs, sickles and animals are still used. Modern implements are not used.
The capital investment is very low.
The market price of produced crops is very low. Many farmers commit suicide out of frustration.

Question 17.
West Bengal is known as a riverine or riparious state.
Answer:
West Bengal is a riverine or riparious state with many rivers, tributaries, sub-tributaries, etc. They all have created a drainage network. The sources of these rivers are the Himalaya range and western plateau or Chota Nagpur Plateau. The rivers fall into the Bay of Bengal. It will not be wrong to call West Bengal a gift of the Ganga, Bhagirathi and their tributaries. Hence it is called a riverine or a riparious state.

Question 18.
Kangsabati is called the ‘Sorrow of Midnapore’.
Answer:
River Kangsabati has its sources in the Ajodhya Hills and flows through Bankura, West Midnapore and East Midnapore districts. It meets river Haldi in Malda and enters the Bay of Bengal. Since the gradient is very low in East Midnapore district, flooding occurs as a result of heavy rainfall in this region. Since these floods result in massive destruction of life and property here, Kangsabati is called the ‘Sorrow of Midnapore’.

Question 19.
Kolkata and Howrah are called ‘Twin Cities’.
Answer:
The two main and significant cities of West Bengal-Kolkata and Howrah, are located on either banks of river Hooghly. Kolkata is located on the eastern bank and is the capital of West Bengal, while Howrah which is the main industrial city lies just on its opposite bank.

These two cities are connected by two bridges which have been built over river Hooghly, known as the Howrah Bridge (Rabindra Setu) and Vidyasagar Bridge/Setu. Kolkata is the centre of trade and commerce, politics and culture. On the other hand, Howrah is known as the ‘Glasgow of India’ and stands out as an important industrial centre. These two cities are dependent on each other and this is the reason why they are called ‘Twin Cities’.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Write a note on the administrative divisions of West Bengal.
Answer:
West Bengal is divided into 20 districts. The districts are divided into sub-divisions and blocks. Earlier, the districts were also divided into administrative divisions of Presidency, Burdwan and Jalpaiguri. The districts and their headquarters are as follows- WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 4

Question 2.
Describe the restructuring of West Bengal after independence of India.
Answer:
There was no state known by the name of West Bengal before India’s independence on August 15, 1947. At that time, undivided Bengal was known as ‘Bangadesh’. The different stages of evolution of the administrative regions of West Bengal from the previous Bangadesh are as follows-

1. In 1947 when India was divided, Bengal was divided too. One-third of the land area of Bengal formed West Bengal, while the rest went on to form East Pakistan. The Boundary Commission was formed in 1947 under the leadership of the English lawyer Radcliff Brown. He marked the boundary between West Bengal and Bangladesh.

2. Religion was the major basis of the partition of Bengal. The majority non-Muslins formed West Bengal and Bangladesh was formed where Muslim community was the majority. At that point of time in 1947, the total area comprising West Bengal was 78,000 sqkm.

3. The Islampur sector of Bihar was annexed to the district of West Dinajpur of West Bengal in 1947.

4. The French colonies of Chandannagar, Gaurhati was included in West Bengal.

5. The Mahananda Corridor was formed after including the Bengali-speaking region of eastern Purnea district of Bihar (in accordance with the law of re-construction of states).

6. A self-governed region of Darjeeling Gorkha Hill Board (‘Parshad’) was formed including the hilly region of Darjeeling district of West Bengal in 1988.

7. In 1986, the 24 Parganas district of West Bengal was divided into two-North 24 Parganas and South 24 Parganas.

8. In 1992, the district of West Dinajpur was divided as North Dinajur and South Dinajpur. The corridor named ‘Teen Bigha’ was leased to Bangladesh, that included the district of Cooch Behar, the bordering regions of Makaliganj and Kuchilbari.

9. In 2002, the district of Midnapore was divided into two-West Midnapore and East Midnapore.

10. The latest development/change in the administrative boundary of West Bengal was the creation of Alipurduar district (by breaking a part of Jalpaiguri district) on June 25, 2014.

Question 3.
Give an account of the relief features of West Bengal.
Answer:
The relief features of West Bengal are very diverse.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 6

Northern Hilly Region:
Location: The whole of Darjeeling and Jalpaiguri districts are the sub-divisions of Siliguri and the area is a hilly region.

Characteristics:

The area is a part of eastern Himalayas.
The average height is 2600-2700m.
The area has several canyons and is inaccessible in general.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 7

The western side of Teesta river has the Himalayan mountain ranges-

Singalila mountain range,
Darjeeling-Kurseong range.

Three main peaks of Singalila mountain range are located in Darjeeling district. They areSandakphu (3630 m), Phalut (3596 m), Sabargram (3543m ). In Darjeeling-Kurseong mountain range the highest peak is Tiger Hill (2573 m). The eastern side of Teesta river has Jayanti Hill and Dooars, where the peak Rishila (3121m) is located.

Western Plateau Region:
Location: The whole district of Purulia, West Midnapore, Bankura, Burdwan, and the western part of Birbhum district, is an undulating land and this is the plateau area.

Characteristics:

In west the height is 600m and in east the height is 100m.
The soil of the area is rocky and full of pebbles.

Hills: The area has many low hills, e.g., the Ayodhya Hill, Baghmundi Hill, Panchet Hill of Purulia district. Biharinath Hill, Susunia Hill of Bankura district, Mama Bhagne Hill of Birbhum district are located here. The highest peak of the plateau region is Gorgaburu Hill (677m).

Plain Region:
Location: Except the Northern hilly region and western plateau region, the whole area is a plain region.

Characteristics:

The region is not very high.
The region is not continuous.

Division: The region is divided into four parts, namely-
1. Plain region of North Bengal: Northern plain region lies in the middle of the northern hilly region and southern part of Ganga river. The slope of the region is from north to south. Terai region is the foothill of Himalayan range and the Ganga Brahmaputra doab region is known by different names in different areas.

For depositional work, that is, siltation and thereby helps in the process of delta formation. An island called ‘Purbasha’ has recently been created here. example, the low regions of Jalpaiguri, Cooch Behar, South Dinajpur is known as ‘Tal’, the old sediment soil in the east of the Malda district is called ‘Barendra’ land and the western part is known as ‘Diara’.

2. Rarh plain: The eastern side of Birbhum, Bankura, Burdwan, West Midnapore district, major part of Howrah, Hooghly, north-central part of East Midnapore is called Rarh Plain. The slope of the area is from west to east.

3. Delta plain: Nadia, North and South 24 Parganas and Howrah, Hooghly and the eastern low lands of Murshidabad district is called the delta region.

4. Sandy coastal plain: The sandy coastal plain is located along the Bay of Bengal in East Midnapore. The slope of the area is from north to south.

Question 4.
Describe the rivers of West Bengal.
Answer:
Rivers of West Bengal: The rivers are divided on the basis of source, direction of flow, amount of water carried, type of delta, etc.

Rivers of North Bengal,
Middle Ganga and ts tributaries,
Rivers of western plateau area and Rarh area,
Southern Sunderban region and its rivers,
Rivers of the sandy area.

1. Rivers of North Bengal: The rivers of North Bengal are snowfed. They flow from north to south. The rivers are Teesta, Jaldhaka, Mahananda, Sankosh, Raidak, Torsa, etc.

2. Middle Ganga and its tributaries: The river is divided into two parts, one is Hooghly river in West Bengal and other is Padma in Bangladesh. The tributaries of Ganga are ichamati, Churni, Jalangi, etc.

3. Western Plateau and Rarh region and its rivers: The rivers are rainfed. The slope of the land is from west to east and southeast. The rivers of this region are-Damodar, Dwarkeshwar, Silabati, Kangsabati, Ajay, Mayurakshi, Dwarka, etc.

4. Rivers of Sundarbans: Saptamukhi, Matla, Raimangal, Bidyadhari, etc., are the rivers of Sundarbans.

5. Rivers of sandy area of Kanthi: The rivers of this region are of tidal nature. Rasulpur and Champa are the rivers of the sandy area of Kanthi.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 8

Question 5.
Describe the relief and rivers of the plateau area of West Bengal.
Answer:
Relief features of the plateau area:

Purulia district, western part of West Midnapore, Bankura, Burdwan and undulative areas of Birbhum are all parts of the western plateau region.
From the geological point of view this area is a part of the plateau region. This ancient part of west Bengal is made up of old igneous and metamorphic rock.
The western part is higher than the eastern part. The highest peak of this area is Gorgaburu (677m). The land slopes from west to east.
The plateau area is covered with hard rocks. For example, Ayodhya hill, Baghmundi Hill.
Gorgaburu is the highest peak of the Ayodhya Hill. Panchet Hill and Bhandari Hill are in the southern part of this district.
Belpahari in West Midnapore, and Susunia Hill (440m), are located in the western plateau.

Rivers of the plateau area:

The rivers are the tributaries of the Bhagirathi-Hooghly river.
The rivers originate from Chota Nagpur plateau region.
The rivers are rainfed and so they remain dry except during the rainy season.

The major rivers of this region are-

Damodar: It originates from the Khamarpat hill of Palamau district in Jharkhand and joins river Hooghly downstream.
Kasai or Kangsabati: It originates from the hills of Purulia district and flows to the southeast to meet river Hooghly later on. Kumari Nadi is a tributary of this river.
Dwarakeswer and Shilai or Silabati: These two rivers combine near Ghatal in West Midnapore and then is known Rupnarayan. It then meets river Hooghly near Gaonkhali in East Midnapore.
Others: The other important rivers of this region are Mayurakshi, Ajay, Dwarka, Brahmani, Bakreswar, Kopai, Subarnarekha, etc.

Question 6.
Give an account of the landforms of the various plains of West Bengal.
Answer:
The whole of West Bengal is comprised of plains except the mountainous region of the north and the plateau region in the west. These vast plain can be divided into four types of landforms-

Plains of North Bengal,
Rarh plains,
Deltaic plains and
Sandy coastal plains.

Plains of North Bengal: The plain region lying between the river Ganga in the south and the Darjeeling region in the north is known as the plains of North Bengal. This region can be classified into-

Terai or Dooars plains, and
Ganga-Brahmaputra doab plain.

1. Terai and Dooars Plain:

This region comprises most part of southern Jalpaiguri district and Siligrui.
The Himalayan mountains meet the plain here with gentle slope and create almost a plain-like landform.
Heaps of pebbles and rocks and westlands are seen scattered all around.
This land slopes from north to south. This region receives heavy rainfall, and hence remains wet.

2. Ganga-Brahmaputra Doab Plain: The plain lying between the Ganga and Brahmapurta may be classified as-

Tal: The lowlying area between rivers Kalindi and Mahananda is known as ‘Tal’. Numerous wetlands and marshes are seen here.
Barind or Barind Tract: The area encompassing the eastern part of South Dinajpur district and the eastern part of Malda district is undulating and made up.
of ancient silt. This region is known as Barind tract.
Diara: This lowlying area composed of new silt, to the south of river Kalindi flowing along the southwestern part of Malda district is called ‘Diara’.

Rarh Plain:

The vast expanse of plains lying between Bhagirathi-Hooghly to the east and the plateau region to the west is known as ‘Rarh’ region.
It comprises the plains of the district of West and East Midnapore, Bankura, Burdwan, Birbhum etc.
The Rarh plains have been formed as a result of deposition of silt of rivers Damodar, Ajay, Mayurakshi.
The highest elevation of this region is in the west (75m) and lowest in the east (10m) and thus it has a general slope from west to east.
The region is composed of silt.
Small hills are seen scattered here and there.
To the south of the Rarh plains, Digha and Kanthi are present in the sandy area of East Midnapore.

Deltaic Plain: It comprises the plains of the districts of Nadia, North 24 Parganas, South 24 Parganas and Kolkata. This area can be divided into further groups on the basis of structural differences-

1. Moribund delta: The northernmost part of the delta is known as the Moribund delta. This is because the rivers here do not deposit silt and so the process of delta formation no longer exists here. The landforms here comprise some ox-bow lakes, creeks and wetlands.

2. Mature delta: This region stretches from the southern part of the Moribund delta to the northern part of the Sundarban region. It comprises Kolkata, the southern part of North 24 Parganas and northern part of South 24 Parganas. The rivers flowing here deposit some amount of silt when the rivers are flooded.

3. Active delta: The southern part of South 24 Parganas is a part of the active delta. This region is called active since the rivers of the Sundarbans are still carrying out the depositional work, that is, siltation and thereby helps in the process of deltaformation. An island called ‘Purbasha’ has recently been created here.

Question 7.
Give an account of the landforms and rivers of the Rarh plain and the Gangetic delta.
Answer:
Rarh Plain:
1. Landforms: The extensive plains composed of reddish soil and stretching between the Bhairathi-Hooghly river to its east and the plateau region to its west, is known as ‘Rarh’ region. The plains of the districts of East and West Midnapore, Bankura, Burdwan, etc., are all parts of this region.

This region has been formed as result of deposition of silt by the rivers Ajay, Damodar, Mayurakshi, etc. The average elevation of this area is higher in the west (75m) and lower in the east (10m). As such, the slope of the land is from west to east.

2. Rivers: Most of the rivers in this region have their sources in the Chota Nagpur Plateau to its west and they either flow to the east or southeast, following the slope of the land. For example, the Damodar river originates from the Khamarpat hills of Palamau district of Jharkhand and meets the Bhagirathi-Hooghly to its east.

A branch of river Damodar, known as Mundeswari meets the Rupnarayan river. Later on, the Dwarakeswar and Silabati rivers, after flowing towards the southeast, are known as Rupnarayan and meets the Hooghly river. Other notable rivers of this region include Kangsabati, Ajay, Bakreswar, Mayurakshi, Dwaraka, etc.

Gangetic Delta:
1. Landforms: The plains of Kolkata and the districts of Nadia, North 24 Parganas, South 24 Parganas, Howrah, Hooghly and Murshidabad fall under the delta plains.

This region has been divided into 3 parts on the basis of structural differences-

Moribund delta: The rivers in this region does not deposit any silt and therefore the process of delta formation has stopped here. The districts of Nadia and Murshidabad come under this region.
Mature delta: Kolkata, northern parts of North 24 Parganas and South 24 Parganas comprise this area. The rivers here deposit some amount of silt during floods.
Active delta: The process of delta formation is very much active here because the rivers deposit silt in large amounts. Recently an island called ‘Purbasha’ has been created here.

2. Rivers: The major river of this delta region is the Bhagirathi-Hooghly and its important tributaries are Ichamati, Churni, Jalangi, etc. These rivers flow from north to south over the deltaic plains. Besides, many rivers of the Sunderbans are fed by tidal waters, such as, Raimangal, Matla, Gosaba, Bidyadhari, etc.

Question 8.
Write a note on the characteristics of the climate of West Bengal. In which region of West Bengal are winter clothes required even in summer?
Answer:
Characteristics of the climate:
1. Change of seasons: The main characteristics of the climate of West Bengal is season change. Summer, monsoon, autumn and winter are the four main seasons of West Bengal. Before the arrival of winter, the dewy season is observed, while spring marks the beginning of summer.

2. Extensive impact of Tropical Monsoon wind: In summer the hot southwestern monsoon winds and in winter the dry northeastern monsoon winds blow over the state. These two winds bring hot and humid summers and cold and dry winters in West Bengal.

3. Opposite direction of winds: In West Bengal, the direction of wind in summer is opposite to the direction of wind in winter.

4. Wet summer and dry winter: Generally rainfall occurs in summer so the summer is basically wet and humid. In winter, rainfall is little in amount (due to northern disturbances) and so the winter is dry.

5. Northern region is rainfall prone: As a result of the Southwest monsoon winds West Bengal receives heavy rainfall in its northern Himalayan region. The hilly regions of West Bengal receives an average rainfall of 400 cm annually.

6. Entire West Bengal except the mountainous regions has moderate type of climate: As North Bengal is a mountainous area, summers are pleasant but winters are bitterly cold. In the rest of West Bengal the annual range of temperature is not very high. Pleasant climate prevails in the plains and coastal regions. The western plateau area (especially Purulia) experiences night.

Question 9.
Discuss the main climatic factors of West Bengal. What are the characteristics of the rivers of the Sundarbans?
Answer:
The main climatic factors of West Bengal:
1. Tropic of Cancer: Since the Tropic of Cancer (23% 1/2N°) passes over West Bengal, the state (except the mountainous region of Darjeeling) is warm in nature.

2. Monsoon winds: The moisture-laden southwest monsoon winds blow over West Bengal during the rainy season causing widespread rainfall. Again, the dry northeast monsoon winds blow over the state causing no rainfall. These winds are cold since they arrive from mountainous areas. Thus, West Bengal experiences cold weather devoid of rainfall during the winter months.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 9

3. Altitude of the land: There is an inverse relationship between altitude and temperature. With every 1000 metre of ascent, the temperature drops at the rate of 6.4C and hence the temperature lowers with increase in altitude. Since the Himalayan mountain regions are greater in altitude as compared to the plains, they have much lower temperature.

4. Location of the Bay of Bengal: Since the Bay of Bengal lies to the south of West Bengal, it has a moderate climate with no extreme temperature.

5. Location of the Himalayan mountains: The Himalayas are aligned from west to east across the northern part of the state. On one hand, it is responsible for causing rainfall (relief or orographic rainfall), while on the other, it acts as a barrier and prevents the cold winds (northeast monsoon winds) from blowing over the state during the winter months.

The characteristics of the rivers of Sundarbans: Most of the rivers of Sunderbans are fed by tidal waters. For example, Saptamukhi, Matla, Raimangal, Bidyadhari, etc. The characteristis of these rivers are-

They are perennial and have water throughout the year since they are tidal in nature.
The river water is saline.
They have short courses.
Creeks are seen in these rivers.
The rivers have wide mouths.
All the rivers fall into the Bay of Bengal.

Question 10.
Give an account of the climatic characteristics of the different seasons in West Bengal.
Answer:
Climate of West Bengal: Although the Government of India has demarcated four types of climate in West Bengal, viz., summer, monsoon, autumn and winter, the autumn season just before the onset of winter and the dewy season just before the onset of summer are also noticeable.

Different Seasons:

1. Summer:
Duration: It lasts from March to May. As the sun moves towards the Tropic of Cancer from the Equator, the temperature in West Bengal gradually increases.

2. Characteristics:

About 30°C is the standard normal temperature of West Bengal, but in the plateau region in the west, temperature reaches 45°C. Purulia district experiences the maximum temperature and dry hot winds called ‘loo’ are rampant during this season here.

Since the mountainous areas have high altitude, temperatures are low here and the coastal regions also experience moderate/maritime climate. The temperature in the mountainous area of Darjeeling is 12-18°C.

Thunderstorms accompanied with lightning called ‘Kalbaishakhi’ are a common feature which usually occur during afternoons in the summer season. Rainfall is often accompanied with hailstorms.

2. Rainy season:
Duration: It lasts from June to September. The rainy season usually convenes from early June. It establishes itself in West Bengal with heavy rainfall, starting from the second week of June with the entry of moisture-laden southwest monsoon wind in West Bengal.

Characteristics:

Under the influence of the moisture-laden monsoon winds, highest amount rainfall is experienced in the mountainous region of the north (an average of about 400cm.
The rainfall amount gradually decreases towards the south. In the plains of North Bengal it is 200-250 cm, and in the delta region it is 150-200cm. But the coastal regions receive a comparatively higher amount if rain.
The average rainfall amount in the rainy season is 175cm in West Bengal.
Highest amount of rainfall is recorded in the Buxaduar region (535 cm) and the least amount in Purulia district (75cm). Compared to the summer season, the temperature is quite low during this time.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 10

3. Autumn:
Duration: It lasts from October November. Autumn arrives when the sun moves from the Equator to the Tropic of Capricorn, i.e., from the end September and the beginning of October.

Characteristics:

The southwest mo soon winds retreat from West Beng which results in decreasing amount rainfall
The average temperature about 30°C.
During the retreatin monsoon season, thunderstorms having their origin in the Bay of Bengal are common feature during this period These thunderstorms are known a ‘Aswin’ storms.

4. Winter:
(1) Duration: It lasts from December t February. The sun is directly overhead the Tropic of Capricorn during this time

Characteristics:

Cold and dry northeast monsoon winds begin to blow during this period.
The temerature o West Bengal is much lower during this time (E.g., it is 4°C-7°C in the mountainous regions and from 16°C-10°C in the southern and western parts of the state).
Rainfall does not occur and the weather is stable.
Occasionally slight rainfall occurs under the influence of low depressions in northwest India. These are known ‘Western Disturbances’.

Question 11.
Explain the influence of monsoon winds on the climate of West Bengal.
Answer:
Influence of monsoon winds on the climate of West Bengal: Two different types of winds blow over West Bengal-

The humid southwest monsoon wind that blows during summer,
The dry northeast monsoon wind that blows during winter. These two winds are mainly responsible for regulating the climate of West Bengal.

1. The climate of West Bengal can be divided into 4 seasons according to the onset and retreat of these two wind systems-

premonsoon or summer season,
monsoon or rainy season when the southwest monsoon winds are active,
retreat of the southwest monsoon winds or autumn season, and
onset of northeast monsoon winds or winter season.

2. Not only the demarcation of seasons, the climatic characteristics of West Bengal are also influenced by the nature of monsoon winds.

3. The northeast monsoon winds blow from the north towards the south during winter (from December to February). Since these winds are cold, the temperature drops in West Bengal and it is known as the winter season. Rainfall does not occur in this period as these winds are dry.

4. The northeast monsoon winds start retreating from West Bengal from the end of February and the southwest monsoon winds arrive during the interim period (from March to May). As a result, the temperature rises, and this period is known as the summer season.

5. The southwest monsoon wind blows over West Bengal from June to September. Since this wind is moisture-laden, the sky is overcast and rainfall occurs. This season is called the rainy/monsoon season.

6. With the retreat of the southwest monsoon winds, the sky is clear and temperature gradually decreases.

Question 12.
Give a classification of soils in West Bengal and describe them in brief.
Answer:
According to the famous soil scientist Jenny, soil is formed by the combined effect of climate, biosphere, relief, parental rock and time. The classification of soil has been shown below-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 11
1. Soil of hilly region:
Location: It is mostly found in the districts of Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri, Cooch Behar, etc.

Characteristics:

This is a type of podsol soil,
brown in colour,
soil fertility is medium.

Crops produced: Tea, orange, cinchona, etc.

2. Terai soil:
Location: It is found in the foothills of the Himalayas.
Characteristics:

Pebbly soil,
grey in colour,
soil fertility is medium.

Crops produced: Paddy, wheat, tea, potato are cultivated.

3. Soil of plateau region:
Location: It is mostly found in Purulia, Bankura, Birbhum, Burdwan, West Midnapore, Malda and South Dinajpur.

Characteristics:

Generally laterite soil, which is red in colour and hard as brick,
soil is infertile,
water absorbing capacity is low,
soil is of two types-laterite soil, red soil.

Crops produced: Tea, corn, etc.

4. Soil of the plain region:
Location: It is mostly found in North and South Dinajpur, Murshidabad, Nadia, North and South 24 Parganas, Howrah, Hooghly etc.

Characteristics:

Soil is fertile,
usually silty in nature.

Crops produced: Paddy, wheat, jute, sugarcane, etc.

5. Coastal soil:
Location: It is found in the Sunderbans and Kanthi coastal region.

Characteristics:

Soil is saline,
black in colour,
water-retaining capacity is low,
soil is infertile.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 12

Question 13.
Describe the natural vegetation of West Bengal.
Answer:
The monsoon winds blow over West Bengal and the climate is tropical monsoon type. The natural vegetation is directly influenced by the climate.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 13

Vegetation of Northern Hilly Region:
Location: Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri districts.

Evergreen trees: These trees grow between an altitude of 100m and 1500m from the foothills. The main trees of this category are-sal, segun, shishu, garjan, bamboo, cane, etc.
Temperate coniferous forest: These trees are found between 1500m and 3000m of altitude. The important trees of this region are oak, maple, pine, spruce, deodar, birch, etc.
Alpine trees: These trees grow between 3000m and 4000m of altitude. The mostly found trees are-silver pine, rhododendron etc.

Vegetation of Northern Dooars Region:
1. Location: Darjeeling and Jalpaiguri districts fall under the Dooars vegetation area.
2. Characteristics:

The trees are typical to hilly regions.
The forests are concentrated in the foothills of the mountains.

3. Main trees: Sal, segun, khair, cane, bamboo, etc.

Vegetation of Western Plateau Region:
1. Location: Purulia, Bankura, West Midnapore districts.
2. Characteristics:

The area has low rainfall.
The area is covered by laterite soil.

3. Main trees: Arjun, shimul, sal, palash, mahua, etc.

Vegetation of Plain Region:
1. Location: North and South Dinajpur, Malda, Murshidabad, North and South 24 Parganas, East and West Midnapore, Burdwan, Howrah and Birbhum districts.

2. Characteristics:

The forests are dispersed in nature.
The forests have been mostly cleared because of population and agriculture.

3. Main trees: Banyan, mango, tamarind, bel, jamun, asathwa, jackfruit, etc.

Vegetation of Delta Region:
1. Location: North and South 24 Parganas, the coastal areas of the Bay of Bengal.
2. Characteristics:

The trees grow in the saline soil.
The trees are of mangrove type.

3. Main trees: Sundari, garan, geoa, hetal, hogla, keora, surja shisir, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 14

Question 14.
What are the characteristics of agriculture in West Bengal?
Answer:
Characteristics of agriculture of West Bengal: West Bengal is a monsoon-dependent state. The impact of monsoon is great on agricultural practices in West Bengal. The agricultural characteristics of West Bengal are-

1. Monsoon-dependent agriculture:

Most of the cultivation is largely dependent on the southwest monsoon winds.
The kharif crops are cultivated as per the monsoon rains.
The cultivation is incertain because of the uncertainty of the monsoon rains.

2. Intensive agriculture:

Intensive agriculture is practised because the population density is high.
Intensive agriculture is practised because the demand for food is also very high. A single piece of land is thus cultivated more than once to produce various crops.

3. Labour-intensive agriculture:

The agriculture of West Bengal is labourintensive since use of machines is minimal.
The farmers cultivate their fields with outdated implements like ploughs and bullocks.

4. Livelihood-based agriculture:

The agricultural practises of West Bengal are for the livelihood of the people.
The cultivated crops are used by the farmers themselves since surplus is very less.

5. Crop rotation system: The crop rotation system is followed to retain the fertility of the soil.

6. Importance of paddy cultivation:

Since rice is the staple food of the people of West Bengal, paddy is cultivated in abundance.
Moreover, the fertile silty soil of the delta regions as well as the warm and humid climate is conducive for paddy cultivation.

7. Development of irrigation and cultivation of rabi crops:

In winter, rabi crops are cultivated with the help of irrigation.
The productivity of rabi crops is increased with the help of irrigation by wells, tubewells, and canals. The capacity of irrigation has been increased which facilitates productivity.

8. Decrease in importance of jute cultivation:

Demand for jute products in the international market is low and thus the state is now faced with a crisis in the jute industry.
Since the price of jute has decreased, the farmers are not interested in cultivating jute anymore.

9. Increase in the importance of tea cultivation: The production and sale of tea has increased in West Bengal in recent times. The tea gardens have increased in numbers in North Dinajpur and Purulia district as a result.

10. Production of silk and indigo:

The price of silk has increased in the world market over the past few years.
Silk and indigo are now raised on a large scale in the districts of Malda, Murshidabad, North and South Dinajpur.

11. Increase in the production of oil seeds:

Since the production of mustard and ‘rai’ oil seeds are low in West Bengal. They have to be imported from the northern states of India, as a result of which fluctuation of price occurs.
At present, much stress is laid on increased production of oil seeds.

12. Production of fishing and poultry farming besides crop cultivation: Since the main food of West Bengal comprises fish, egg, meat, etc., poultry-farming is gaining importance along with pisciculture together with cultivation of crops.

13. Agricultural development programmes: The development of agriculture has increased with the help of 5 year plans and 3-tier Panchayat Management System.

14. Forecast of Green Revolution: The crop cultivation in West Bengal has increased as result of the Green Revolution in Punjab and Haryana (where cultivation is done using ‘modern measures).

Question 15.
Give an account of the main agricultural crops of West Bengal.
Answer:
The main agricultural crops of West Bengal: The fertile silty soil is found almost everywhere in West Bengal except the hilly and plateau regions. This soil has great influence on agricultural productivity in West Bengal.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 16

1. Paddy: West Bengal holds the first position in terms of production of paddy in India. About 91% of food grains in West Bengal is comprised of paddy.

Areas of paddy production: Burdwan, Murshidabad, Birbhum, Bankura, Nadia, North 24 Parganas, Howrah, Hooghly, South 24 Parganas, East Midnapore, Bihar, Cooch Behar, North Dinajpur, etc.

Types of paddy: On the basis of seasons, the paddy produced are of three types-

Aman
Aus and
Boro.

Aman paddy: The cultivation of this type of paddy is done from July to November. Paddy is cultivated in Birbhum and Burdwan districts.
Aus paddy: The cultivation of this type of paddy is done from April to August.
Boro paddy: The cultivation of this type of paddy is done from November to April.

2. Jute: West Bengal is one of the most important centres of jute production in India. Jute is the most important cash crop here. So, jute cultivation influences the economy of West Bengal in a large scale.
Areas of jute production: Howrah, Hooghly, North and South Dinajpur, Murshidabad, Malda are the major jute producing areas of West Bengal.

3. Tea: West Bengal holds the second position in the production of tea, and is quite consistent in its productivity. Tea cultivation is largely practised in the hilly slopes of the northern regions.
Areas of tea cultivation: Best quality tea is produced in Darjeeling in West Bengal. Important tea producing centres of Darjeeling are Happy Valley, Kurseong, Makaibari, Bijanbari etc. Tea is also produced in the foot, hills of Himalayas of the Dooars region. The areas where tea is cultivated are Mal, Binaguri, Madarihat, Chalsha, Naxalbari, Kumargram, Nagarkata etc.

Type of Crops	Main Crops
1. Food grains	Paddy, wheat, corn, lentils, etc.
2. Plantation crops	Tea, cinchona, indigo, etc.
3. Fibre crops	Jute, ‘shon’, mesta, etc.
4. Fruits	Mango, jackfruit, papaya, banana, litchi, pineapple, guava, etc.
5. Vegetables	Potato, onions, stripped gourd, cauliflower, cabbage, brinjal, ridge gourd, etc.
6. Other crops	Coconut, pan/betel leaf, cashew nuts, sugarcane, tobacco, oil seeds, etc.

Question 16.
Give an account of rice-producing regions of West Bengal. What are the conducive factors for the cultivation of paddy/rice?
Answer:
The staple diet of most of the people of West Bengal is rice. intensive cultivation is practised here since the land is not enough to support the large population. Again, the same piece of land is utilised for growing different types of paddy like ‘Aus’, ‘Aman’ and ‘Boro’, according to the seasons. Moreover, high-yielding variety of seeds are cultivated to reap maximun productivity from the lard, viz., ‘Jaya’, ‘Ratna’, ‘Padma’, etc.

Regions in West Bengal where paddy is cultivated: Large quantities o. addy are produced from the districts of Burdwan, West Midnapore, Murshidabad, Birbhum, East Midnapore, South 24 Parganas, North Dinajpur, Purulia, Malda, South Dinajpur, Cooch Behar, Jalpaiguri, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 17
Congenial Environment for cultivation of paddy: Both natural and artificial/man-made factors are responsible for producing paddy.

1. Natural/Physical factors:
Rainfall: High amount of rainfall is needed during paddy cultivation. An annual rainfall of 150-200cm is suitable. However, if it rains below 100cm, irrigation is necessary. Thus, paddy cultivation in West Bengal mainly depends on rainfall.

2. Temperature: About 10°C-20° C temperature is needed from planting the sapling to opening of the leaves. 35°C-37°C temperature is needed during the harvesting time.

3. Soil: Fertile silty or alluvial soil is needed for paddy cultivation. Besides, loamy, clayey, sandy, laterite and soils of the ‘Terai’ and hilly soils are also suitable for paddy cultivation.

4. Land: Though all types of land are suitable, plains which are flat are ideal for paddy cultivation. This is the reason why riverine flood plains are ideal.

2. Man-made factors:

Labour: Being a labour-intensive cultivation, the densely populated regions produce more paddy.
Transport: Since rapid and developed modes of transport are needed, areas having such facilities are ideal.
Demand: Demand is particularly high in the densely populated region and paddy cultivation has gained much importance here.

Question 17.
Mention the tea-producing regions of West Bengal and underline the conducive factors for tea cultivation.
Answer:
Tea is a mild beverage and is a commercial/ cash crop. The plantations are mostly located in tropical and sub-tropical regions. West Bengal ranks second in the production of tea in india.

Main tea-producing regions of West Bengal: Best quality flavoured tea is produced in the Darjeeling district. Along the hilly slopes ranging between 90m to 2000m in altitude, terraces have been made for tea plantations. The most important tea producers here are Happy Valley, Kurseong, Makaibari, Mobaibari, Mohorgan, etc. Some tea plantations are seen in Cooch Behar and Jalpaiguri of the Dooars region of West Bengal and the foothills of the Himalayas in the district of Alipurduar.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 18

Conducive factors for cultivation of tea: They can be grouped into two-
1. Physical environment: The important factors are-

Relief: This is an important factor for the cultivation of tea. Sloping land where water does not stand is required and that is why hill slopes are ideal locations. Since these soil areas are prone to erosion, terraces are prepared along the contours for tea plantations.

Climate: Hot and wet climate having a high amount of rainfall is necessary since they influence the flavour, colour and taste of tea. Rainfall ranging between 150cm and 200cm, and average annual temperature of
20°C-30°C and summer temperature of 27° C, is ideal for tea cultivation. Snowfall is harmful for tea plantations.

Soil: Fertile, acidic, iron and manganese-bearing soils are ideal for tea cultivation. However, sufficient amounts of nitrogen, zinc and potassium are also needed.

2. Man-made factors: Some of the important artificial/man-made factors are-

Capital: The capital is needed for maintenance of tea gardens, labour wages, implements, fertilisers, pesticides etc.
Labour: Skilled workers are required to pick tea-leaves. Large number of laboures are required for the tea processing work.
Transport: Developed transport system is essential for exporting after processing it (since tea plantations are located in hilly areas).
Others: Besides the above factors, advanced technology, demand for tea, administrative facilities, market etc., also influence production of tea.

Question 18.
What are the reasons for development of industries in West Bengal?
Answer:
Reasons for development of industries in West Bengal: Among all human activities, industrial development is the most prominent one. When the raw materials are processed into utility items for the benefit of mankind, the process is known as industry. The factors causing industrial development may be grouped into two types-

geographical and
economic factors.

1. Geographical factors: The geographical factors behind improvement of industries in West Bengal are as follows-
(1) Importance of raw materials: Raw material is the most important factor for industrial development. Certain characteristics of raw materials are important, viz.,

nature of utility of raw materials,
perishability of raw materials,
use of alternative raw materials.

(2) Availability of power/energy: Energy is required to run the equipments for processing the raw materials. Thermal power and hydroelectricity are the two most widely used powers.

(3) Congenial climate: Certain industries need specific climatic conditions. For example, dry climate for leather industry, sunny climate for film industry, humid climate for textile industry etc.

(4) Supply of water: Large amount of water is required for any industry. This is the reason why jute mills are located on either banks of river Hooghly.

2. Economic factors: The most important factors are-

(1) Advanced transport system: Since the raw materials have to be brought to the industrial sites and the finished products to be taken to the domestic markets as well as for export, transport system plays a vital role. Developed transport network and accessibility are therefore important factors for industrial development.

(2) Availability of labour: Labour is essential for industrial development. Lack of skilled labour in Australia has therefore hampered industrial development there.

(3) Huge capital: This is needed for acquiring land for industries, bringing equipments, wages for labourers and procuring raw materials.

(4) Demand and market: If there is no demand for a particular commodity, production of that commodity is not required. This is the reason why demand and accessible markets are important factors for development of industries.

(5) Political stability: The industrialists can invest in establishing industries if there is political stability instead of frequent change of power in any country/state.

Question 19.
Give an account of the main industries of West Bengal.
Answer:
Main industries of West Bengal: Although West Bengal is mainly an agricultural state, industries have also flourished here. The main industries of West Bengal are-iron and steel, jute and tea, food-processing, cotton textile, tourism, information technology (IT), etc.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 20

1. Iron and steel industry: The first iron and steel industry was established in Kulti (Burdwan) in 1870. Another one was established in Burnpur in 1918. The Durgapur industrial beit has developed due to the abundant availability of iron ore, coal, water, electricity, labour, etc., in this region.

2. Jute industry: West Bengal is known in india for the production of jute. The first jute industry was established in 1855 in Rishra (Hooghly district). At present, there are about 59 jute mills located on either side of river Hooghly.

3. Cotton textile industry: Cultivation of cotton does not take place in West Bengal, but based on import, the cotton textile industry has developed here. The first cotton-textile industry was established in Ghusuri (Howrah district). Other centres are in Serampore, Shyamnagar, Sodepur, etc.

4. Tea industry: This is an important industry of West Bengal. The first tea industry was established in 1834. The tea estates were established in Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri, Cooch Behar, etc., centered around the tea gardens there.

5. Food processing industry: The processing of fish, eggs, meat, vegetables etc., is done for ready-to-eat products to be consumed by making the people. Due to great demand, the food-processing industry has developed in West Bengal.

6. Tourism industry: Any centre for entertainment is considered to be a tourism spot. Tourism industry has developed around various centres like religions places, hilly areas, sea beaches, educational centres, big cities, historical places, etc. The important tourist places of West Bengal are-Kolkata (Victoria Memorial, Alipore Zoo, etc.), Sundarbans, Digha, Darjeeling, etc.

7. Information technology industry: This industry has developed in West Bengal and holds an important position in the state. The Electronics Complex (Software Park) of Salt Lake near Kolkata is famous and further development of this industry is taking place here.

Question 20.
What are the main cities and towns of West Bengal? Give an account of Kolkata as the capital of the state.
Answer:
The main cities of West Bengal: The census of India has designated those places as cities which have the following criteria-a population of more than 5000, population density of more than 400 persons per 5q km, and at least 75% of the people engaged in nonagricultural activities.

The major cities of West Bengal include-Kolkata, Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri, Siliguri, Alipurduar, Cooch Behar, Durgapur, Krishnanagar, Bolpur, Raniganj, English Bazar, Midnapore, Bankura, Malda, Burdwan, Asansol, Haldia, Berhampore, Purulia, Shantipur, Chakdah, Ranaghat, Nabadweep, Balurghat, Chandannagar, Barrackpore, Howrah, Alipore, Barasat, Kalyani, Bongaon, Basirhat, etc.

Kolkata as a capital: Kolkata is the capital city of West Bengal. Thus it is of much importance in this state.

1. Location: The capital of West Bengal, Kolkata is situated on the left bank of river Hooghly about 130km inland from the mouth of river Ganga. This is one of the most significant cities in India.

2. Year of establishment: Job Charnock, the governor of the East India Company established the city of Kolkata on August 24, 1690. The three villages of Sutanuti, Govindapur and Kalikata were united to form this city. Kolkata was the capital of India under the British rule till 1911.

3. Importance of the city of Kolkata: Kolkata is a very important city. Some of the important features of Kolkata are as follows-

1. Commercial capital: Having an area of about 183 sq km, Kolkata is India’s main commercial centre and the capital of West Bengal.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 25
2. City of Palaces: Kolkata boasts of having quite a number of beautiful palaces and heritage buildings (likeMarble Palace of Rajen Mullick in north Kolkata, Rabindranath Tagore’s house in Jorasanko, Palace of Sovabazar, etc.). This is why Kolkata is known as the ‘City of Palaces’.

3. Population: Kolkata is one of the most important cities of India and the city’s population is about 4496694 (2011), and the population density is about 24252 persons per sq km (2011).

4. ‘City of Joy’: As per the book entitled ‘City of Joy’ by the famous author Dominique Lapiere, the people of Kolkata are ever-happy in spite of all the sufferings endured by them. That is why it is called the ‘City of Joy’.

5. Centre of education, culture, trade and commerce: Kolkata is the main centre of education, culture, trade and commerce of east and northeast India.

6. Industrial centre: Many industries have developed with Kolkata as its centre, like, jute industry, engineering industry, textile industry, paper industry etc.

7. Centre of communication: Kolkata is the headquarter of the eastern and southeastern railways. Dumdum, the only international airport of east India, is in Kolkata. National Highway numbers 2,34,35 and 6 all pass through Kolkata.

8. Others: Others significant features of Kolkata are-

The only underground metro railway in eastern India is located here.
Kolkata is the main port of West Bengal.
The popular tourist spots of Kolkata are-Museum, Alipore Zoo, Victoria Memorial Hall, Birla Planetorium, Science City, etc.

Question 21.
Mention the major ports of West Bengal and state the importance of Kolkata port.
Answer:
Major ports of West Bengal: The term ‘port’ has been derived from the latin word ‘parte’ meaning ‘entrance door’. In other words, a port means a place where entry is made between land and sea and also from sea to land through which transport or flow of goods and passengers is made.

The major ports of West Bengal are Kolkata (located on the left bank of river Hooghly) and Haldia. They are riverine ports.

Importance of Kolkata port: Kolkata is a riverine port. About 130km inland from the Bay of Bengal, it is located on the left bank of river Hooghly. The hinterland of Kolkata port covers an area of about 13 lakh sq km. Kolkata port plays a vital role in the economic development of West Bengal.

1. Control over trade: Kolkata port has a very significant role in the economy of West Bengal and even northeast India as well as Nepal and Bhutan. The exports and imports of this vast region are all handled by this port.

2. Earning foreign exchange: Since international trade is carried out through this port, the city earns foreign exchange.

3. Aid to industries: Products of West Bengal like jute products, coal, tea (from Assam, Darjeeling), iron-ore (from Bihar and Odisha), mica, etc., are all exported from this port.

4. Aid to agriculture: Fertilisers, pesticides, equipments, etc., required for agricultural practices are imported through this port.

5. Employment opportunities: Lakhs of people are either directly or indirectly influenced by this port for getting employment opportunities in the agricultural, industrial, trade and commerce sectors, etc. Besides, a large number of people also get employment as labourers within the port area itself.

6. Development of transport: Taking advantage of the Kolkata port, a good network of roads, railways and water transport have developed not only in West Bengal, but also throughout northeast India.

7. Import of food crops: Since West Bengal is not totally self-dependent on food crops produced in the state, a lot has to be imported through the Kolkata port. These are the reasons why the port of Kolkata is such a significant port among all other ports of West Bengal.

Question 22.
Discuss the rise and fall of the port of Kolkata.
Answer:
Reasons for the rise or development of Kolkata port: The conducive factors leading to the development of this port are-
1. Import of industrial raw materials: The port of Kolkata was established in the nineteenth century during the British period. They established it on the banks of river Hooghly in order to facilitate transport of industrial raw materials, defence equipments, etc., to India.

2. Navigability of Bhagirathi-Hooghly river: Since the depth of the river is more and navigability of this river is quite high, ships could ply smoothly through this river to the sea.

3. Resource-rich hinterland: The Kolkata port has a huge hinterland encompassing almost the whole of eastern India. This region has rich natural resources like tea, jute, rice, etc., (agricultural) as well as coal, iron ore, mica, etc., (minerals), along with forest-based resources. Besides, the established industries of tea, jute, engineering, cement, paper, etc., have made this region densely populated.

4. Densely populated city: Kolkata being a densely populated metropolis, labour required for port activities are easily available.

5. Developed transport system: Kolkata is linked to all parts of eastern India through a well-developed transport network like southeastem railway, national highways (like NH 6 and NH 34) etc.

6. Conducive physical environment: The areas in and around Kolkata have the advantage of having flat places and delta, congenial moderate climate, etc., which are all conducive to the development of a port.

7. Location of centre of trade: Kolkata being the main industrial and trade centre of eastern India, has naturally developed as a port.

Reasons for the downfall of Kolkata port: This port is gradually losing its significance due to the following factors-

Decrease in navigability of Kolkata port: Due to continuous siltation of the river bed over a long period of time, the river bed has risen and therefore navigability has decreased. As a result, ships cannot ply much inland from the sea through this river.
Meandering nature of river: The numerous meanders of the river hinder the smooth plying of big ships inland.
Presence of huge sand-bars in the river: The river has about 14-15 big sand bars stretching from the mouth of the river to Kolkata port. This is why big foreign ships cannot enter Kolkata port without the guidance of other smaller ships.
Lack of space/infrastructure in the port: Due to space crunch, many ships cannot be anchored at the same time. Lack of jetties also hamper uploading and downloading of larger quantities of materials from the ships.

Question 23.
Give an account of the cottage industry of West Bengal.
Answer:
The goods that are produced by the members of the household with little capital and ordinary equipments are known as cottage industry

Cottage industries in West Bengal: Lakhs of people in West Bengal are engaged in minor or small-scaie industries or cottage industries and the role of those industries have a major contribution especially in the rural economy. The various industries here include-

1. Cotton textile industry (‘Tant’): A majority of the people engaged in cottageindustries work in this ‘Tant’ industry. In West Bengal about 6,66,514 people are engaged in this industry either on a fulltime or part-time basis. These textiles are usually woven by hand-driven machines or gadpets. Shantipur and Phulia of Nadia district and Dhanekhali, Bankura and Bishnupur of Hooghly district are famous for this type of industry.
. WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 21

2. Clay industry: Kumartull of Kolkata is famous for making clay-idols, Krishnanagar for clay-dolls, Bankura and Bishnupur for terracotta products. Moreover, almost everywhere in the state of West Bengal, clay utensils, pots, etc., are made (especially in the villages) and many people are engaged in it.

3. ‘Bidi’ industry: ‘Bidi’ is made by filling in tobacco into the dried ‘kendu’ leaves which are collected from the forests. A large number of people of West Bengal depend on ‘bidi’ making for their livelihood. Aurangabad, Raghunathganj of Murshidabad district, North and South 24 Parganas and Purulia district abound in such ‘bidi’ making industry.

4. Mat industry: The sticks used for making mats are actually a type of aquatic plant. This industry is famous in West and East Midnapore districts.

5. Jute products: Many articles like threads, ropes, carpets, mattresses, bags and other decorative items for households are produced from jute in the villages of West Bengal. Kaliganj of Nadia district is well known for weaving of jute fibres and dyeing them.

6. Wooden furniture: Many carpenters of West Bengal are engaged in making beds, wardrobes, chairs, tables, benches, doors, windows, etc.

7. Articles made from iron: Articles like sickle, hammer, axe, spade, plough and other household items are made from iron.

8. Others: Besides these, many industries like molasses-making, silk industry, bamboo products, making of musical instruments, toys as well as articles made of brass and bronze, machines used in rice mills, etc., are scattered all over West Bengal.

Question 24.
Discuss the importance of small-scale industries in West Bengal.
Answer:
Small-scale industries are a grade higher than cottage industries. The total financial investment ranges from Rs. 75 lakhs to 1.5 crores involving construction of small factories, machines, etc. The small-scale industries are very significant in West Bengal.

1. Financial investment: Investments in small scale industries are of medium range. However, the overall financial investment is quite large indicating the importance of such industries.

2. Employment: Mary people are employed in small-scale industries which have led to the economic development of West Bengal. About 20 lakh people are engaged in the leather industry alone.

3. Huge exports: A large market has developed for the products of the small scale industries both in India and abroad. Thus, a huge amount of foreign exchange is earned from this industry, Items like leather goods, silk, cotton textile, gold jewellery, ceramic products, etc., are especially exported.

4. Development of domestic trade and commerce: As a result of the flourishing small-scale industries, domestic or internal trade and commerce have increased, leading to economic development of the country.

5. Increase in infrastructure: Development of roads, electricity, water supply and other infrastructural facilities develope around any area where small-scale industries are developing.

Question 25.
Discuss the various tourism sites of West Bengal.
Answer:
Traveling from one place to another either for business, for leisure or for entertainment purposes is called tourism. Tourist guides, agencies etc, are part of the tourism industry.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 22

Center District

Nature of Tourism	Center	District	Places of attraction
1. Town or city	Kolkata	Kolkata	Victoria Memorial, Alipore Zoo, Museum, etc.
	Jhargram	West Midnapore	Salbani, ihargram, Rajbari,etc.
	Chandannagar	Hooghly	Laldighi, Aliadurg, French Museum, house of Rashbehari Bose, etc.
2. Mountain Hills	a. Darjeeling	Darjeeling	Rock garden, Tea gardens, Kangchenjunga, Tiger Hilis, etc.
	b. Ayodhya Hills	Purulia	Tribal house, Sitakunda, Chhau dance, etc.
	c. Susunia Hill	Bankura	Bishalakshmi temple, Gandheswari river, etc.
3. Sea beaches	a. Digha	East Midnapore	Sea beach, Amaravati Park, Snake Park, etc.
	b. Shankarpur	East Midnapore	Sea beach, crabs, fishing port, etc.
	c. Bakkhali	South 24 Parganas	Henry island, temple of Banadevi, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 8 West Bengal 23

Question 26.
Discuss the importance of West Bengal as a state.
Answer:
West Bengal has immense importance as a state-

West Bengal comprises about 2.7% of the total area of India.
Pertaining to the length of international border, West Bengal ranks second in India.
It has international border with Bangladesh, Nepal and Bhutan.
Population-wise West Bengal ranks fourth in position and comprises about 4% of the total population of India.
West Bengal has the second highest population density (1029 persons per sq km) after Bihar.
Kolkata, the capital of West Bengal, is the second largest city in India (population wise).
It is the only state in India where both mountains (Himalayas) and seas are found.

Question 27.
Write about the neighbouring countries and states of West Bengal.
Answer:
Neighbouring Countries:
1. Nepal: It is located to the northwest of West Bengal with a total area of about 1,477,181 sq.km. The capital of Nepal is Kathmandu. The world’s highest peak, Mt. Everest (8,848m) is located in Nepal. The main river here is Kaligandaki.

2. Bhutan: Bhutan is located to the north of West Bengal with an area of about 46,500 sq.km. Its capital is Thimphu. The highest peak is Kulu Kangri and the longest river is Manas.

3. Bangladesh: Bangladesh is located on the eastern side of West Bengal. Its area is 1,48,309sq km. Dhaka is the capital of Bangladesh. The highest peak in Bangladesh is Keokradong and longest river is Padma Meghna.

Neighbouring states:
1. Bihar: Bihar is located to the west of West Bengal. The area is 94,163 sq km. Its capital is Patna. Besides the main river Ganga, other rivers are Kosi, Gandak, Son, etc.

2. Jharkhand: It is located on the western side of West Bengal. The area is 79,714 sq km. Its capital is Ranchi. The main river is Mayurakshi. This state is called the mineral resource store of India.

3. Assam: It is located to the east of West Bengal. Its total area is 78,523 sq km. Its capital is Dispur. The main river is Brahmaputra. The famous Majuli island has developed in this river.

4. Odisha: It is located in the southwestern side of West Bengal with an area of 1,55,782 sq km. Its capital is Bhubaneshwar. The main river is Mahanadi. Puri is a famous religious city and tourist centre of Odisha.

5. Sikkim: It is located on the northern part of West Bengal covering an area of 7,229 sq km. Its capital is Gangtok. The highest peak is the Kangchenjunga and the longest river is Teesta.

Question 28.
What do you mean by tourism industry? What are the causes of development of the tourism industry?
Answer:
Tourism industry: When people travel from one place to another for entertainment, leisure, business and educational purposes and attain satisfaction, it is called tourism. When development of infrastructural facilities like roads, hotels, resorts, etc., are made for such purposes, it is then considered as an industry. While the tourists benefit, many people get employment in this industry. About 12 lakh foreign tourists and more than 2 crores of other tourists visited West Bengal during 2011-12.

The reasons of development of tourism industry in West Bengal:

1. Diversity in physical environment: The lofty and majestic Himalayan mountains in the north and the beautiful Bay of Bengal to the south, the physical features of the western plateau provide an exquisite variety of natural or scenic beauty in West Bengal which has led to the development of tourism industry here.

2. Historical and cultural centres: The historical and cultural centres like Murshidabad, Kolkata, etc., attract tourists from different part of the world.

3. Transport facility: All the major tourist centres are connected with a good network of roads, railways, airways, water ways, air conditioned buses, helicopters, steamers, etc. These have benefited the tourists to travel from one place to another.

4. Development of hotel and resorts: New hotels and resorts have come up in historical places. Eco-resorts and tree houses are attracting tourists in the Terai and Dooars in the north and Sundarbans in the southern part of the state.

5. Tourist guides: The tourist guides make people aware of conservation of the Sundarbans area, importance of historical places and conservation of heritage sites, etc. They aid in the development of the tourism industry.

6. Local festivals: Sharadiya Festival of Kolkata, Poushmela of Santiniketan, Jagadhatri Puja of Chandannagar, Kolkata’s New Year celebration, etc., have led to development of the tourism industry.

Question 29.
What is Information Technology industry? What are the causes of development of IT industry in West Bengal?
Answer:
Collection of data, their analysis, research, change, modification by using computers and telecommunication is called the IT industry.

Main industries :

Production of software,
Telephone,
Data collection and its preservation or storage,
Exchange of data and information.

The causes of development of IT industry:

1. Human resource: Human resource is the main resource of this industry. The main human resources include brilliant students of Mathematics, English etc. Knowledge of software, hardware, etc., imparted to students from the school level have contributed to the development of this industry.

2. Vocational centres: In West Bengal, vocational training related to Information Technology is imparted in quite a number of reputed institutions. Many skilled workers are the products of these institutions.

3. Outsourcing: Most of the IT work comes from foreign countries. Thus, work of foreign countries can be done sitting at home in West Bengal itself. The profit earned by foreign countries is very large since the work is done at much cheaper rate.

4. Investment: The big companies like IBM, ICS, Infosys, Wipro, Siemens invest much capital in this industry. Besides them, other organisations have also come forward to invest nowadays.

5. Infrastructural development: The infrastructure and other amenities of Rajarhat, Salt Lake, Siliguri, Kalyani, etc., have been

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth

February 7, 2024February 3, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 4 Question Answer – Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
Which is the second highest peak in India?
Answer:
Mt. Kangchenjunga.

Question 2.
What is the topmost part of a mountain called?
Answer:
Peak.

Question 3.
The Himalayan mountains have originated from which geosyncline?
Answer:
Tethys.

Question 4.
Give an example of a volcano in India.
Answer:
Barren Island.

Question 5.
What is the average altitude of a mountain?
Answer:
1,000 metre.

Question 6.
What is block mountain called in German?
Answer:
Horst.

Question 7.
What is the upper part of a fold mountain called?
Answer:
Anticline.

Question 8.
Which is India’s largest plateau?
Answer:
Deccan Plateau.

Question 9.
Which is the largest delta in the world?
Answer:
Ganga-Brahmaputra Delta.

Question 10.
Which is the largest mountain chain in the world?
Answer:
The Andes.

Question 11.
Give an example of an erosional plateau in India?
Answer:
Chota Nagpur Plateau.

Question 12.
By which name is Pamir Plateau also known?
Answer:
‘Roof of the World’.

Question 13.
Which activity/movement leads to the formation of fold mountains?
Answer:
Orogeny.

Question 14.
Which is the highest peak of the Aravallis?
Answer:
Guru Shikhar.

Question 15.
Which activity/movement leads to the formation of rift valleys?
Answer:
Epeirogeny.

Question 16.
What is the intervening valley between two block mountains called?
Answer:
Rift valley.

Question 17.
What is an ancient plateau also known as?
Answer:
Shield.

Question 18.
What is the main reason for the formation of an uplifted plain?
Answer:
Geotectonic activity.

Question 19.
What is the meaning of ‘Deccan Trap’?
Answer:
Steps of the Deccan.

Question 20.
Which is the largest plain in the world?
Answer:
Siberian Plain.

Question 21.
Give an example of an exogenic force/agent of erosion.
Answer:
Work of a river/fluvial action.

Question 22.
Give an example of a block mountain in India.
Answer:
Satpuras.

Question 23.
Where are gr. abens seen?
Answer:
In the low-lyi ing basin between two faults.

Question 24.
What is Pang aea?
Answer:
The only lai idmass that existed in the ancient world.

Question 25.
Give examples of two mountain knots in Asia.
Answer:
Pamir Knot and, Armenian Knot.

Question 26.
Give an exam, ole of an ancient fold mountain.
Answer:
Caledonian mour itains of North America.

Question 27.
Give an example of a structural plain.
Answer:
Turan Lowland.

Question 28.
Give an example of a karst topography in India.
Answer:
Borra Caves in An dhra Pradesh.

Question 29.
What is the residual hill in a peneplain called?
Answer:
Monadnock.

Question 30.
In which geological period were the Himalayas formed?
Answer:
Tertiary.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What are landforms? What are the major landforms on the earth’s surface?
Answer:
Landforms are the outer appearances on the earth’s surface with typical geometric shapes and physical features resulting from weathering and erosion carried out by different agents like rivers (fluvial), glaciers, wind, waves. The major landforms on the earth’s surface are mountains, plateaus and plains. Notable examples in India are the Himalayas, the Deccan Plateau and the Indo-Gangetic Plain respectively.

Question 2.
What are geotectonic activities?
Answer:
The tectonic disturbances/activities originating under the earth’s crust (in the interior) that lead to the formation of primary relief features or landforms on the earth’s surface are known: as geotectonic activities. These are of two types-1. epeirogenic, and 2. orogenic movem ents.

Question 3.
What are epeirogenic movements?
Answer:
The vertical movemerits on the earth’s crust due to tectonic activities in the earth’s interior are known as epeirogenic movement. Faults are created on the earth’s crust and certain parts of it either move up or down as a result of such movements.

Question 4.
What are orogenic movements?
Answer:
The horizontal movements on the earth’s crust due to tectonic activities in the earth’s interior are known as orogenic movements.
They are also called mountain-building movements. Fold mount ains are formed and the crust is deform ed due to such movements. The Himalaya in-Alpine orogeny is a classic example of this ..

Question 5.
What is meant by isostat ic imbalance?
Answer:
The different landform s (like mountains, plateaus and plains) exist on the earth’s surface while maintaini ng a certain balance among each other, known as isostatic balance (since the ear th’s solid crust floats on the viscous mant le below it). If this balance is disturbed (fue to some reason, the movement that follows is known as isostatic imbalance.

Question 6.
What is meant by gec icentric or endogenic process?
Answer:
The initial process wt iereby the landforms are formed (relief of the 1st order) is known as geocentric or enclogenic process. For example, geotectonic activity, volcanicity, plate movement occur suddenly in the earth’s interior and ha je their influence on the landforms of the e-arth’s crust.

Question 7.
What is exogenic or ext erior process?
Answer:
The different forces of: nature or agents of erosion which act on the earth’s outer surface are called texogenic or exterior processes. For example, weathering and erosion. Since they a re acting continuously over a long period of time, they play a major role in forming different types of landform on the earth’s crust.

Question 8.
What are fold mountains?
Answer:
When the sediments of the ocean floor come under pressure and are crumpled up due to orogenic movement, they are uplifted to form fold mountains (having peaks). For example, the Himalayas, the Rockies, the Andes, the Alps etc.

Question 9.
What are ancient/old and young fold mountains?
Answer:
The fold mountains which are very old according to geological age have been affected by erosion over millenia and, as a result, their heights have decreased. For example, the Aravalli in India. On the other hand, the young fold mountains have formed much later according to geological age and they are higher than the old fold mountains. For example, the lofty Himalayas.

Question 10.
What is plate margin?
Answer:
Large parts of the earth’s crust which are constantly moving and constitute the continent and ocean floors are called plates. The margin or border of two such plates is called plate margin.

Question 11.
What are the different types of plate margins?
Answer:
There are mainly 3 types of plate margins

converging or destructive plate margins (plates moving towards each other)
diverging or constructive plate margins (plates moving away from each other)
transform or conservative or parallel plate margins (plates moving or sliding along each other, but in opposite directions) and are neither destructive nor constructive in nature.

Question 12.
What are suture lines?
Answer:
The margin where two continental plates meet and join each other is known as a suture line. Fold mountains are formed along such lines and the mountains gradually increase in height with further lateral pressure exerted by the plate movements (moving towards each other).

Question 13.
What is a geosyncline?
Answer:
The long and narrow portions of the sea floor where there is continuous deposition of sediments (such as silt, sand, pebbles) are called geosynclines. Due to lateral/ horizontal pressure coming from both sides, the sediments are crumpled up and form fold mountains. For example, the young fold mountains of the Himalayas have formed in such a geosyncline (called the Tethys Sea).

Question 14.
What are erosional mountains?
Answer:
When high and extensive rocky landmasses are subjected to erosion by various forces of nature (like weathering, river, wind), the residual/remaining part of such mountains are called erosional or residual mountains. They are much lower in height but retain the features of a mountain. For example, the Aravalli Hills in India.

Question 15.
What is a depositional or aggradational hill?
Answer:
Molten magma comes out from beneath the earth’s surface through cracks and fissures, as a result of tectonic movement. Over time, layers of magma accumulate over each other, forming a hill. For example, Mt. Fujiyama of Japan.

Question 16.
What is fault?
Answer:
Due to the alternative processes of expansion and contraction occurring during epeirogenic movements, cracks are formed on the rock layers of the earth. If the adjacent rock layers separate along these almost vertical cracks and get displaced, they give rise to faults.

Question 17.
What are block mountains or horst?
Answer:
When a block of landmass is uplifted along a fault as a result of epeirogenic movement, it forms a flat-topped hill called block mountain. For example, the Satpura Hill of India, Vosges of France, Black Forest of Germany.

Question 18.
What is a rift valley or graben?
Answer:
When a block of landmass subsides along two faults as a result of epeirogenic movements, this subsided block is called a rift valley or graben. For example, the Narmada river of India, lying adjacent to the Satpura hills, and the Rhine river valley of Germany, which lies between the Vosges and Black Forest block mountains.

Question 19.
What is an intermontane plateau?
Answer:
When fold mountains are formed as a result of tectonic activity, the intervening low land, lying between high fold mountains is known as an intermontane plateau. For example, the Plateau of Tibet lying between the Himalayas and Kunlun mountains.

Question 20.
Where do you find dissected plateaus in India?
Answer:
Parts of Chota Nagpur Plateau, Deccan Plateau and Meghalaya Plateau are dissected plateaus.

Question 21.
What is the Deccan Trap?
Answer:
The step-like landform seen in the Deccan Plateau is known as Deccan Trap. The Swedish term ‘trap’ means ‘step’. Such a landform has developed as a result of erosion for a long time on the basaltic rocks (formed due to lava accumulation through fissure eruption).

Question 22.
Where are depositional or aggradational plains found in India?
Answer:
In the northwestern part of the Deccan Plateau (including Maharashtra Plateau) and covering a large part of south India, we find depositional plains formed as a result of accumulation of lava (due to fissure eruption from beneath the earth’s surface) and basically formed of basaltic rocks.

Question 23.
Where are flood plains found in India?
Answer:
In the lower reaches and also in the middle courses of the main rivers of North India, we find flood plains. For example, on both sides of river Ganges, viz., near Patna and Munger in Bihar.

Question 24.
What is a plain?
Answer:
A large expanse of land, having gentle undulations, at the sea level or at a slightly higher altitude (less than 300 m), is called a plain. For example, the Ganges Plains.

Question 25.
Where would you find the world’s largest delta?
Answer:
The world’s largest delta is found between the lower reaches of rivers Ganges and Brahmaputra.

Question 26.
What is meant by uplifted plain?
Answer:
When a plain is formed as a result of the upliftment of any existing plain, as a result of tectonic activity, it is known as an uplifted plain.

Question 27.
What is meant by subdued plain?
Answer:
When any highland (having the characteristics of a plain) subsides to a lower level due to tectonic activity, it forms a subdued plain.

Question 28.
What is a pediment?
Answer:
In the arid (dry) or desert area, we find a gently sloping foothill zone formed by accumulation of sediments consisting of boulders and pebbles. This region is known as a pediment. ‘Pedi’ means foothill and ‘mont’ means hill or mountain. For example, pediments are formed in the foothill region of the Atlas mountains in North Africa.

Question 29.
What is a mountain peak?
Answer:
The high conical top of a mountain is called its peak. For example, Mt. Everest (8,848 m above sea level) is the highest peak of the Himalayas. A mountain may have several peaks.

Question 30.
What are anticlines and synclines?
Answer:
The upper parts of a fold mountain are called anticlines and the lower parts (valleys) are called synclines.

Question 31.
What is a shield?
Answer:
An ancient plateau (created about 100 crore years ago) which has formed due to agelong weathering and erosional processes acting upon the initial landmass is known as a shield. They are geologically stable. For example, the Canadian and Brazilian Shields.

Question 32.
What are flood plains?
Answer:
When the river is in spate, the water overflows its banks on either side and the lowlying tracts of land get flooded. Later on, when the water recedes, the silt carried by this water settles down on these plains, giving rise to fertile flood plains on either side of the river. For example, the Ganges Plains (in the middle and lower courses of the river).

Question 33.
Write a note on the importance of plains.
Answer:

Agriculture is extensively carried out in the plains.
Transport lines can easily be constructed on the plains because of the flat land and soft soil.
Since agriculture and transport are developed here, industries can be developed on the plains.
About 90 % of the world’s population lives in the plains.

Question 34.
Why is ‘peneplain’ named so?
Answer:
When an ancient plateau is subjected to age-long weathering and erosion by various agents like rivers, winds, it is reduced to a lower level and looks almost like a plain. Such landforms are called ‘peneplains’ (meaning ‘almost a plain’). Most of the area is a flat, level land, with low hills called monadnocks scattered here and there. For example, parts of the Chota Nagpur Plateau is a peneplain.

Question 35.
Why is Pamir called the ‘Roof of the World’?
Answer:
Pamir is the world’s highest plateau with an average altitude of 4,800 m above sea level. This plateau has an almost flat top wih steep slopes on all sides resembling a roof. This is why Pamir is called the ‘Roof of the World’.

Question 36.
Give examples of one uplifted and one subdued plain.
Answer:
1. Uplifted plain: The coastal plain of Gulf of Mexico.
2. Subdued plain: The plain of Turan.

Question 37.
What is the Tethys Sea?
Answer:
According to geologists, from the later part of the Carboniferous period till the early part of the Cretaceous period, the Tethys Sea was located in between Gondwanaland to the south and Laurasia or Angaraland to the north. Later on, the sediments deposited in the bed of sea gave rise to the formation of the Himalayas (a young fold mountain range) as a result of plate movements.

Question 38.
What is a monadnock?
Answer:
Some low altitude conical hills scattered in a peneplain, which stand out because they are made up of hard resistant rocks, are called monadnocks. For example, Susunia Hill, Tagore Hill of Chota Nagpur Plateau.

Question 39.
What is meant by geotectonic disturbance or diastrophism?
Answer:
When any part of the earth’s surface is uplifted or subsides as a result of tectonic activity, it is called a geotectonic disturbance. This happens as a resuit of tectonic disturbance and isostatic or eustatic disturbance. Epeirogenic and orogenic (mountain-building movement) movements cause changes in the landforms on the earth’s surface.

Question 40.
What is a caldera?
Answer:
The opening through which volcanic ash, lava, and gases gush out during a volcanic eruption is called a crater. A large-sized opening is called a caldera. Sometimes a crater may collapse and subside to from a caldera.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 1

Question 41.
Why is a convergent plate margin known as a destructive plate margin?
Answer:
When two tectonic plates move towards each other, the margin or margin is called convergent plate margin. If a heavier plate (viz., an oceanic plate made up of sima) slides under a lighter plate (viz., a continental plate made up of sial), the sediments on its margins get crumpled up and give rise to fold mountains. Parts of the heavier plate may subside and enter the semi-molten magma below where the solid part of the plate (crust) is melted down and lost. These areas are also prone to earthquakes. This is the reason why they are known as destructive plates.

Question 42.
What is meant by a hotspot?
Answer:
Parts of some weak or thin plates lying in the central part of the plates become very hot as a result of radioactivity taking place there. Later on, as a result of uprising convection currents, magma may force its way upwards and this lava may form volcanic mountains. There are about 25 such hotspots all over the earth’s surface.

Question 43.
What are the ‘Pillars of Light’, located in the Mediterranean Sea?
Answer:
In the Lipari Island of Italy in the Mediterranean Sea, frequent volcanic eruptions occur from the volcanic mountain known as Stromboli. This light can be seen from great distances during the night. The sailors of the ships during ancient times plying on the Mediterranean Sea used to determine their direction with reference to these lights. Thus, they are known as ‘Pillars of Light’.

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1
How are volcanic mountains formed?
Answer:
The factors that lead to the formation of volcanic mountains are as follows-
1. When magma comes out through the weak zones of two converging tectonic plates, it forms volcanic mountains.
2. When a gap is created between two diverging tectonic plates, magma comes out from below to fill up this gap, resulting in the formation of volcanic mountains.
3. In some cases, magma comes out through the hotspots (i.e., centres of radioactivity). The upward movement of this magma is facilitated by the upward moving convection currents generated in the mantle below the earth’s crust. Examples of such volcanic mountains are-Mt. Fujiyama in Japan, Mt. Vesuvius in Italy, Barren Islands in India. These mountains become increasingly high as a result of further volcanic activity and accumulation of lava in those regions.

Question 2
Classify volcanic mountains based on the nature of volcanic activity. Give examples.
Answer:
Volcanic mountains can be classified into three majors categories based on the nature of volcanic activity. It is shown in the following table-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 2

Question 3
What are the characteristics of volcanic mountains?
Answer:
The features of volcanic mountains are-

Shape: They are usually conical or triangular in shape.
Presence of a crater: A big opening on the top or peak of the mountain is usually present, which is known as a crater.
Multiple craters: Larger volcanic mountains may have more than one crater or multiple craters.
Connection between the crater and the mantle in the inner depths of the earth: The crater is connected by an elongated pipe-like structure to the magma chamber of the mantle at greater depths below it.
Slope: A volcanic mountain has steep slopes on all sides.
Altitude: The volcanic mountains are of medium height.

Question 4.
How are glacial plains and loess plains formed?
Answer:
Formation of glacial plains: The sediments called moraines consisting of gravels, pebbles, cobbles and rock fragments, which have been brought down by moving glaciers and deposited at the foothills, form glacial plain. The Prairies of North America and the European Plains have been formed in this manner.
Formation of loess plains: Fine particles of sand and silt, blown by winds, are transported to distant places and deposited in lowlying places, thereby forming loess plains. The fine sand particles from the Gobi desert of Central Asia, being blown away by winds and carried away to the distant Hwang Ho basin of China, get deposited and form loess plains there.

Question 5.
What are the influences of mountains on human life?
Answer:
Mountains play a vital role in human life. Some of these are-
1. Dense forests provide rich resources in high mountainous regions.
2. Hydroelectricity is generated from swiftflowing mountain rivers.
3. High mountains act as a climatic barrier and play a major role in controlling the climate of any region, including temperature (by preventing cold winds from entering the country) and rainfall (by causing relief or orographic rainfall on the windward side of a mountain). A glaring example of this is the Himalayas influencing the climate of India.
4. Lumbering, animal husbandry and livestock rearing, tourism, etc., flourish in mountainous regions though agriculture is not possible here due to the rough terrain (except in case of terrace farming on mountain slopes).
5. Population is sparse in these areas as steep slopes and rocky terrain make construction of roads difficult. Lack of accessibility hampers the growth of big settlements in these mountainous regions.

Question 6.
Delineate the causes of formation of plateaus.
Answer:
The following three major causes lead to the formation of plateaus-
1. Geotectonic activity: The ancient landmasses on the earth’s crust separate and move away from each other and gain in height as a result of plate movements. These higher landmasses form plateaus. For example, the Arabian Plateau, the Deccan Plateau in south India, etc.

2. Weathering and erosion (due to various agents): Landmasses of higher altitudes are worn down and reduced in height due to the combined effect of weathering and erosion by water, wind, solar insolation, glaciers, etc. As a result, plateaus are formed which are usually flat (tableland) in nature with scattered hills and low peaks here and there. For example, the Chota Nagpur plateau in eastern India.

3. Deposition/Accumulation of lava: Magma or lava from beneath the earth’s crust comes out through cracks or fissures present in the crust. On coming in contact with the atmosphere, they cool down and solidify as horizontal layers of rocks and form lava plateaus. For example, the lava plateau of northwestern Deccan Plateau.

Question 7
What is the influence of plateaus on human life?
Answer:
Plateaus have various influences on human life. Some of these are-
1. Most of the ancient plateaus are rich in mineral resources, e.g., Chota Nagpur Plateau in India, the Canadian Shield, etc.
2. Hydroelectricity can be generated from swift-flowing rivers which flow along the steep slopes of plateaus, viz., most of the big rivers flowing through the Deccan Plateau are utilised for generating hydroelectricity.
3. Due to the uneven and rocky nature of the plateaus, agricultural activity is hampered.

Question 8
Why are plateaus rich in mineral resources?
Answer:
The plateaus which are formed by igneous or metamorphic rocks, are usually rich in mineral resources. When the molten magma comes out and spreads horizontally on the earth’s surface in layers and begins to cool, minerals like iron ore, aluminium, etc., consitituting these solidified rocks are formed here.
Again, minerals like gold, silver, copper are formed in the plateau regions constituted by metamorphic rocks.
The Chota Nagpur Plateau in India is rich in such mineral resources and thus this region is known as the ‘Mineral Reserve of India’.

Question 9.
Why are fossils found in fold mountains?
Answer:
The sediments deposited under the sea have remains of dead plants and animals embedded within their layers. When these sediments are pressurised, they eventually transform into rocks. Later on, these sedimentary rocks are prone to horizontal pressure from either side and they crumble up and form fold mountains. Thus the fold mountains composed of such sedimentary rocks have fossils embedded in them.

Question 10.
Discuss the characteristics of block mountains with examples.
Answer:
The characteristics of block mountains are as follows –
1. When the earth’s crust between two fault lines is forced to rise up (due to horizontal pressure from either side) it forms a block mountain or horst. The lowlying parts on either side are called rift valleys or graben. For example, the Satpura range is a horst and the rivers Narmada and Tapi flow along the rift valleys on either side.
2. When the part of the earth’s crust subsides along two faults lines, due to divergent forces, a rift valley or garben is formed. For example, the river Rhine in Germany flows along such a rift valley and the Black Forest and Vosges represent the block mountains or horst on either side of it.
3. Block mountains have steep slopes and flattened tops.
4. The height and extent of block mountains are moderate and these mountains are devoid of peaks.

Question 11.
Mention any three types of plateaus with examples.
Answer :
Three types of plateaus and their respective examples are as follows-

Name of Plateau	Example
1. Intermontane plateau	Tibetan Plateau, Iranian Plateau
2. Dissected or erosional/residual plateau	Chota Nagpur Plateau, parts of Karnataka Plateau (Malnad) of India
3. Lava plateau	Deccan Trap in south India, Columbia Snake Plateau in USA

Question 12.
How are volcanic or depositional/ accumulative mountains formed? Give examples.
Answer:
Molten magma comes out to the earth’s surface through some deep cracks or channels as a result of differential heating in the earth’s interior, movement of continental and oceanic plates, earthquakes, etc. In due course of time, this lava accumulates in and around such openings and gradually increases in height, leading to the formation of mountains. For example, Mt. Fujiyama in Japan, Mt. Vesuvius in Italy, etc.

Question 13
What are rift valleys/grabens and block mountains/horsts?
Answer:
Rift Valleys/Grabens: When the surface of the earth between two adjacent fault lines vertically subsides to a lower level, it forms a rift valley or graben. For example, the Rhine valley in Germany lying between the two horsts, Black Forest and Vosges on either side, is a rift valley or graben.
Block Mountains/Horsts: When the surface of the earth between two fault lines is forced to rise above the existing level, forming a mountain, it is called block mountain or horst. For example, the Satpuras in India.
Both of these dominant landforms are formed as a result of faults.

Question 14.
What are the features of erosional/ residual mountains?
Answer:
Following are the features of erosional/ residual mountains-

The extent of this type of mountain is limited
they are low in height
they have gentle slopes since erosion takes place over a long period of time
the mountain tops are rounded or dome-shaped,
these mountains are made up of all three types of rocks
they are made up of hard and resistant ancient rocks.

Question 15.
What are the characteristics of intermontane plateaus?
Answer:
Intermontane plateaus formed as a result of tectonic movements have the following characteristics-

This type of plateau is usually surrounded by fold mountains.
These plateaus attain great heights.
They are usually formed by sedimentary rocks.
These plateaus are high and are structurally complex. For example, Plateau of Tibet, Plateau of Anatolia, etc.

Question 16.
What is Benioff Zone?
Answer:
As a result of the horizontal movement of two plates, when the heavier plate subsides or goes under the lighter plate, that area or zone is called the subduction zone or Benioff Zone. This zone has been named after the scientist Benioff.
Characteristics: Melting down of solid plates (comprising the earth’s crust), convection currents in the magma (present in the mantle), earthquakes and volcanicity are all common features of this zone.
Example: As a result of the horizontal movement of the Eurasian plate towards the Pacific Oceanic plate, the heavier Pacific Oceanic plate has gone under the Eurasian continental plate and formed a Benioff Zone here.

Question 17.
What is the ‘Pacific Ring of Fire’?
Answer:
The majority of the world’s volcanoes are situated around the Pacific Ocean. Out of these, about 500 active volcanoes (about 70 per cent of the world’s volcanoes) are situated all around the Pacific Ocean like a ring. When these volcanoes erupt (quite frequently) it seems to resemble a ring of fire. This circular belt of volcanoes extend from South America’s Cape Horn to the Andes mountains, via the Rocky Mountains of North America and then extend to the west through the Aleutian Islands, Kamchatka Peninsula, Japan and Philippines.

Question 18.
Why are volcanic mountain regions prone to earthquakes?
Answer:
Earthquakes are common in volcanic mountainous regions because–
1. When volcanic mountains are formed along the margins of converging or destructive plates, two plates collide and this results in the occurrence of earthquakes.
2. When hot and molten magma comes out from the asthenosphere or mantle in the gap created by two diverging plates, earthquakes may occur due to its pressure.
3. When volcanic mountains are formed in the hotspot zones, magma, gases, etc., come out from the interior of the earth towards the earth’s surface. The resulting upward force and pressure make these areas prone to earthquakes.

Question 19
Why are volcanic or igneous matter found in fold mountain regions?
Answer:
The front portion of the heavier oceanic plate slides under the lighter continental plate at about 30°-80° angular plane. As a result, the sediments in this colliding zone buckle up under pressure and form fold mountains. At the same time, the portion of the solid oceanic plate which goes beneath to reach the mantle, is heated up and melts. This molten magma comes up to the earth’s crust in this subduction zone, where fold mountains are in the process of formation. This is the reason why volcanic or igneous matter is found here.

Question 20.
Why are erosional mountains also known as residual mountains?
Answer:
The landforms are sculpted and altered over a long period of time under the influence of different physical factors which cause weathering and erosion. Due to this, the higher mountainous areas formed of relatively weaker and softer rocks are eroded and reduced to mountains with lower altitudes. On the other hand, the harder resistant rocks of the mountains are less eroded and stand out as smaller mountains or uplands. The mountains which are reduced by erosion to lower levels or heights are therefore known as erosional or residual mountains or hills. The ancient mountains like the Aravallis in India, Appalachians in North America are the type of mountains which have been reduced in height due to erosion over the ages.

Write the differences between the following –

Question 1.
Hills and Mountains
Answer:
The difference between hills and mountains are as follows-

Points of diference	Hills	Mountains
1. Height	Hills are usually 300-1,000 metre above sea level.	Mountains are usually more than 1,000 metre above sea level.
2. Slope	The slopes of hills are relatively moderate (less steep).	The slopes of mountains are relatively high (steep to very steep).
3. Extent	Hills are lesser in extent, for example, Susunia Hills in West Bengal, India.	Mountain are larger in extent, for example, the Himalayan mountains in India.

Question 2
Mountains, Plateaus and Plains
Answer:
The differences between mountains, plateaus and plains are as follows-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 4

Question 3
Fold mountain and Block mountain
Answer:
The differences between fold mountain and block mountain are as follows-

Points of difference	Fold Mountain	Block Mountcin
1. Origin	Due to orogenic movement, the sediments in the ocean floor come under lateral pressure and are crumpled, thus giving rise to fold mountains.	Due to epeirogenic movement, landmasses move vertically upwards between two fault lines and form block mountains.
2. Upper part	These are rugged and conical in shape.	It is almost a flat or slightly undulating landform.
3. Altitude	Fold mountains are relatively high, for example, the Himalayan mountains in India.	Block mountains are relatively low, for example, the Satpura range in India.

Question 4
Endogenic and Exogenic process
Answer:
The differences between endogenic and exogenic processes are as follows-

Points of difference	Endogenic Process	Exogenic Process
1. Concept	Internal forces originating in the earth’s interior which influence the primary relief features on the earth’s surface are called endogenic processes.	Physical forces on the surface (like water, wind, glacier, sea waves, etc.) that modify the landform features on the earth’s surface are called exogenic processes.
2. Time taken	These processes act slowly or suddenly, for example, plate movement (slow) and volcanicity (sudden).	These processes act slowly and continuously, for example, landforms produced as a result of weathering and erosion.
3. Landform	Major landforms on the earth’s crust are formed (original or initial landforms) by this process.	Major changes occur in the main landforms of the earth (modified landforms) by this process.

Question 5
Depositional or Aggradational mountain and Erosional or Degradational mountain
Answer :
The differences between depositional/aggradational mountain and erosional/degradational mountain are as follows-

Points of difference	Depositional/Aggradational Mountain	Erosional/Degradational Mountain
1. Origin	Molten magma comes up from beneath the earth’s surface and gets accumulated as lava deposits on the earth’s surface after cooling and solidifying, forming this type of mountain.	An ancient mountainous region is subjected to weathering and erosion by various agents like rivers, wind, etc., and its altitude is reduced. These are erosional mountains.
2. Appearance	These are usually conical in shape.	These are usually dome-shaped.
3. Change in altitude	With further volcanic eruptions, such mountains gain in height, for example, Mt. Vesuvius of Italy.	These mountains gradually decrease in height, for example, the Aravalli Hills of India.

Question 6
Epeirogenic movement and Orogenic movement
Answer:
The differences between epeirogenic and orogenic movements are as follows-

Points of difference	Epeirogenic Movement	Orogenic Movement
1. Definition	The movements which result in formation of continents are known as epeirogenic movements.	The movements which result in the formation of fold mountains (by folding of sediments or rock layers) are known as orogenic movements.
2. Nature	It is a type of vertical movement.	It is a type of horizontal movement.
3. Change in rock layers	Vertical upliftment or subsidence of rock layers takes place in this case.	Rock layers are displaced horizontally in this case.
4. Contraction and expansion	Rocks are not subject to contraction or expansion in this case.	Rocks are subject to contraction and expansion in this case.
5. Effect	Faults, cracks and fissures are formed.	Different types of folds are formed.
6. Resultant landforms	Block mountains, rift valleys, seas, plateaus, etc., are formed.	Mainly fold mountains are formed.

Question 7.
Volcanic and Erosional mountains
Answer:
The differences between volcanic and erosional mountains are as follows-

Points of difference	Volcanic Mountain	Erosional Mountain
1. Causes of Formation	When hot molten magma comes out from beneath the earth’s surface through a vent and cools down and solidifies on the surface, this type of mountain is formed.	As a result of weathering and erosion carried out by different agents like rivers, glaciers, wind, etc., the original mountains are reduced in height, and these are called erosional mountains.
2. Type of rocks	These mountains are made up of igneous rocks only.	These mountains are usually made up of igneous and metamorphic rocks, and also sedimentary rocks.
3. Age	The age of these mountains ranges from young to old.	These mountains are usually ancient
4. Altitude	Their altitude gradually increases with further volcanic activity and subsequent deposits.	Their altitude gradually decreases as a result of continuous weathering and erosion.
5. Appearance	They are usually conical or domeshaped.	They are usually flat-topped or rounded in shape.
6. Forces required for formation	These are formed as a result of tectonic forces (endogenic) acting below the earth’s surface.	Exogenic forces of weathering and erosion-physical agents like rivers, glaciers, wind, etc., are instrumental in the formation of these mountains.

Give reasons for the following –

Question 1.
Most of the world’s population resides in plains.
Answer:
The reasons why most of the world’s population reside in plains are as follows-
1. Availability of water: Since the major perennial rivers flow over the plains, there is constant supply of drinking water, water for domestic purposes, water to be used for irrigation and industrial purposes, etc.
2. Job opportunities: Due to the easy availability of fertile soil, flat land, developed transport system, etc., there is ample scope for agricultural pursuit and industrial development, and hence a lot of job opportunities.
3. Advantages of infrastructure: Since settlements have developed on the flat land, infrastructural facilities like education and health facilities, and a proper transport system have developed.

Question 2.
Settlements do not come up near volcanic mountains.
Answer:
The reasons are as follows-

Possibility of volcanic eruptions: Volcanic eruptions can occur at any time from active and dormant volcanoes, leading to huge loss of life and property.
Prone to earthquakes: Since these areas are tectonically unstable, plate movements happening here lead to earthquakes which cause disasters.
Infertile soil: As a result of accumulation of lava and ash, the soil is rendered infertile and hence not conducive for cultivation and as such, growth of settlements.

Question 3.
Heavy industries cannot develop in mountainous areas.
Answer:
The reasons are as follows-
1. Rugged topography: Transport and communication lines are difficult to construct on such landforms.
2. Sparse settlements: Due to the rugged topography, cold climate, infertile soil, etc., very few settlements come up in such areas. As a result, industry based products have a very low demand here.
3. Other obstacles: Lack of sufficient funds, dearth of advanced technology, etc., have hindered growth of industries here.

Question 4.
Fold mountain regions are prone to earthquakes.
Answer:
The reasons are as follows-
1. Plate movements: When two convergent tectonic plates collide, fold mountains are formed in the plate margin area and the area is thus prone to earthquakes.
2. Upliftment: When the plates move, the folded mountains that are formed rise gradually and these areas are prone to frequent earthquakes.
3. Landslides: When landslides occur in high fold mountains, earthquakes may occur under its influence.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Describe the different types of geotectonic movements.
Answer:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 5

The different physical phenomena and processes giving rise to various landforms and their continuous evolution and change are known as geotectonic movements or processes. They may be categorised as-

Endogenic Process: The slow as well as the sudden changes occurring on the earth’s surface as a result of the force or pressure created in the earth’s interior is known as endogenic process. It has been derived from the Greek word ‘endon’ meaning interior or inside. These processes may again be divided into two categories- 1. slow movement or process, and 2. sudden movement.

1. Slow movement or process: The movements in the earth’s interior, giving rise to slow movements or processes in sculpting and changing the landform features on the earth’s surface, are slow movements or processes. They are of two types-
Epeirogenic movement: The movements which are responsible for the formation of continents and oceans are called epeirogenic movements. It has been derived from the Greek word ‘epeiros’ meaning continent. These movements or processes act in a vertical manner and give rise to faults on the earth’s surface.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 6

Orogenic movement: The movements which cause the folding of rocks and formation of fold mountains are called orogenic movements. It has been derived from the Greek word ‘oros’ meaning mountain. The force or pressure acts in a horizontal or lateral manner in this case.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 7

2. Sudden movement: The movements take place very rapidly and all of a sudden. Earthquakes and volcanicity are caused due to such type of movements.

Exogenic Process: The different physical features aiding in weathering and erosion and deposition, resulting in the evolution of landforms, form the exogenic process. It has been derived from the Greek word ‘exo’ meaning exterior or outside. The major exogenic processes are-
1. Weathering: The fragmentation and chemical reactions of rocks due to the action of various climatic factors (like temperature, rainfall, etc.) is called weathering. Mechanical and chemical weathering are the two major types.

2. Mass wasting: When the fragments of rocks, pebbles, mud, etc., slide down the mountain or hill slopes due to gravity, the process is called mass wasting.

3. Erosion: The process whereby various agents of erosion like river, glacier, wind, sea wave, etc., act on the landform, resulting in its modification (viz., formation of mountains, plateaus, plains, etc.), is called erosion. The process of erosion involves both weathering and transportation of the fragmented rocks, pebbles, etc.

4. Deposition: When the action of physical agents (like river, glacier, wind, sea waves, etc.) bring about the aggradation and modification of landforms, the process is called deposition. For example, the formation of loess plains by the action of winds.

Question 2.
Discuss the formation of fold mountains in relation to Plate Tectonic Theory.
Answer:
The Plate Tectonic Theory was first propagated by a French scientist Xavier Le Pichon in 1968. The main idea behind this theory is that the earth’s crust is made up of a number of large plates which are on an average about 100 km in depth and each of them extend over lakhs of kilometre. The plates comprising the continents are called continental plates and those of the ocean floors are called oceanic plates. These solid crustal plates are floating on the mantle which is in a viscous state. Due to the convection currents circulating in the mantle and other tectonic movements that these plates move continuously. As a result, in the plate margin areas, various landforms have formed. Usually there are 3 types of plate margins –
1. Converging plate margin: The plates move towards each other along this plate margin.

2. Diverging plate margin: The plates move away from each other along this plate margin.
3. Transform plate margin: The adjacent plates move along each other in a parallel manner (but in opposite directions) along this plate margin.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 8

Converging plate margins are mainly of 3 types –

1. When two continental plates move towards each other, it is called continentalcontinental plate margin.
2. When one continental and one oceanic plate move towards each other, it is called continental-oceanic plate margin.
3. When two oceanic plates move towards each other, it is called oceanic-oceanic plate margin.
Out of these three types, the first two plate margin movements are responsible for the formation of fold mountains. The process of formation of fold mountains are as follows-

1. Continental-Continental plate margin: A narrow and shallow seabed lying between two continental plates is called a geosyncline. Rivers and streams from both the adjoining continents deposit their silt on this seabed and gradually fill it up. As the converging continental plates come closer, the geosyncline narrows down and the intervening sediments come under great pressure resulting in crumpling up and folding of these sediments in the geosyncline. This is how fold mountains are formed.

For example, when the Indian Plate and the Eurasian Plate moved towards each other, the sediment of the Tethys Sea lying in between was subjected to pressure from both sides and was forced to crumple and rise to form folds, resulting in the formation of the Himalayan mountain ranges.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 9

2. Continental-Oceanic plate margin: When the continental and oceanic plates approach each other, the heavier oceanic plate subsides below the lighter continental plate in a downward bend (like a bow) along the plate margin (see Fig. 4.6). This zone is called subduction zone or Benioff Zone. Consequently, as the two plates come nearer to each other, the lateral or horizontal pressure exerted is so much that the sediments deposited in the plate margin are crumpled up and they rise upwards, resulting in the formation of fold mountains. For example, the Rocky Mountains have been formed as a result of folding of the sediments along the margin of the American Plate (continental plate) and Pacific Plate (oceanic plate).

Question 3.
Define mountains and classify them.
Answer:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 10

Rocky regions extending over vast areas, with an average height of over 1,000 metre above sea level and having peaks are called mountains. For example, the Himalayas, Vindhyas and Satpura mountain ranges in India.

Classification: Mountains can by broadly divided into 4 types –
1. Fold mountains: When the sediments on the ocean floor are subjected to lateral pressure due to tectonic movements, they are compressed, folded and forced to rise up and form fold mountains. The higher convex parts of these mountains are called anticlines and the lower concave parts are called synclines.
On the basis of origin, fold mountains are mainly of two types-

Ancient/Old fold mountains: Examples of such mountains are the Aravallis in India, Appalachian mountain ranges of United States of America, etc.
Young fold mountains: Examples of such mountains are the Himalayas in India, Alps in Europe and the Rocky Mountains in North America.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 11

2. Volcanic mountains: When molten magma comes out from the earth’s interior through cracks and fissures, and after cooling down accumulates to great heights, they form volcanic mountains. They are also called depositional mountains. For example, Fujiyama in Japan and Mt. Vesuvius in Italy, etc.

On the basis of their shape, different types of volcanic mountains, like conical, domeshaped etc., have formed all over the world. Again, on the basis of the kind and frequency of volcanic activity, such mountains can be classified as extinct, dormant and active volcanoes.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 12

3. Block mountains: When any part of the earth’s surface is forced upwards between two faults on either sides of it, they form flat-topped block mountains or horsts. For example, the Black Forest and Vosges rise much above their adjacent Rhine valley. The Satpuras in India is another example of block mountain.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 13

4. Erosional Mountain: When any fold mountain, block mountain or upland area is reduced in elevation due to weathering and erosion by various agents such as rivers, wind, glaciers over a long time, it forms erosional or residual mountains. For example, the Aravallis in India and Henry Mountains in North America.

Question 4.
Describe the different stages of formation of fold mountains.
Answer :
According to geologists, many fold mountains were formed throughout the world, known as ancient or old fold mountains, before the formation of the young fold mountains of recent geological age like the Himalayas and the Alps. The fold mountains were formed basically in three stages and there was an intervening break or inactive period between two such stages. These stages were-

1. Silurian and Devonian Period: According to geological time scale, it was some time in the mid-Paleozoic era, i.e., between the Silurian and Devonian sub-periods (37.2 million to 44.5 million years ago) that the Atlantic Ocean was compressed as a result of the two converging plates of America and Europe. The mountain created as a result of folding is known as the Caledonian Fold Mountains. It is as a result of this that fold mountains have also developed in northern Ireland, Scotland and Scandinavian islands. After this, there was a period of lull when no activity took place.

2. Carboniferous Period: At the end of the Paleozoic era in the sub-period of Carboniferous and Permean (29 to 35 million years ago), the Altyde (Hercynian) fold mountains were developed as a result of crumpling up of sediments. The American and Hercynian mountains located in the southern part of Caledonian Fold Mountains in Europe and the Appalachian Mountains in North America were formed during this period. The Ural Mountains in Russia and Tien Shan and Nan Shan mountains in Asia were also formed during this time.

3. Tertiary Period: Folds also developed during the Tertiary period (2 million to 6.6 million years ago) after the Altyde orogeny (mountain-building era). As a result, new mountain ranges were formed in the southern part of Altyde mountain ranges and these are called Alpine orogeny. The Alps, Himalayas, Rockies and Andes mountain ranges were all formed during this period. The old fold mountain ranges are now reduced to lower heights as a result of erosion by different physical factors over a long time. They have now turned into low and dissected erosional plateaus. For example, the Caledonian range in Europe.

Question 5.
Classify the different types of landforms. Describe the characteristics of fold mountains. [2+3]
Answer:
Landforms are the outer appearances on the earth’s surface with typical geometric shapes and physical features resulting from weathering and erosion carried out by different agents like rivers (fluvial), glaciers, winds, waves, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 14

Usually, based on the height, shape, structure, slope and undulations of the land, landforms can be classified into 3 major divisions (1) mountains, (2) plateaus, and (3) plains. These can again be sub-divided into further classes as shown in the chart above.

Characteristics of Fold Mountains:

1. Significance of nomenclature: Since the mountains form as a result of folding and rising up of sedimentary rocks, they are called fold mountains.
2. Required force: Fold mountains form as a result of tectonic force (orogeny or mountain-building movements).
3. Main components: The two main parts of fold mountains are anticlines and synclines.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 15

4. Predominant rocks: Though the major components of fold mountains are sedimentary rocks, igneous and metamorphic rocks are also found locally.
5. Area of extension: Fold mountains are lofty and extend over wide areas. For example, the Himalayas are 8,848 m above sea level and extend over the whole of northern part of India (from west to east).
6. Presence of fossils: Being formed of sedimentary rocks (usually in oceanic environment), they have remains of plants and animals embedded in the rock layers known as fossils.
7. Multiple peaks: Fold mountains have multiple peaks. For example, Mt. Everest, Makalu, Phalut, Kangchenjunga, etc., are the famous peaks of the Himalayas.

8. Other characteristics:

Fold mountain areas are prone to earthquakes.
The plate movements, being a continuous activity, gradually lead to the increase in height of these mountains.
They have steep slopes.
They are conical in shape.
They are distinguished by the undulations (ups and downs) in their relief features and are sometimes inaccessible.

Question 6.
Explain the formation of volcanic mountains. Mention the characteristics of volcanic mountains. [3+2]
Answer:
Origin of volcanic mountains: When the hot molten magma comes out to the earth’s surface through cracks and fissures in the earth’s crust, it cools down and accumulates, thereby gaining height and forming mountains, they are called volcanic mountains. Mt. Fujiyama in Japan, Mt. Vesuvius in Italy, etc., are examples of such mountains. Their formation can easily be related to the Plate Tectonic theory.

1. Converging plate margins: When two converging plates approach each other, the margin between them is called converging plate margin. When they collide, the relatively heavier plate sinks below the lighter plate. When it reaches the mantle, it becomes hot and melts. Subsequently, this hot molten magma is forced up through the cracks and fissures and it comes out to the earth’s surface (through volcanic activity). In due course of time, this lava cools down, accumulates, and rises up to form volcanic mountains.

2. Diverging plate margins: When two plates move away from each other in opposite directions, they are called diverging plates. From the gap created as a result of this movement, hot molten magma comes out and eventually fills it up, forming volcanic mountains here.

Characteristics of volcanic mountains:

Shape: Volcanic mountains are usually triangular or conical in shape.
Presence of crater: A volcanic mountain has one or more than one crater at its top.
Connected to the magma chamber: The volcanic mountain is connected to the magma chamber in the earth’s interior through a tube-like structure (called the ‘vent’).
Slope: Volcanic mountains usually have steep slopes.
Altitude: They are moderate in altitude. However, their altitude increases with subsequent volcanic activity and accumulation of more lava on its top.
Structure: Volcanic mountains usually form in unstable parts of the earth, for example, along the moving plate margins.
Rocks: Volcanic mountains are usually formed of acidic and alkaline igneous rocks.
Settlements: Being usually inaccessible, with cold climate due to high altitude and lack of fertile soil, volcanic mountain areas are usually devoid of or have scattered settlements.

Question 7.
Classify volcanic mountains on the basis of their shape and structure.
Answer:
On the basis of shape and structure, volcanic mountains can be divided into 4 categories. They are as follows –

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 16

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 17

Question 8.
Explain the formation of block mountains and mention some of their characteristics.
Answer:
Origin of Block Mountains: When any part of the earth’s surface is uplifted along fault lines due to epeirogenic movements, they assume the appearance of a mountain known as block mountain. They are flat-topped and rise above the surrounding areas. For example, the Satpura mountains in India.

Block mountains are formed mainly due to the following three reasons-

The intervening land between two fault lines are forced to rise upwards to form a block mountain.
When the two blocks along two fault lines subside below the earth’s surface, the intervening block takes the shape of a block mountain.
When the land between two fault lines subsides, the areas on its two sides stand out as two block mountains.

Characteristics of Block Mountains:

Time taken for formation: The formation of a block mountain takes place all of a sudden.
Altitude: Block mountains are lower in height compared to fold mountains.
Summit: The top portion or summit of block mountains are flat.
Slope of the land: They have steep slopes on all sides.
Rift Valley/Graben: Block mountains or horsts have rift valleys or grabens lying adjacent to them.
Extent: Block mountains are not as widespread the fold mountains.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 18

7. Rocks: Block mountains are made up of sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.
8. Tectonic movement: Block mountains are formed as a result of epeirogenic movement.

Question 9.
Explain the formation of erosional mountains and mention their characteristics.
Answer:
Formation of Erosional Mountains: When one or more of the characteristic features of a mountain is seen in an eroded mountain or upland (being eroded by rivers, glaciers, winds, sea waves, etc.), they are called erosional or residual mountains. For example, the Aravalli Hills in India (actually it is an ancient fold mountain). This type of mountain is formed in two ways-
1. Differential texture (hardness) of rocks: Any high mountain, hill or upland is made up of both hard and soft rocks. The soft rocks, being weaker and more prone to erosion, are easily eroded and reduce in altitude, while the hard and resistant rocks stand out as mountains and hills. The Aravalli Hills in India are examples of this type.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 19

2. Volcanic activity or intrusion in the sedimentary rocks: When, due to volcanic activity or diastrophism, igneous rocks are intruded upon especially vertically (as dykes), this molten magma gradually cools down to form igneous rocks within the sedimentary rock layers. In due course of time, when the upper sedimentary rock layers are eroded, these igneous rocks are exposed to the surface. Since they are hard and resistant rocks, they form residual mountains. For example, the Henry Mountain in North America.

Characteristics of Erosional Mountains:

Origin: Forms as a result of erosional process over a long time by different agents of erosion like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc.
Altitude: Erosional mountains are usually low in height and since they are in a continuous process of erosion, they gradually decrease in elevation.
Summit: The summit or top of erosional mountains are rounded since they have been eroded.
Rocks: They are usually made up of hard igneous and metamorphic rocks.
Slope: The slopes of erosional mountains are not steep.
Ruggedness: The ruggedness of these mountains is quite high.
Age: Erosional mountains are geologically quite old.

Question 10.
Discuss the importance of mountains with examples.
Answer:
The importance of mountains are as follows-
1. Origin/Source of rivers and streams: Many small streams and big rivers have their origin in the meltwaters of the snowcapped mountains. These rivers have great influence on human life and civilisation. For example, the big rivers like the Indus, Ganges, Yamuna, Teesta, etc., have their sources in the snow-capped peaks of the Himalayas.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 20

2. Climate control:

Being very high, the upper reaches of mountains have cold climate and snowfall is common here.
The windward side of the mountain act as a climatic barrier to the moisture bearing winds and orographic or relief rainfall occurs here, while on the opposite side there is no rainfall.
A mountain controls the direction of winds too. For example, the Himalayas prevent the cold Siberian winds from entering India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 21

3. Source of hydroelectric power: The snowfed rivers of the mountainous regions are perennial and have water throughout the year. The streams having strong water currents are also ideal for producing hydroelectricity.

4. Natural vegetation: The dense forests in the mountainous regions are sources of valuable timber, honey, medicinal plants, fruits, etc. Due to the ruggedness of the terrain, the mountainous regions are sparsely populated.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 22

5. Tourism industry: Snowfields, waterfalls, springs, swift-flowing streams and rivers, valleys, ridges, gardens with beautiful fruits, flowers and orchids appeal to the eyes of many tourists who love to visit these mountainous areas, making them areas of major tourist attraction. For example, Simla, Kashmir (valley), Darjeeling, Gangtok, etc., in the Himalayas are popular tourist spots.

6. Animal husbandry: Grazing animals on the green pastures of mountain slopes are the major activities of nomadic tribes of mountainous regions. For example, the Gujjars and Goddi tribes of Kashmir.

7. Provides security: The lofty mountains act as barrier to the intruders from neighbouring countries who try to enter illegally.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 27

8. Other importance:

Mountains are ideal places for mountain climbers and trekkers.
Fossils which are found embedded in the sedimentary rocks of mountains provide important clues to ancient life.
The origin of mountains are quite significant to geologists and geographers who are involved in research work.
The different environments associated with varying landforms, climate, soil and natural vegetation of mountains have greatly influenced man’s adaptation to nature.
Civilisation and culture are also influenced by different environments in mountainous areas.

Question 11.
What is meant by a plateau? Classify plateaus. [1 + 4]
Answer:
Plateaus: Table-like landforms which are usually more than 300 metre above sea level, almost flat on the top with steep slopes, are called plateaus. They are also called tablelands. Sometimes low hills are found on these flattopped plateaus. For example, Chota Nagpur Plateau, Deccan Plateau, Ladakh Plateau in India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 24

Classification: Plateaus are usually divided into 4 types-
1. Intermontane Plateau: During the process of building of fold mountains (due to tectonic movements), the intervening area between two mountains comes under pressure and is forced to rise up and form plateaus. Since these plateaus are encircled by mountains, they are called intermontane plateaus. For example, Plateau of Tibet, Plateau of Anatolia in Turkey, Plateau of Iran, etc. The Plateau of Tibet is enclosed by Kunlun mountain in the north, and Karakoram, Tien Shan and Himalayan mountains to its south.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 37

2. Dissected Plateau: Ancient plateaus are continuously eroded by the various agents of erosion like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc., and subsequently get reduced in height. The numerous rivers and their tibutaries and branches further divide the area into smaller blocks. Such a landform which is broken down by rivers is called dissected plateau or erosional plateau. For example, Chota Nagpur Plateau and Malnad Plateau (part of Karnataka Plateau) in India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 38

3. Continental Plateau: When ancient landforms on the earth’s surface separate from each other as a result of tectonic activity, they form plateaus. They are also called shield areas and are resistant to earthquakes. For example, the Deccan Plateau in south India and the Arabian Plateau.

4. Lava Plateau: Molten magma from the earth’s interior comes up to the surface through cracks and fissures in the weaker zones of the crust and gets deposited there. This lava slowly cools down and solidifies to form lava plateaus. For example, Lava Plateau or Deccan Trap region in north-western part of south India, Colombia Snake Plateau in the United States of America, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 25

Question 12
Give a detailed account of dissected plateau and intemontane plateau. [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer :
Dissected Plateau:
1. Definition: When any large and ancient plateau undergoes erosion by various physical factors like rivers, winds, etc., for a long time, and is divided into smaller parts or is dissected, it is called dissected plateau.
2. Origin: Plateaus are usually made up of hard and soft rocks. Various agents erosion like rivers, winds, etc., erode the softer rocks and create deep gorges or valleys. On the other hand, the hard and resistant rocks remain as dissected plateaus.

Characteristics:

Dissected plateaus are usually formed as a result of erosion.
They are moderate in height.
After erosion, dissected plateaus form ‘mesas’ and ‘buttes’.

Examples: Chota Nagpur Plateau, Karnataka Plateau, Malnad region, Bundelkhand and Bagelkhand in Madhya Pradesh.

Intermontane Plateau:
Definition: When a plateau is located between two or more mountains, it is called an intermontane plateau.
Origin: When a mountain rises up due to plate movements, its middle portion rises above its surrounding parts to form a plateau.

Characteristics:

Intermontane plateaus reach up to great heights.
The formation of these plateaus are associated with the formation of fold mountains.
These plateaus are extensive in nature.

Examples: Plateau of Tibet, Plateau of Iran, Pamir Plateau, etc. The Tibetan Plateau is encircled by Kunlun mountain in the north, Karakoram mountains in the southwest and the Himalayas in the south.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 26

Question 13.
Describe continental plateau and lava plateau. [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
Continental Plateau:
Definition: When parts of an ancient plateau separate from each other as a result of tectonic activity and form plateaus, they are called continental plateaus.

Origin: As a result of tectonic activity, parts of ancient plateaus get separated from each other. After erosion by various agents like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc., for a long time, these turn into plateaus. Since they cover extensive areas over continents, they are called continental plateaus. They are also known as ancient plateaus or shields.

Characteristics:

They are quite old according to geological age (more than 100 million years).
They have formed as a result of erosion over a long period.
The land is stable in continental plateau regions.
These plateaus are rich in mineral reasources.

Examples: Brazilian Plateau, Deccan Shield in India, Canadian Shield, etc. South Africa, Antarctica, Greenland, etc., also have widespread areas of such plateaus.

Lava Plateau:

Definition: During volcanic eruptions, the molten magma comes out to the earth’s surface and accumulates there to form lava plateaus.

Origin: When magma comes out through cracks and fissures and accumulates on the earth’s surface, the plateau that starts forming is called a lava plateau. When this happens on several occasions, the entire area gains height and a lava plateau is thus formed.

Characteristics:

This is a type of depositional plateau.
It is formed as a result of volcanic activity.
Basalt is a common rock here.
The hills located on such plateaus also have flattened tops.

Examples: Deccan Plateau in south India, Malwa Plateau in northwestern India, Columbia Snake Plateau in the United States of America, etc.

Question 14.
Discuss the significance of plateaus with examples.
Answer:
Storehouse of mineral resources: Many types of mineral resources like iron ore, coal, copper ore, limestone, etc., are available here in large amounts. The Chota Nagpur plateau is called the ‘Storehouse of India’s mineral resources’.

Supply of hydroelectric power: Since the rivers flowing over plateaus are swiftflowing (due to the undulating topography), these rivers can easily be used for generating hydroelectricity. This is prevalent especially in the Deccan Plateau in south India.

Deveiopment of industries: Abundance of raw materials (mineral resources), electricity (hydro and thermal) and availability of cheap labour, make these areas ideal for the development of industries.

Abundance of natural vegetation: Settlements in plateau areas are usually very sparse. As a resuit, most parts of the plateaus are covered with dense forests. These forests provide timber, honey, wax, flowers, fruits, etc., in large amounts.

Grazing lands for animals: Since most of the large plateau regions of the world have dry and arid climate, there are vast expanses of green pastures, which are ideal for grazing animals. This provides the chief livelihood to the people living in plateaus.

Development of tourism industry: Springs, waterfalls, mining areas, industrial areas, forest-based livelihood, and the scenic beauty of these regions attract both domestic and international tourists.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 27

Other Importance:

1. The rocks, mineral resources, landforms, etc., of plateau regions are important areas of research for geologists.
2. The livelihood, culture, socio-economic condition of the tribal people residing in the plateaus are significant for the study of Geography. These are some of the significant roles of a plateau.

Question 15.
Classify plains and analyse the origin and development of each of them.
Answer:
Classification of Plains: Plains can broadly be divided into 3 categories-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 28

1. Origin of depositional plain: Of the three types of plains based on origin, this type is most important. Depositional Plain is of five types, namely-

Alluvial plain/flood plain: When silt is deposited on the two sides of an overflowing river (during floods) or in a delta region, they form alluvial plains or flood plains. For example, Ganges Plain in India, Hwang Ho Plain in China, etc.

Loess plain: When sand is blown away to distant places from another region and deposited in some lowlying area, a loess plain is formed. For example, the loess plain of Hwang Ho basin has been formed by the sand of the Gobi desert.

Bajada or desert plain: The sand, pebbles and small rock fragments are carried down the slopes of mountains and get deposited in the foothill zone forming Bajadas. For example, Bajada in the foothill zone of Atlas Mountain adjoining Sahara Desert of North Africa.

Lava plain: Molten magma comes out of the earth’s interior through cracks and fissures on the earth’s surface. Here, it cools down and solidifies to form plains. These plains are called lava plains. For example, the lava plain located in the northern part of the Deccan Plateau.

Glacial plain: During the Glacial Age, continental ice sheets have eroded the uneven topography over which it moved and have eventually flattened the relief and formed glacial plains. For example, the Prairie region of North America and the glacial plain of northern Europe.

2. Origin of erosional plain: Plains are formed in two ways as a result of erosion caused by agents like river, glacier, wind, etc.-

peneplain
pediment.

1. Peneplain: When a landmass is reduced in elevation as a result of erosion over a long time, it is called a peneplain, which means ‘almost a plain’. For example, parts of Chota Nagpur Plateau in India.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 29

Pediment: Due to the action of strong winds in arid regions, sand is deposited in the foothill zone of mountains and hills, forming a plain. This is called pediment. For example, the foothill zone of Atlas Mountain of the Sahara region in Africa.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 30

Plains formed due to geotectonic activity: Some plains have formed as a result of geotectonic activity. For example

uplifted plain.
subdued or lowlying plain.

The sea floor is uplifted due to diastrophism or tectonic activity and is exposed to the surface. These are called uplifted plains and when the uplands subside, they form subdued plains. The coastal plain of Mexico Sea in North America (uplifted plain) and the Turan Lowland (subdued plain) are some examples.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 31

Answer:
Structural Plain:
1. Definition: When any landmass gets either uplifted or it subsides as a result of geotectonic activity (epeirogeny), it forms a structural plain.

2. Types: Structural plains are of 2 types

uplifted plain
subdued plain.

3. Origin:

When any shallow seabed is uplifted near a coast due to tectonic activity, it forms an uplifted plain.
When any elevated landmass subsides as a result of tectonic activity, it forms a subdued plain.

4. Characteristics:

These plains are formed as a result of geotectonic activity.
Such plains are generally formed near coasts.
These plains are formed all of a sudden.

5. Examples: The coastal plain of Mexico Sea in the United States of America and the Turan lowland are examples of uplifted and subdued plains respectively.

Erosional Plains:

1. Definition: When any ancient highland is affected by erosion by various agents like rivers, glaciers, winds, etc., over a long period, they lose their elevation gradually and form erosional plains.
2. Origin: Any upland or plateau is formed of both hard and soft rocks. In due course of time, due to continuous erosion over long periods, the landform is modified into a gently sloping plain.
3. Characteristics:

Such plains are formed as a result of erosion of uplands.
Some isolated rounded hills made up of hard and resistant rocks called monadnocks lie here and there.
Erosional plains are not fertile.

4. Examples: Some parts of the Chota Nagpur Plateau are erosional plains.

Question 17.
Give an account of different types of depositional plains.
Answer:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 32

Alluvial plains: Silt and sand which get deposited on both the banks of a river (flood plains) or in delta regions form depositional plains. For example, Ganges Plains, Hwang Ho Plain, etc. Alluvial plains are again divided into 4 types.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 33

Flood plains: When a river overflows its banks during floods every year, fresh silt is laid on both sides of the river in the plains. These are called flood plains. For example, the middle and lower courses of river Ganges and the Brahmaputra valley have many such flood plains.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 34

Delta plains: A triangle-shaped landform formed in the lower course of a river where it enters the sea is called a delta. The plain which forms at such a delta is called a delta plain. For example, the world’s biggest delta has developed in the lower part of the Ganga-Brahmaputra river where it meets the sea (Bay of Bengal).

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 35

Coastal plains: When silt, sand, pebbles, washed away by sea waves, winds, rivers get deposited in the shallow sea, a coastal plain is formed. For example, the Palestine Plain has formed by the action of waves and oceanic deposits and the Western and Eastern Coastal Plains of India have formed by the action of rivers, winds, etc.

Lake or Lacustrine plains: These are formed by deposition of silt, sand, pebbles, etc., on any lake bed. They are also called lacustrine plains. For example, the Great Basin in the United States of America and lake plains of Red river basin in Canada.

Loess plains: When sand particles are blown away form one place and deposited in lowlying places at a great distance, they are called loess plains. For example, the loess plain of China’s Hwang Ho river basin has been formed by the sand of the Gobi Desert.

Bajada or desert plains: When sand, pebbles, etc., are deposited in the foothill areas of any hill or mountain, they form desert plains. For example, Bajadas have formed in the foothills of the Atlas Mountain adjoining the Sahara Desert.

Lava plains: Hot molten magma comes out through cracks and fissures of the earth’s surface and gets deposited to form lava plains. For example, the lava plains in the northern part of the Deccan Plateau.

Glacial plains: The continental ice sheets of the Glacial Age have eroded the earth’s surface on which it moved and created glacial plains. The Prairie region of North America and the Glacial Plain of northern Europe are such examples.

Question 18.
Discuss the significance of plains with examples.
Answer :
Benefits of agricultural activity: The fertile silt-laden plains formed by river deposition are ideal for practising agriculture and that is why the main livelihood of the people residing here is agriculture. For example, large amounts of paddy, sugarcane, etc., are cultivated in the Ganges Plain.

Improved transport and communication system: Being a level or flat land, plains are ideal for constructing roads and railways. Waterways (rivers) can also be used as a mode of transport, thereby leading to a developed system of transport and communication.

Conducive climate: Compared to mountains and plateaus, climate is quite pleasant in the plains. Temperature is not extreme here and rainfall is also high due to presence of rivers, canals, creeks, lakes, ponds, etc.

Settlements: The flat land, fertile soil, developed transport and communication system, conducive climate, opportunities of employment, etc., have all led to the growth of settlements here. For example, the Ganges Plain of north India.

Development of industries: Flat land, pleasant climate, developed transport and communication system, availability of labour (the plains being a densely populated area), availability of raw materials, etc., have all contributed to the development of industries in the plains.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 4 Geomorphic Processes and Landforms of the Earth 36

Advantage of urbanisation: Due to the above mentioned advantages, the plains are the places of urban development and culture. The transformation of rural to urban ways of life is called urbanisation. Major cities like Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai, Chennai, etc., have all developed in the plains.

Other importance:

It is advantageous to develop grazing lands where animals are reared in the parts of the plains which are uncultivable.
Fisheries have a great scope of developing here, due to the presence of numerous rivers, wetlands and proximity to the sea (in case of coastal plains).
The culture of the area is enhanced due to the fact that it is a densely populated area where education, healthcare facilities, etc., have much scope for development.
Business, trade and commerce also flourish in the plains because they are developed areas from the point of view of agriculture and industries.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales

February 2, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 9 Question Answer – Maps and Scales

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
Where was the oldest map found?
Answer:
Babylon.

Question 2.
What is the small scale representation or model of the earth called?
Answer:
Globe.

Question 3.
How is the difference between two points determined from a map?
Answer:
Using a scale.

Question 4.
Who first determined the circumference of the earth?
Answer:
Eratosthenes.

Question 5.
What is the meaning of ‘cartography’?
Answer:
The art of drawing maps.

Question 6.
Give an example of a large scale map.
Answer:
Cadastral map or ‘mauza’ map.

Question 7.
Who was the first geographer to publish an atlas in the 16th century?
Answer:
Mercator.

Question 8.
What is the ratio of the distance between two points on a map and those two points on the ground known as?
Answer:
Map scale.

Question 9.
Which instrument indicates the magnetic directions of the earth?
Answer:
Magnetic compass.

Question 10.
Name the colour used for showing agricultural fields on a map.
Answer:
Yellow.

Question 11.
Which colour on a map indicates forests?
Answer:
Green.

Question 12.
The first book of maps was named after which Greek God?
Answer:
Atlas.

Question 13.
What is a village formally called?
Answer:
‘Mauza’.

Question 14.
Name an instrument where the vernier scale is seen.
Answer:
Barometer.

Question 15.
What is the other name of diagonal scale?
Answer:
Gunter’s scale.

Question 16.
A map is known by what other names?
Answer:
Drawing / Plan or Model / Image.

Question 17.
What are the central themes of a map?
Answer:
Various physical and cultural aspects.

Question 18.
How many types of maps are there, based on the type of drawing?
Answer:
3 types.

Question 19.
What type of map is a wall map?
Answer:
Small scale map.

Question 20.
What type of map is an economic map?
Answer:
Cultural.

Question 21.
Which type of map is drawn by using contours?
Answer:
Topographical map.

Question 22.
Which map shows agricultural land?
Answer:
Land use map.

Question 23.
What is the other name of fractional scale?
Answer:
Representative fraction scale.

Question 24.
What is the name of the map drawn according to a plan and used for construction?
Answer:
Blueprint.

Question 25.
What is the meaning of the symbol ‘N’ on a map?
Answer:
North direction.

Question 26.
Which type of map shows hills, mountains, rivers, etc.?
Answer:
Physical map.

Question 27.
Which type of map shows the location of a country or state?
Answer:
Political map.

Question 28.
What are those maps called which depict physical and cultural features?
Answer:
Thematic maps.

Question 29.
Which type of map shows the characteristics of soil?
Answer:
Soil map.

Question 30.
Which scale is used to compare two units?
Answer:
Comparative scale.

Question 31.
Give an example of a quantitative map.
Answer:
Population density map of India.

Question 32.
Give an example of a medium scale map?
Answer:
Topographical map.

Question 33.
By which colour are roads and settlements shown in a topographical map?
Answer:
Red.

Question 34.
What do the figures on the left side of a fractional scale indicate?
Answer:
Map distance.

Question 35.
What do the figures on the right side of a fractional scale indicate?
Answer:
Ground distance.

Question 36.
Which scale is represented only in graphs?
Answer:
Graphical scale.

Question 37.
How many types of graphical scale are there?
Answer:
3 types.

Question 38.
What type of scale is a vernier scale?
Answer:
Graphical scale.

Question 39.
Name the instrument that is used to measure air pressure.
Answer:
Barometer.

Question 40.
What is the circumference of the equator?
Answer:
40,000km.

Question 41.
1 inch is equal to how many cm ?
Answer:
2.54cm

Question 42.
When a map is reduced in size, how does its scale change?
Answer:
It is enlarged.

Question 43.
What is the book containing different types of maps called?
Answer:
Atlas.

Question 44.
Which organisation publishes topographical maps of India?
Answer:
Survey of India.

Question 45.
Maps can be classified into how many types, based on data, theme or information?
Answer:
Two types.

Question 46.
How many types of maps are there, based on scale?
Answer:
Three types.

Question 47.
Name the type of map which depicts the quantity of any geographical feature.
Answer:
Quantitative map.

Question 48.
1km is equal to how many miles?
Answer:
0.6214 mile.

Question 49.
An atlas or a globe is drawn using what type of maps?
Answer:
Small scale maps.

Question 50.
Name the person who first gave the idea of a rectangular earth.
Answer:
Herodotus.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is map?
Answer:
A map is a graphic representation of the features on the earth’s surface. It is drawn on flat paper using a specific scale, and with internationally accepted signs and symbols.

Question 2.
How were maps made in the ancient times?
Answer:
The maps drawn by the Eskimos, Red Indians and the inhabitants of Marshall Island are considered to be the most ancient by archaeologists. They made maps by tying scales of fishes and shells of molluscs to slender structures using palm leaves.

Question 3.
What is meant by map scale?
Answer:
A map scale is the ratio of the distance between two points, i.e., map distance and ground distance.
Example: 1cm to 500m.

Question 4.
Based on scale, how many types of map are there and what are they?
Answer:
On the basis of scale, maps are of three types- small scale map, medium scale map and large scale map.

Question 5.
What are the advantages of a small scale map?
Answer:
The advantages of a small scale map are as follows-

In small scale maps, the area shown is larger.
The whole world, or parts of it, can be shown on a single piece of paper.

Question 6.
What are the advantages of a large scale map?
Answer:
The advantages of a large scale map are as follows-

A small area can be shown in greater detail.
Different features can be marked on the map using internationally accepted symbols.

Question 7.
Where was directions first used while drawing a map?
Answer:
Directions were first used in Babylon while drawing a map. The Babylonians first used the directions east, west, north and south.

Question 8.
What are the main components used for drawing a map?
Answer:
The main components used for drawing a map are scale, projection, a plane surface, subject or theme, north arrow, drawing of boundary lines.

Question 9.
What is a fractional scale?
Answer:
The ratio of the distance between two points on a map and the distance between those points on the ground is called fractional scale. For example, 1:3000 indicates that 1 unit on the map is equal to 3000 units on the earth’s surface.

Question 10.
What is a blueprint?
Answer:
The plan of construction of a house, market, town, etc., drawn beforehand using a specific scale, is called a blueprint. The scales of a blueprint are usually 1: 500, 1: 1250,1 inch to 8 feet, etc.

Question 11.
What type of a map is a topographical map?
Answer:
A topographical map is a medium scale map. The scale ranges between 1:50000 and 1: 10000000.

Question 12.
What is a cadastral map?
Answer:
A map that shows the shape of plots of land, the areas and boundaries along with specific ‘dag’ numbers in a village, drawn to particular scale, is known as a cadastral map. The scale of a cadastral map is usually 16 inches to 1 mile.

Question 13.
What is the use of a cadastral map?
Answer:
Cadastral maps are used by land revenue offices for collection of land revenue. These maps are also used for drawing land use maps.

Question 14.
Based on their purpose, maps can be divided into how many types?
Answer:
Maps can be of two types – general map (e.g., map of India and its neighbouring countries) and special map (e.g., map of roadways of an area).

Question 15.
What is a quantitative map?
Answer:
A quantitative map is a map that gives a statistical representation of the various elements in a geographical region. For example, population density map of India.

Question 16.
What is a thematic map?
Answer:
A map that represents both natural and cultural factors of a region is known as a thematic map. For example, a weather map.

Question 17.
What is a physical map?
Answer:
A map that shows physical features, such as relief, rivers, etc., is known as a physical map.

Question 18.
What is a cultural map?
Answer:
A map that represents cultural features, such as religion, language, distribution of population, etc., is known as a cultural map.

Question 19.
On the basis of representation, how many types of scales are there and what are they?
Answer:
There are 3 types of scale-

statement scale,
representative fraction scale
geographical scale.

Question 20.
What is a statement scale?
Answer:
In a statement scale, the scale of a map is written in the form of a sentence.
For example, 1cm to 2km, where 1cm on the map is equivalent to 2km on the ground.

Question 21.
What are the advantages of a statement scale?
Answer:
The advantages of statement scale are as follows-

It can be expressed easily.
Calculations can be avoided and graphical representation is not necessary as well.

Question 22.
What are the advantages of a fractional scale?
Answer:
The advantages of a fractional scale are as follows-

This is a unitless scale, hence the scale can be changed easily.
This scale can be easily converted to a statement scale or a linear scale.

Question 23.
What is a graphical scale?
Answer:
When the relation of the map distance between two points and the actual distance between those two is shown with the help of a drawing, it is known as a graphical scale.

Question 24.
What is a linear scale?
Answer:
A linear scale refers to a straight line that is used to measure directly the distance between two points on the map and the actual ground distance between those two points on the ground. There are two divisions on this scale-primary and secondary.

Question 25.
What are the advantages of a linear scale?
Answer:
The advantages of a linear scale are as follows –

It is easy to understand since it is depicted as a straight line.
If the map is enlarged or reduced, the scale can also be changed accordingly with ease.

Question 26.
What is a comparative scale?
Answer:
Measurements in two different units can be compared in a comparative scale. In this case, the primary and secondary parts have the same value, but they have different units. For example, 10 km and 10 miles.

Question 27.
What is a diagonal scale?
Answer:
A scale where two sets of lines cross each other obliquely, forming grids, which provides accurate measurements for smaller units which cannot be obtained generally, is known as a diagonal scale.

Question 28.
What is a vernier scale?
Answer:
In a vernier scale, a smaller scale is attached to the main scale, which is movable and can be used to obtain small fractional measurements accurately. It indicates the measurement that lies between two marks on the main scale.

Question 29.
What is a reduced map?
Answer:
When a map is depicted in a smaller form, it is known as a reduced map. In this case, the scale of the map gets enlarged.

Question 30.
What is an enlarged map?
Answer:
When a map is depicted in a larger form, it is known as an enlarged map. In this case, the scale of the map gets reduced.

Question 31.
What is the importance of scale in a map?
Answer:
A scale is of vital importance in the drawing of a map. A map is a two-dimensional representation of the world or any part of it, and this representation can be made accurately with the use of a scale.

Question 32.
What are the disadvantages of a fractional scale?
Answer:
The disadvantages of a fractional scale are as follows-

It is difficult for amateur readers to comprehend this scale.
If a map is reduced or enlarged, the scale has to be made afresh.

Question 33.
What are the uses of scale?
Answer:
Some of the various uses of a scale are as follows–

It is used to enlarge or reduce a map as necessary, to measure the altitude of a point on the earth’s surface, to calculate the area of a region, and represent the three dimensional world on a two-dimensional plane (piece of paper).
It is used for surveys, carrying out geographical researches, and even in the defence sector of the country.

Question 34.
Name the scale that is used in the atlas or the globe.
Answer:
Small scale maps are used for drawing in the atlas or the globe. Details of a particular region cannot be shown accurately in these maps.

Question 35.
What is a weather map?
Answer:
A weather map shows the components of the weather of a particular place, such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, air pressure, cloudiness, etc. Weather forecasts can be made based on these maps.

Question 36.
What do you understand by a political map?
Answer:
A political map shows the location of a country, its boundaries, states, capitals, location of administrative centres, etc. The political and administrative structure of any country or region can be observed from such a map.

Question 37.
What are primary and secondary divisions on a linear scale?
Answer:
When a straight line of a particular length is divided into a specific number of parts, which are equal in length, each of those divisions is known as a primary division. If these divisions are further divided into smaller parts, those are known secondary divisions.

Question 38.
What is a relief map?
Answer:
A map that depicts the altitude or depth of different regions on the earth’s surface, and gives a representation of hills, mountains, plateaus and plains, is known as a relief map. Contour lines are generally used to depict the relief features in these maps.

Question 39.
What is the importance of symbols in a map?
Answer:
All the features of a particular geographical region cannot be shown on a map. Hence, only the necessary features (according to the purpose of the map) are shown on it with the help of symbols. These symbols are accepted universally.

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of a statement scale?
Answer:
A statement scale has various advantages and disadvantages.
Advantages: Some of its advantages are-

It is a simple scale, and can be used easily for interpreting maps.
As it is written in the form of a statement, there is no need of drawing.
Complex mathematical calculations are not required in this scale.

Disadvantages: Some of the disadvantages of a statement scale are-

Only the person who knows the language in which the scale is written will be able to comprehend it.
Changing the units of measurement is difficult in this system, and is a time consuming process.
If the map is enlarged or reduced, the scale has to be calculated again.

Question 2.
Mention the advantages and disadvantages of a linear scale.
Answer:
A linear scale has its own set of advantages and disadvantages.
Advantages: Some of its advantages are:

This scale is very easy to understand as the calculations are not complex.
In case of enlargement or reduction of the map, the linear scale gets reduced or enlarged proportionately. Thus, the map distance and the ground distance remain the same.
The area of a map can be easily determined with the help of this scale.
A short distance on a map can also be measured accurately through this scale.

Disadvantages: Some of its disadvantages are-

Calculations required for drawing this scale is very complex.
Designing the scale along with headings to make it presentable is a laborious and time consuming process.

Question 3.
What are the different types of quantitative maps?
Answer:
There are various types of quantitative maps-
1. Isoline maps: The maps where lines are drawn joining different places having same values (of air pressure, rainfall, etc.) are known as isoline maps. These maps can be of various types-

isobar
isothermal
isohyet
isohaline
isohel
contour line map, etc

2. Symbolic maps or maps with conventional signs: Several internationally accepted signs and symbols are used to draw these maps. These can be of various types-

dot distribution maps,
circle maps,
wheel maps,
proportional symbol maps, etc.

3. Geometric maps: These maps include:

spherical maps,
choropleth maps,
flow maps, etc.

Question 4.
What is the importance of a map?
Answer:
A map is a drawing that is done in accordance with a particular scale and a specific projection using lines, colours, symbols, etc., from which many geographical data can be obtained. The importance of a map is unparalleled.

Universality: A map is used not only by a geographer, but also by people from various other professions. Thus it has a universal value.

Main tool of geographers: A map is the main tool of a geographer. An idea about the geographical aspects of any region of the world can be made using maps.

Administrative work: A map is necessary for several administrative purposes. For example, a cadastral map is of utmost importance in the collection of land revenue and taxes.

Defence purposes: Military personnel plan their routes in any region using the map of that part. Topographical maps play a major role in this respect.

Besides, maps are of great use to tourists visiting unknown areas.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 1

Question 5.
Name the topographical maps included in different series.
Answer:
The various topographical maps included in different series are-
International series map: These maps are drawn according to international treaties. The scale of the maps of this series is 1: 100000. An area spanning over 4° latitude and 4° longitude is covered in this map.

South Asian series: Iran, Afghanistan, Saudi Arabia, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, China, Myanmar, Thailand, Vietnam, etc., are included in this series. The scale used in the series is 1: 200000. It spans over an area of 8° latitude and 12° longitude.

Series of India and her neighbouring countries: These maps are drawn to a scale of 1: 1000000. An area spanning over 4° latitude and 4° longitude is covered in this map.

4. Map of the Survey of India department: For the ease of conducting surveys, the Survey of India department has divided the Indian subcontinent from 44° East to 104° East and 4° North to 40° North into 4°×4° grids.

Question 6.
How is the R.F. determined in the statement scale?
Answer:
When a scale in a map is expressed as a statement, it is known as a statement scale. This is the easiest way of writing a scale. A statement scale can be converted into R.F. scale in two ways.

1. Determination of R.F. by formula:
\(\text { R.F. }=\frac{\text { Map Distance }}{\text { Ground Distance }}\)
For example, if 16 inches on the map is equal to 1 mile on the ground, then
\( \text { R.F. }=\frac{16 \text { inches }}{63360 \text { inches }}[1 \text { mile }=63360]
=\frac{1}{3960}\)
Therefore, the R.F. of the map =1: 3960.

2. Determination of R.F. by unitary method: If a distance of 10km on the ground is represented by 1cm on the map, the R.F. of that map will be,
1cm on map =10km on ground
or, 1cm on map=10×100000cm
= 1000000 cm
Therefore, the R.F. of the map =1: 1000000.

Question 7.
What is a political map? Mention some of its characteristics.
Answer:
A map that depicts districts, subdivisions, boundaries and important places of states and countries is known as a political map. The political map of every district depicts its subdivisions, CD Block, municipal towns, important offices, etc.

Characteristics: Some of its characteristics are-

Different administrative blocks are demarcated using lines and several symbols.
The bordering/neighbouring countries, states, districts are all shown in this map.
An idea about the political and administrative conditions can be made from this map.
This type of map is presentable.

Question 8.
How can statement scale be determined from the R.F.?
Answer:
Statement scale can be obtained from the R.F. in the given method-
If the R.F. a map is 1: 500000, the statement scale will be-
Distance of 1cm on the map =500000cm on the ground
or, 1cm on the map =\(\frac{500000}{100000}\) = 5km on the ground.
Therefore, the statement scale is 1cm to 5km.

Question 9.
What do you mean by a globe? Discuss its importance.
Answer:
A globe is a small model or representation of the earth. It is of much importance to geographers as well as people in other professions.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 2

Importance:

An overall picture of the whole world can be obtained from a globe.
An idea about the concept of scales can be made by observing a globe.
An idea about the exact locations of oceans, seas and continents can be made from a globe.
The spinning of the globe gives an idea about the rotation of the earth.

Question 10.
A railway line has been measured to be 12.6cm in length in a topographical map. The actual length of that railway line is 31.5km. What is the R.F. of the map?
Answer:
Solution: A distance of 12.6cm on the topographical map =31.5km on the ground
or, 12.6cm on the map =31.5 × 100000cm on the ground.
Therefore, 1cm on the map =\(\frac{31.5 \times 100000}{12.6}=250000cm\) on the ground.

Write the differences between the following –

Question 1.
Globe and Map
Answer:
The differences between a globe and a map are as follows-

Points of difference	Globe	Map
1. Nature	It is a three-dimensional representation of the world.	It is a two-dimensional representation of the world or a part of it.
2. Determination of distance	Determining the distance between two points is difficult on a globe.	Determination of the distance between two points is relatively easy on a map.
3. Uses	It is less useful than a map.	It is more useful than a globe.

Question 2.
Small Scale map and Large Scale map
Answer:
The differences between a small scale and a large scale map are as follows:

Points of difference	Small Scale Map	Large Scale Map
1. Concept	A large area is depicted in a smaller form on paper in this type of map.	A small area is depicted in a larger form on paper in this type of map.
2. Scale	The ratio of the scale is small, for example, 1: 1000000.	The ratio of the scale is large, for example, 1: 4000
3. Data obtained	Less details are shown in this type of map, for example, a wall map.	More details are shown in this type of map, for example, a cadastral map.

Question 3.
Qualitative map and Quantitative map
Answer:
The differences between a qualitative and a quantitative map are as follows:

Points of difference	Qualitative Map	Quantitative Map
1. Concept	Qualitative aspects of various geographical factors are expressed in these maps.	Quantitative aspects of various geographical factors are expressed in these maps.
2. Measurement	Geographical components cannot be measured in these maps.	Geographical components can be measured properly in these maps.
3. Statistical use	These maps are not useful for statistical purposes.	These maps are of much use for statistical purposes.

Question 4.
Statement scale and Graphical scale
Answer:
The differences between a statement scale and a graphical scale are as follows:

Points of difference	Statement Scale	Graphical Scale
1. (Mature	It is written in the form of a statement, for example, 1 cm to 5 km.	This scale is represented by a graph.
2. Types	It can be of no other type.	It can be of 4 types-linear, comparative, diagonal, vernier.
3. Uses	It is easy to use, but is used less frequently.	Using this scale is difficult and laborious, but is used more frequently.

Question 5.
Fractional scale and Graphical scale
Answer:
The differences between a fractional scale and a graphical scale are as follows:

Points of difference	Fractional Scale	Graphical Scale
1. Concept	Relation between map distance and ground distance shown as a fraction in this scale.	Map scale represented by a graph in this scale.
2. Unit	This scale has no fixed unit.	This scale has a fixed unit.
3. Uses	Values in any unit can be used in this scale, hence it is universal.	This scale is more widely used; however, it is difficult to convert from one unit to another.

Question 6.
Statement scale and Fractional scale
Answer:
The differences between a statement scale and a fractional scale are as follows:

Points of difference	Statement Seals	Fractional Scale
1. Concept	This scale is written in the form of a statement, for example, 1cm to 5 km.	In this scale, the relation between map distance and ground distance is shown as a fraction, for example, R.F. 1:50000.
2. Unit	Unit is used in this scale.	This scale has no unit.
3. Uses	It is less useful.	It is more useful as compared to a statement scale.

Question 7.
Physical map and Cultural map
Answer:
The differences between a physical map and a cultural map are as follows:

Points of difference	Physical Map	Cultural Map
1. Concept	This type of map shows the physical features of a geographical region.	This type of map shows the cultural aspects of a particular region.
2. Matter	Separate maps are drawn depicting each physical feature in this case.	Different topics are depicted together in these maps.
3. Example	Tectonic map, relief map, weather map, vegetation map, etc.	Social, political, regional, land use maps, etc.

Question 8.
Topographical map and Cadastral map
Answer:
The differences between a topographical map and a cadastral map are as follows:

Points of difference	Topographical Map	Cadastral’Map.
1. Concept	The distribution of physical and cultural aspects of a region is shown in this type of map.	Data related to land use is represented in this type of map.
2. Scale	These maps are drawn on medium or small scales.	These maps are drawn only on a large scale.
3. Composition	Physical and cultural aspects are shown using internationally accepted symbols in these maps.	Lakes, fields, schools, etc., are shown on these maps.
4. Uses	These maps are used in survey of resources and defence purposes.	These maps are used for collection of land revenue and taxes.

Give reasons for the following:

Question 1.
Scales are of utmost importance in maps.
Answer:
A scale is important in a map due to the following reasons-

Measurement: A map can be reduced or enlarged using a scale. Distance between two points, area of a region, can also be calculated using a scale.
Representation of the earth: The three dimensional world can easily be represented on a two-dimensional surface (paper) with the help of a scale.
Other uses: Scales are vital in geographical researches, surveys, defence purposes, etc.

Question 2.
Detailed data cannot be shown on small scale maps.
Answer:
Much details cannot be shown on small scale maps because-

Use of symbols: Since a large area is depicted in a small space, it is not possible to mark each feature with a symbol. Hence it cannot depict all features in detail.
Small space: Since it is made on a small space, it is not possible to show all the details of a large area.
Complicated topics: Physical, cultural, economic features (thematic maps) cannot be shown on a small scale map, and therefore the interpretation of these complicated themes is not possible.

Question 3.
Topographical maps are of utmost importance to geographers.
Answer:
A topographical map is of vital importance to geographers because-

Determining the relationship between physical and cultural environment: The relationship between different physical and cultural aspects of the environment can be determined through these maps, and this knowledge is valuable for geographers.
Nature of a region: Natural vegetation and relief (rivers, hills, plateaus, plains, etc.) of any area can be easily determined from these maps.
Useful in developmental planning: The construction of roads, railways, etc., together with local and regional planning, is done based on topographical maps.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the history of development of maps.
Answer:
When the world or a part of it is represented on a flat piece of paper with a specific scale, universally accepted conventional signs and some basic principles, it is called a map.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 3
The history is map-making is quite old-about 4000 years. It can be discussed as follows:
According to anthropologists, the maps drawn by the Eskimos, Red Indians, and Marshall Island dwellers are quite old. Charts were made on palm leaves that were attached to narrow frames and shells of snails or fish-bones were used.

Straight lines were drawn to denote the sea and curved lines to denote the waves approaching the island. The people of Babylon were the first to divide a circle into 360 parts. The four cardinal points north, south, east and west, were also first used by them while drawing maps.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 4

The Greeks were experts in Mathematics and Astrology. They were responsible for drawing the lines of Equator, Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn, North and South Poles on a spherical world. Eratosthenes was the most well-known person who could draw maps accurately. Herodotus (485BC- 425BC ) believed that the earth was round, comprising Asia, Europe and Libya. Ptolemy drew a map of the world as well as 26 regional maps published in his book ‘Geographia’.

Many sailors while exploring different parts of the world, drew maps of newly discovered lands. Columbus was most famous among them. Remassus II, the Egyptian Pharaoh, drew a map of his empire for the convenience of tax and revenue collection. The science of map-making (cartography) was thus initiated and it gained much importance at that time.

Question 2
What is a map? Classify the different types of maps.
Answer:
A map is a graphic representation of the features of the earth’s surface as drawn on a flat paper according to a specific scale and on a specific map projection, using internationally accepted signs and symbols.

1. Classification of maps based on scale:

(1) Small scale maps: When a map is drawn in a small dimension on a piece of paper, representing a bigger land surface, a small scale is used. These are known as small-scale maps.

Advantages:

As the scale is small, a bigger area can be represented on a smaller dimension on space on a piece of paper.
The whole world on a part of it is represented on paper

Disadvantages:

Various symbols are used to show different components on the map.
Due to smaller space or dimension, details of the area cannot be shown.
Example: Wall map, international map, navigation maps, etc.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 5

(2) Medium scale maps: When any large area is divided into smaller areas on a medium scale to represent on paper (i.e., map), it is called a medium scale map. Example to pographical maps.

(3) Large scale maps: When a small area is shown on a larger dimension, it is known as a large scale map.
Example-cadastral maps.

2. Classification of maps based on utility:

General map: When a map is easily used or understood by the common people, it is known as a general map. Example-district map of West Bengal.
Special map: When a map is used for any specific purpose, it is known as a special map. Example-physical map of India.

3. Classification of maps based on information/data:

Qualitative map: This map shows the qualitative aspect of any geographical feature.
Quantitative map: This map shows the quantity-wise variation of geographical features, such as altitude, area, etc. Example-population density map of India, dots and sphere maps, etc.

4. Classification of maps based on topic/ theme:

Physical map: This type of map shows the physical features of any area. Examplerelief map.
Cultural map: When any cultural aspect is shown on a map, it is called a cultural map. Usually, the socio-economic or political aspects are depicted in such maps. Example-population density map.

Question 3.
Write a note on some of the important cartographers.
Answer:
The Greek philosopher, Anaximander ( 610BC-546BC) was the first to draw a map of a human settlement according to scale. In his map, Greece was shown in the centre of Europe and the land portion of the world was surrounded by seas on all sides.

The Greek philosopher, Eratosthenes (276BC-194BC) is known as the ‘Father of Geography’. He was the pioneer in using lines of latitude and longitude on accurately drawn maps.

Hecataeus (550 BC – 476 BC) slightly modified the map drawn by Anaximander and drew it accurately with more descriptive details. This was a map showing Eurasia.

Herodotus ( 484BC- 425BC) is known as the ‘Father of History’. He believed that the area of land between the coastal areas of India and Spain was surrounded by seas and oceans. He divided the earth into Asia, Europe and Libya.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 6

Several other scholars also gave importance to drawing maps. Among them, mention can be done of the Roman philosopher Strabo (64 BC -24 AD) and Claudius Ptolemy (90 AD – 168 AD). Ptolemy drew about 26 regional maps of different parts of the world.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 7

In the later period, Chinese geographers and scientists drew maps on the basis of grids. Zhang Heng (78 AD – 139 AD), Fi Sui (224 AD – 271 AD), Chu Su Pin (1273 AD – 1337 AD), etc., were well-known for drawing maps. Fi Sul is known as the Father of Map Science’. He drew the rolitical map of China on a large scale in 276 AD.

In the middle ages, Al Idrisi (1099 AD – 1161 AD) tried to draw maps as well. In the later period, Columbus Magellan, James Cook and several others made huge improvements in the methods of map-making.

Question 4.
What is a thematic map? Classify thematic maps and describe each type.
Answer:
A thematic map is based on the physical and cultural aspects of an area.
Classification: Thematic maps can be of two types-physical map and cultural map.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 8
1. Physical map: This map shows the physical features like relief, climate, and so on, of any place. Physical maps can be of various types –

Relief map: This map helps to identify the altitude, slope, rock types, etc. E.g., the hilly, plateau and plain regions of India can easily be identified from the relief map of India.
Climatic map: This map is based on climatic features like air pressure, rainfall, wind, cloudiness, etc. E.g., from the rainfall map of india, we can have an idea of the areas receiving high and low rainfall.
Vegetation map: The types of natural vegetation is shown on such a map.E.g., from the natural vegetation map of India, evergreen, deciduous, coniferous forests can be identified.
Soil map: It is drawn on the basis of the characteristics of soil of a region.E.g., the soil map of India reveals that the Gangetic plain has silt, the Rajasthan region has sand and the Deccan Plateau region has black cotton soil.
Others: Space related topics such as location of stars and planets and also rock types, drainage basins and other such features on the earth’s surface are shown on these maps.

2. Cultural map: The cultural aspects (like social, political, historical, economic, etc.) of a particular region are shown on such a map.

Question 5.
What is map scale? Classify map scales.
Answer:
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 9

The ratio of distance between two points on a map and the actual ground distance between those two points is called map scale. For example, if the distance measured on the map is 1cm and that on the ground is 5km, the map scale will be 1cm = 5km.

1. Statement scale: When the distance between two points on a map and the corresponding distance between these two points on the actual ground is expressed in a descriptive manner, that is, in a statement form, it is called a statement scale. For example, 1cm =2 km. This means that 1cm distance on the map represents 2km on the ground.

2. Representative fraction scale: When the map distance and actual ground distance is expressed as a ratio, it is called a representative fraction scale. E.g., if in a map the scale is mentioned as 1: 4000, it implies that 1 unit distance on the map is equivalent to 4000 units distance on the actual ground.

3. Graphical scale or drawn scale: When the distance on the map and the corresponding distance on the actual ground is shown by drawing a line with measurements on it, it is called a graphical scale. Graphical scales can be further divided into four types-

(1) Linear scale: When the map distance and ground distance is represented by drawing a straight line with measurements on it, it is called a linear scale.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 10

(2) Comparative scale: When two different units are represented at the same time with different measurements indicated on either side of a straight line, it is called a comparative scale.

(3) Vernier scale: In this scale, a small scale slides along a main scale, indicating the actual measurement that lies between two marks on the main scale. This scale can measure very small areas.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 11

(4) Diagonal scale: When the primary divisions of a linear scale is converted into further subdivisions for accurate measurements, it is called a diagonal scale.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 12

Question 6.
What are the uses and importance of maps?
Answer:
A map is an important tool for geographers and its importance is immense.
Uses of maps:

It is extremely valuable for the study of history, geography, tourism etc.
Precise locations (exact latitude and longitude) can be determined from a map.
Large scale maps are used if one wants to study a small part of any area intensively.
Maps are very important for defence personnel.
Changes in international and national boundaries are clearly demarcated on maps.
Maps are used to show physical features and distribution of resources.
Special maps (drawn on specific map projections) are used to determine the routes of planes and ships.
Maps are used to teach History and Geography in classrooms.
Maps are used to plan the development of any area and for a host of other purposes.

Importance of maps:

Complex topics are easily comprehended by students with the help of maps.
Maps are useful in giving an idea about and to analyse the physical and cultural features of any area.
Maps are important for developmental planning of any region or local area.
Maps are also valuable for governance and administrative purposes.
Even a layman can read a map and analyse it to get a clear idea of any area as required.

Question 7.
What are the sub-divisions of small and large scale maps? Why are ‘mauza’ maps drawn?
Answer:
Types of small scale maps:
1. Wall maps: Wall maps are drawn on a large sheet of paper showing different continents and countries.

2. Atlas or book of maps: Various maps based on different themes are drawn and published in the form of a book known as an atlas.

3. International maps: They are drawn on 1 unit =1 million unit scale.
Besides, maps related to aviation, navigational charts, etc., are also maps of this type.

Types of large scale maps:
1. Blueprint: They are made for the purpose of building houses, local area demarcation, planning cites, towns, etc.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 13

2. ‘Mauza’ maps: These are drawn for the purpose of collecting land revenue by the governmental (Land Revenue and Survey Department) agencies.

3. Topographical maps: In this type of map, different physical features as well as cultural features are depicted using various conventional signs and symbols. These maps play an important role in planning the development of any area (local or regional).

Reasons for drawing ‘mauza’ maps: Any property or land division based on surveys, showing any city or village with details of houses, land or plot boundaries, agricultural land, grasslands and so on are drawn on these maps. These are also called cadastral maps. In India the Survey Department of the government publishes such maps for the purpose of collecting land revenue. These are large scale maps. in India, ‘mauza’ maps are usually drawn on a scale of 16 inches=1 mile.

Question 8.
What is a topographical map? Write a note on its characteristics and importance.
Answer:
A topographical maps shows the physical features and cultural composition of an area using symbols.
The word ‘topography’ originated from the Greek words ‘topos’ meaning a place and ‘graphien’ meaning to write. Characteristics: The characteristic features of a topographical map are-

It has a fixed index number.
The R.F. is fixed at 1: 50,000.
The latitude and longitude are extended equally.
Specific colours and symbols are used in the maps.
The physical and cultural features of an area are shown here.

Importance: Topographical maps are important for the following reasons-

The physical and cultural features are shown together.
The nature of the area can be known easily.
This type of map is important for conservation of national resources.
This type of map is important for the planning of regional development.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 14

Question 9.
What are the uses and importance of scale in maps?
Answer:
The word ‘scale’ means measurement.
When the distance between any two points on a map and the corresponding distance on the actual ground is expressed as a ratio, it is called map scale.

Uses of scale in maps:

The actual size of any area on a map can easily be determined with the help of a scale.
Use of scale is mandatory for drawing an accurate map.
Any map can be reduced or enlarged accurately with the help of scale.
The distance between any two points can be measured on a map in order to determine the actual distance on the ground with the help of scale.
Land can be measured accurately using vernier scale.

Importance of scale:

A map cannot be drawn and is incomplete without a scale.
Scale is important for determining the length, width, etc., of any region.
Scale is valuable in determining the cost of building or contracting anything by a planner or a designer.
Vernier scale is important for making minute measurements.

Question 10
What is an open or unclassified map? What are its characteristics?
Answer:
A map containing extensive geographical details of any particular area (small in size) to be used for developmental work and to be comprehended and used by the common people, is called an open/unclassified map. From a detailed map of this kind, a clear idea of any specific area can be obtained.

The Survey of India has therefore published quite a number of maps drawn on different scales and they are easily available to the common people. That is why they are called open/unclassified maps.

Characteristics:

These maps are usually drawn on large scales. Usually 1: 250,000, 1: 50,000 and 1: 25,000 scales are used.
These maps are unrestricted in nature and can be obtained easily.
To prepare such maps, map projections used in the market are used.
There are no grids on this type of map.
Universal data are compiled in this map.
World Geodetic Survey method is used for these maps since they contain temperature related data.

Question 11.
Which components are used for drawing a map? Give examples.
Answer:
When the world or a part of it is represented on paper as a map, the following components are of vital importance-

Scale: Any part of the earth’s surface can be shown on paper in a reduced or enlarged form with the help of specific scales.
Map projection: The graticules (longitudes and latitudes) on which the map is drawn is known as map projection.
Paper or flat surface: A paper or a flat surface on which the map is to be drawn is required.
Choosing a subject or theme: Specific themes, subjects or topics have to be determined before drawing a map.
Selecting alphabets: This has to be done for writing the heading, scale, north line, index or a key, etc.
Indicating the north line: If the latitudes and longitudes are not shown on the map the north line has to be drawn to indicate the north direction by this sign ‘N’.
Drawing boundaries: Different symbols for boundaries showing country, states, districts, coastal areas, etc., have to be chosen and marked on the map.

For example, in the fig. (given in next page) it can be observed that-

The scale of the map is 1cm=50km (approximately).
The latitudes 22°, 24°N, 26°N (every 2° apart) and 88° longitude are shown on the graticules drawn on the map.
The map is drawn on a flat surface, i.e., on paper.
The theme of the map is-‘Rivers of West Bengal’.
‘Rivers’ is written in big and bold letters on top of the map.
symbol is used in the map to indicate the north direction.
Different symbols are used to show the boundaries of a country, states and coastal areas.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 16

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface

February 2, 2024 by Prasanna

Detailed explanations in West Bengal Board Class 9 Geography Book Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface offer valuable context and analysis.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Chapter 3 Question Answer – Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface

Very Short Questions and Answers : (1 mark for each question)

Question 1.
What is the latitude of the Arctic Circle?
Answer:
66 1/2° N.

Question 2.
What are lines of longitude also known as?
Answer:
Meridians of longitude.

Question 3.
What is Prime Meridian also known as?
Answer:
Greenwich Meridian.

Question 4.
What is the latitude of the Tropic of Capricorn?
Answer:
23 1/2°

Question 5.
What are latitudes also known as?
Answer:
Parallels of latitude.

Question 6.
What is the angular distance of a place, east or west of the Prime Meridian known as?
Answer:
Longitude.

Question 7.
What is 90° N also known as?
Answer:
North Pole.

Question 8.
What is 90° S also known as?
Answer:
South Pole.

Question 9.
Which natural object can be used to calculate time?
Answer:
Sun.

Question 10.
What is the other name for local mean time?
Answer:
Solar time.

Question 11.
Who invented the chronometer?
Answer:
John Harrison.

Question 12.
What is the linear distance between two lines of longitude, at an interval of 1^{\circ, along the equator?
Answer:
111.3 km.

Question 13.
What is located at the antipode of the Prime Meridian?
Answer:
180° or the International Date Line.

Question 14.
What is the time difference between IST and GMT?
Answer:
5 h and 30 m.

Question 15.
What is the time difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer:
12 hours.

Question 16.
What is the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer:
180°

Question 17.
How many artificial satellites were launched by the USA to determine the location of any place on earth?
Answer:
24.

Question 18.
Name the latitude that is located at an equal distance from either of the poles.
Answer:
The equator.

Question 19.
How much time is gained while crossing the International Date Line from the Western Hemisphere?
Answer:
24 hours or 1 day.

Question 20.
When and where was the International Meridian Conference held?
Answer:
October, 1884 in Washington D. C.

Question 21.
Name the imaginary plane that passes through the equator and is perpendicular to the earth’s axis.
Answer:
Equatorial plane.

Question 22.
Which state of India experiences sunrise first?
Answer:
Arunachal Pradesh.

Short Questions and Answers : (2 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What is meant by parallels of latitude?
Answer:
The imaginary lines drawn around the earth, which run parallel to the equator are known as the parallels of latitude. They are also called lines of latitude. These lines join all places having the same latitudinal degree or angular distance from the equator. For example, the Tropic of Cancer (23 1/2° N).

Question 2.
What is meant by meridian?
Answer:
In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the earth, that ends at the geographical polesThe North Pole and the South Pole. It connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

Question 3.
What are the properties of latitudes?
Answer:
The properties of latitudes are as follows-

All the latitudes are full circles and run parallel to each other.
Latitudes run in an east-west direction.
As the angular distance of a place north or south of the equator increases, the circumference of the circle of latitude decreases.
The local time of the places lying on the same latitude are always different.

Question 4.
What are the properties of lines of longitude?
Answer:
The properties of lines of longitude are as follows-

All the longitudes are half circles.
All the longitudes are of equal length.
The longitudes run in a north-south direction.
The local time of the places lying on the same longitude are always same.

Question 5.
What is the equator?
Answer:
The equator is the imaginary east-west line encircling the earth midway between the North and South poles. The equator is the 0° latitude. It divides the earth into two equal halves called the Northern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere. The average circumference of the equator is 40,000 km.

Question 6.
What is the Prime Meridian?
Answer:
Prime Meridian is the notional line drawn from the North Pole to the South Pole that passes through Greenwich and is designated as the 0° longitude. All other longitudes are measured from this line. The Greenwich Meridian divides the earth into two equal halves – the Eastern and Western hemispheres.

Question 7.
What is the Hadley’s Octans? From where is it visible?
Answer:
Hadley’s Octans is a constellation of stars in the southern sky that appears to circle around the south celestial pole. This constellation is faintly visible from any place in the Southern Hemisphere. However, it is difficult to view this with naked eyes.

Question 8.
What is meant by latitude?
Answer:
The angular distance of a place, north or south of the equator, usually measured in degrees is known as latitude. All the places having the same latitudinal degree, if joined by a single line, forms the parallel. For example, the latitude of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N.

Question 9.
What is meant by longitude?
Answer:
The angular distance of a place, east or west of the Greenwich meridian, usually measured in degrees is known as longitude. All the places having the same longitudinal degree, if joined by a single line, forms the meridian. For example, the longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E.

Question 10.
What is local time?
Answer:
The time of a place as determined according to noon or when the sun is directly overhead the meridian passing through that place, is called local time. The earth rotates around its axis once in every 24 hours, and during the course of this rotation, sunrays fall vertically overhead at different places at different times. Local time is also determined using the angle of elevation of the sun at that place.

Question 11.
What is standard time?
Answer:
The time of any country as standardised according to the local time at its Standard Meridian or the longitude passing through the middle of that country, is called standard time. The time of a country can be determined from this.

Question 12.
What is meant by antipode?
Answer:
The antipode of a point is the point on the earth’s surface which is diametrically opposite to it. The two points which are antipodal to one another can be connected by a straight line running through the centre of the earth.

Question 13.
What is the International Date Line?
Answer:
The International Date Line is an imaginary line that mostly follows the 180° longitude but deviates from its position near the Aleutian Islands, the Fiji and Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the Eastern and Western Hemispheres. According to this line, the calendar dates are changed.

Question 14.
What is meant by equatorial plane?
Answer:
The plane that passes through the equator and cuts the earth into two equal halves is called the equatorial plane. The centre of the earth lies on this plane and so, the angular value of this plane is 0°. It is perpendicular to the earth’s axis.

Question 15.
What is a sextant?
Answer:
A sextant is an instrument used to determine the angle between a celestial object and the horizon (this angle is also known as the object’s altitude). The instrument has an in-built telescope and helps in determining the latitude of a place.

Question 16.
What is a Chronometer?
Answer:
Chronometer is a precise and accurate clock, used to determine the longitude at sea. In 1735, John Harrison built the first chronometer, which he improved, with many innovations, over the next thirty years before submitting it for examination. The most complete international collection of chronometers, including the Harrison’s, is at the Royal Observatory, in London, England.

Question 17.
What is the difference between a great circle and a small circle?
Answer:
A circle formed on the surface of a sphere by a plane that passes through the centre of the sphere is called a great circle. It is different from a small circle in the sense that, a small circle is formed on the surface of a sphere by a plane that does not pass through the centre of the sphere. For example, the equator (0°) is a great circle whereas, both the Tropics (23 1/2°) are small circles.

Question 18.
How are longitude and time related?
Answer:
Determination and calculation of time is greatly dependent on the lines of longitude. The time for a particular longitude is calculated on the basis of noon time or 120′ clock midday of that place. We know that, for every 1° difference in longitude, there is a time difference of 4 minutes. Moreover, if the time difference between any two places is known, the longitudinal difference of those two places can be easily determined.

Question 19.
Why does high temperature prevail in the torrid zone all through the year?
Answer:
The torrid zone extends between the Tropic of Cancer (231° N) and the Tropic of Capricorn (23 1/2° S). The apparent motion of the sun is also restricted between these tropics. From December 22 upto June 21 the sun apparently moves from Tropic of Capricorn to Tropic of Cancer that is known as the apparent northward movement of the sun. Similarly from June 21 till December 22 the sun apparently moves in the opposite direction that is known as the apparent southward movement of the sun. Therefore, this region receives vertical rays of the sun all year, and this is why high temperatures (25°-35° C) prevail.

Question 20.
At which places does the International Date Line deviate from the 180° longitude?
Answer:
The International Date Line is not a straight line, but moves in a zigzag manner to avoid crossing through any landmass. In the Northern Hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid the Wrangel island and then deviates west to avoid the Bering Sea and almost 7° to avoid Aleutian Islands. In the Southern Hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham and such other islands.

Question 21.
What is meant by graticule?
Answer:
Graticule is a network or web of lines representing the earth’s parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude, on which maps are drawn. The combination of these two components specify the position of any place on the earth. However, it does not consider the altitude or depth of a place.

Question 22.
What is meant by angular distance?
Answer:
An angle whose apex is at the centre of the spherical earth and whose legs are radii intersecting the circle in two distinct points, thereby subtending an arc between those two points is known as the angular distance. The unit used to measure the angular distance is degree, minute and seconds as it is conceptually identical to an angle.

Question 23.
What are Arctic and Antarctic Circles?
Answer:
Arctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs 661° north of the equator, whereas, Antarctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs 66 1/2° south of the equator. The region beyond the Arctic and the Antarctic circles experience 6 months of complete daylight and 6 months of complete darkness throughout the year.

Question 24.
What is the time difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer:
The longitudinal difference between any place and its antipodal point is 180°. We know that, for every 1° longitudinal difference time difference experienced is 4 minute. Therefore, the time difference between the place and its antipodal point becomes (180 × 4 = 720 minute) 12 hours.

Question 25.
What is meant by the northern and the southern latitudes?
Answer:
The latitudes can be delineated into two types on the basis of which hemisphere it is located-
1. Northern latitudes: Latitudes located to the north of the equator are known as northern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the Northern Hemisphere come under this. These are denoted by the letter ‘N’.
2. Southern latitudes: Latitudes located towards the south of the equator are known as the southern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the Southern Hemisphere come under this. These are denoted by the letter ‘S’.

Question 26.
What is the Standard Meridian for India? Through which place does it pass?
Answer:
India, in the Eastern Hemisphere, has a vast longitudinal extension i.e., from 68° 07′ E to 97° 25′ E. The 82 1/2° E longitude is taken as the Standard Meridian for the country and the local time of this meridian is considered as the standard time for entire India. It is known as the Indian Standard Time (IST).The IST passes through the city of Allahabad. Therefore, the local time of Allahabad is taken as the standard time for India.

Question 27.
What is a sundial?
Answer:
Sundial is the earliest timekeeping device, that indicates the time of day by the position of the shadow of some object open to the sun’s rays. As the day advances, sun moves across the sky, causing shadow of the object to move and indicating the passage of time. The flat surface of the sundial is called the dial plate, that is generally made out of materials like wood, stone, metal and such others.

Question 28.
Name the standard meridians of the U.S.A.
Answer:
A country with a greater east-west expanse, like the USA, may have more than one standard time. These are known as time zones. The United States of America has 4 time zones. They are as follows-

Eastern Standard Time (EST): This time zone is 5 hours behind G.M.T. New York falls in this time zone.
Central Standard Time (CST): This time zone is 6 hours behind G.M.T. Chicago falls in this time zone.
Mountain Standard Time (MST): This time zone is 7 hours behind G.M.T.
Pacific Standard Time (PST): This time zone is 8 hours behind G.M.T. Los Angeles is located in this time zone.

Question 29.
Why is standard time more useful for a country than local time?
Answer:
A number of meridians pass through every country. If their local time is considered then the proper functioning of the national services like railways, airways, postal department in the country gets hindered. So, a country considers the time of its central meridian or the standard meridian as the standard time for the entire country. This is why standard time is more useful for a country than local time.

Question 30.
What is the Indian Standard Time?
Answer:
India, in the Eastern Hemisphere, has a vast longitudinal extent i.e., from 68° 7′ E to 97° 25′ E. Thirty meridians, each having their own local time, pass through this country. So, the local time of the meridian, 821° E, that passes through the city of Allahabad, which is more or less in the middle of the India, is followed as its Standard Time. This local time is known as the Indian Standard Time (I.S.T.).

Short Questions and Answers : (3 marks for each question)

Question 1.
How can we determine the longitude of a place?
Answer:
The longitude of a place can easily be determined with the following references-
1. With reference to time of any other longitude: We know that for a time difference of 4 minutes, we experience a 1° difference in longitude. So, if 4 minutes are added to the local time of a place we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the east of that place. Similarly, if 4 minutes are subtracted from the local time of a place we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the west of that place. Therefore, if the local times of any two places are known along with the longitude of any one place, the longitude of the other place can be easily calculated.

2. With reference to G.M.T.: G.M.T. is the local time of the 0° meridian passing through Greenwich near London. This is also known as the Universal Time. So, if the time difference of a place from the G.M.T. is known, the longitude can be easily calculated. Time is ahead for places due east and behind for the places due west of Prime Meridian. E.g., the Indian Standard Time is ahead by 5 hours 30 minutes than that of G.M.T. Therefore, the longitude of the Standard Meridian of India will be 82° 30′ E.

Question 2.
How does the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octans help to determine latitudes?
Answer:
In ancient times, people used the Pole Star to determine North, Hadley’s Octans to determine South, the Morning Star to determine East in the morning and Evening Star to determine West in the evening. Later, with the advent of an instrument called sextant, things became easier. Sextant is used to determine the angle between a celestial object and the horizon. This angle is also known as the object’s altitude. The instrument has an in-built telescope and helps to determine the latitude of a place. For example, altitude of the Hadley’s Octans in the Southern Hemisphere near the equator is zero and thus equator is located at the 0° latitude. From equator, if we move 111.3 km to the south we reach the 1° S latitude, and the sextant also shows an altitude of 1° between Hadley’s Octans and the local horizon.

Question 3.
What do you mean by the Greenwich Mean Time?
Answer:
Greenwich Mean Time or G.M.T. is the local time of the 0° Meridian passing through Greenwich near London. As different countries have different standard times, it becomes difficult to carry out international communications. To avoid this problem, Greenwich Mean Time is followed across the globe. Therefore, G.M.T. is also known as the Universal Time. Countries located due east of the Prime Meridian are ahead of the GMT while those due west are behind GMT.

Question 4.
How was the International Date Line determined?
Answer:
To use a global time zone system with an International Date Line, the day and date have to be separated at some part on the earth by marking a terminal point. The suitable solution was provided in 1884 by the International Meridian Conference (IMC), held in Washington D.C., that was attended by representatives of 25 nations. The IMC selected the 180° meridian as this terminal point. The imaginary line of International Date Line was thus drawn that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position near the Aleutian Islands, the Fiji and Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the Eastern and Western Hemispheres. It is according to this line, that calendar dates are changed.

Question 5.
Why do some countries have more than one standard time?
Answer:
Places situated on different meridians have different local times. A number of meridians pass through every country. If their local times are considered then the proper functioning of the administration and business gets hindered. So, to avoid such situation, the local time of a central meridian is taken as the standard time for the entire country. However, countries with a vast east-west extent face problems regarding time difference between its eastern and western parts. Too great a time difference between the extreme east and the extreme west, causes inconvenience and confusion. Therefore, these countries are divided into several time zones, each having its own standard time. For example, the USA is divided into 4 time zones while the Russian Federation has 11 time zones.

Question 6.
What do you mean by the Daylight Saving Time or DST?
Answer:
In the countries of the high latitudes, the difference between the duration of day and night is quite high with the changing seasons. Therefore, many countries started using Daylight Saving Time or DST (first proposed by Benjamin Franklin in 1784) to make better use of the natural daylight in the evenings. Many use it to reduce the amount of energy needed for artificial lighting during the evening hours. Many countries in the Northern Hemisphere- like the USA, Central America, Canada, Europe, Asia, North Africa, observe DST. Similarly, many countries in the Southern Hemisphere-like Australia, New Zealand, South America, South Africa also observe DST. Daylight Saving Time is in use between March and April and ends between September and November. This is because the countries return to Standard Time in the Northern Hemisphere and the reverse in Southern Hemisphere.

Question 7.
Write a brief note on Prime Meridian and International Date Line.
Answer:
The Prime Meridian is the imaginary line of longitude, considered to have a value of 0°, which passes through the Greenwich Observatory in London.
Special characteristics:

Directly opposite to it is the 180° line of longitude or the International Date Line.
This divides the earth into two equal hemispheres-east and west.
As this passes over the Royal Observatory in Greenwich, London, it is called the Greenwich line.
Determines the location and local time of any place.

The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position over the landmasses.

Special characteristics:

1. A calendar date first starts and ends at this line.
2. When anyone crosses the International Date Line from east to west, he subtracts 1 day and similarly adds 1 day as he crosses it from west to east.

Question 8.
Into how many heat zones can the earth be divided on the basis of latitudes?
Answer:
The earth is divided into three heat zones on the basis of the angle at which the sunrays fall. These are as follows-
1. Torrid Zone: It extends from the equator (0°) to the Tropics (23 1/2° N. and S). Some important countries that come under this zone are-Brazil, Venezuela, Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Malaysia, Indonesia, England and such others.
2. Temperate Zone: It extends from the Tropics (23 1/2° N. and S) to the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66 1/2° N. and S). Some important countries that come under this zone are-the United States of America, Chile, France, South Africa, New Zealand, England, Canada, Japan, Germany, Italy and such others.
3. Frigid Zone: It extends from the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66 1/2° N. and S) to the Poles (90° N. and S). Some important countries that come under this zone are-Antarctica, Siberia, Alaska, Greenland, Northern Canada, Norway, and northern parts of Sweden.

Write the differences between the following –

Question 1.
Latitude and Parallels of latitude
Answer:
The differences between a latitude and parallels of latitude are as follows-

Points of difference	Lalitude	Parallels of latitude
1. Definition	It is the angular distance of a place, north or south of the equator, measured in degrees.	These are imaginary lines drawn around earth, parallel to the equator.
2. Characteristics	These are angular distances from the centre of the earth.	These are imaginary lines drawn around the earth.
3. Method of construction	Places having same latitudinal degree, if joined by a single line, form the parallel.	Parallels join all the places having the same latitudinal degree.

Question 2.
Longitude and Meridians of longitude
Answer:
The differences between a longitude and meridians of longitude are as follows-

Points of difference	Longitude	Meridians of longitude
1. Definition	Angular distance of a place east or west of the Greenwich Meridian, measured in degrees, is known as the longitude.	A meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the earth, that ends at the geographical polesthe North Pole and the South Pole.
2. Characteristics	These are angular distances from the centre of the earth.	These are imaginary lines drawn between the north and south poles.
3. Method of construction	All the places having the same longitudinal degree, if joined by a single line, form the meridian.	It connects all the points of equal longitude.

Question 3.
Latitude and Longitude
Answer:
The differences between latitude and longitude are as follows-

Points of difference	Lafitude	Longtude
1. Definition	The angular distance of a place north or south of the equator, usually measured in degrees, is known as latitude.	The angular distance of a place east or west of the Greenwich meridian, usually measured in degrees, is known as longitude.
2. Direction	Latitudes are drawn from east to west.	Longitudes are drawn from north to south.
3. Shape and size	Latitudes are full circles and their size become smaller as we move from equator to the poles.	Longitudes are half circles and their size remains the same throughout.
4. Total number	There are 181 latitudes in all, including the equator, when drawn at 1° interval.	There are 360 longitudes in all, when drawn at 1° interval.
5. Measured from	Latitudes are measured on north or south of the equator.	Latitudes are measured on east or west of the Prime Meridian.
6. Extension	Latitudes extend from the equator (0°) to the poles (90°) in either hemisphere.	Longitudes extend from the Prime Meridian (0°) to the 180° longitude in either hemisphere. (Note: 180° E and 180° W are the same line of longitude.)
7. Hemispheres	Latitudes divide the earth into two hemispheres.	Longitudes divide the earth into Eastern and Western Hemispheres.
8. Climatic characteristics	The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same latitude are alike.	The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same longitude are different.
9. Local time	The local time of various places lying on the same latitude are different.	The local time of various places lying on the same longitude are alike.
10. Use	The earth can be divided into heat zones on the basis of latitudes.	Local time of a place can be calculated on the basis of longitudes.

Question 4.
Local time and Standard time
Answer:
The differences between local time and standard time are as follows-

Points of difference	Local Time	Standard Time
1. Concept	The time of a place as determined when the sun is directly overhead the meridian passing through that place, is called local time.	The time in any country as standardised according to the local time at its Standard Meridian is called standard time.
2. Number	Each longitude has a local time, which means that there are innumerable local times.	This is the central meridian of a country or a time zone. So only 1 standard time is there for a country or a time zone.
3. Usage	Practical usage of this is not significant.	This is done primarily for convenience of administration and governance.

Give reasons for the following :

Question 1.
The equator is known as Great Circle.
Answer:
When the centre of the circle and the centre of the globe are the same it becomes a Great Circle. There are several imaginary lines of latitude drawn over the earth’s surface, and out of those lines, the equator is known as the Great Circle, because-

The great circle is the largest circle. It is not possible to draw a circle larger than the Great Circle over the earth’s surface.
The centre of the earth and that of the Great Circle lies at the same point.
If any circle is divided along the Great Circle, we get two equal halves.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 1

Question 2.
Longitude and time are interrelated.
Answer:
Longitude and time are interrelated because –
1. Determination of mid-day and local time: Longitude helps in determining the time of mid-day of any area. The time of mid-day helps in determining the rest of the time of the day, because each and every longitude of the earth faces the sun at least once in 24 hours.
2. The difference between each 1° longitude and time is 4 minutes: The earth takes 24 hours to complete a rotation. So, the earth rotates 360° in 24 hours i.e., 360 / 24 = 15° or 1° in 4 minutes.
3. The time which lies in the longitude of the Eastern areas is always ahead: The earth rotates from West to the East, so the places in the East experience sunrise and sunset earlier than the places in the West.
So, the places located in the East are ahead in time than the places located in the West.

Question 3.
The difference of time between a place and its antipode is 12 hours.
Answer:
If any imaginary line from any point on the earth’s surface passes through the centre of the earth and touches the point opposite to the starting point, the latter is called the antipode of the former. So, an antipodal point is situated at the opposite longitude. The longitudinal difference between any place and its antipode point is 180°. So, we can mathematically prove thatWhen longitudinal difference is 1°, time difference is = 4 minutes
When longitudinal difference is 180°, time difference is = 180 × 4 minutes
= 720 × minutes = 12 × hours

Question 4.
Why is the 180° longitude is known as International Date Line?
Answer:
180° longitude is known as International Date Line because –
1. 180° longitude is the starting and ending point of the dates and time of the earth.
2. Since 180° longitude passes mostly over the water bodies, the time zones of the continents are not affected.
3. When the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the western side of the Greenwich, the international date increases by a day. Again, when the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the eastern side of the Greenwich, international date is decreased by a day.

Long Questions and Answers : (5 marks for each question)

Question 1.
What are meant by parallels of latitude? Discuss their properties and their uses. [1 + 2 + 2]
Answer:
The imaginary lines drawn around the earth parallel to the equator are known as the parallels of latitude. These are used to indicate the lines of latitude. These lines join all the places with the same latitudinal degree.

Properties:

The paraliels of latitude are full circles and parallel to each other.
As the value of the latitudes increase, the circumference of the parallels of latitude gradually decreases.
At the poles, the distance around the earth is zero. Therefore, the poles appear to be dots.
All places on the same parallel of latitude have the same latitudinal degree.
Solar incidence changes with changing latitude. Accordingly, the climatic characteristics of the places also vary.
The local time of various places lying on the same latitude are different.

Uses:

The North-South position of a place can be determined by using the equator and the other latitudes as standard of measurement.
The parallels of latitude are often used as the boundary of a country or a state. For instance, the 45° N parallel forms an approximate border between Quebec (Canada), and the states of New York and Vermont in the USA.
The earth can be divided into different heat zones (Torrid zone, Temperate zone and Frigid zone) on the basis of latitudes.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 2

Question 2.
How can you determine the latitude of a place geometrically? How can the latitude of a place in the Northern Hemisphere be determined using the elevation of the Pole Star? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
Geometric determination of the latitude of a place: In the given Fig. 3.3, B denotes the earth’s centre, DC the equator, A the North Pole and P the Pole Star. N is a place in the Northern Hemisphere with MO as its horizon. Moreover, BQ is perpendicular to MO. As the Pole Star is located vertically above the North Pole, it will be visible at P’ position from N. Consequently, the angle of elevation of the North Star, as visible from N, would be ∠MNP ‘ and the latitudinal degree of N would be ∠NBC.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 3

Figure 3.3: Geometric determination of latitude
Now, MNP’ + QNP’ = A right angle and, PBN + NBC = A right angle
Therefore, PBN + NBC = M MP’ + QNP’
Moreover, since BP and NP’ are parallel to each other, so PBN = QNP’
Hence, NBC = MNP’
Therefore, the angle of elevation of the Pole Star, as visible from N = the latitudinal degree of N.
Elevation of the Pole Star to determine the latitude of a place: In an open place-two poles, one taller than the other, were fixed. The smaller pole was fixed south of the taller one in such a way that the smaller pole, the taller pole to its north and the Pole Star as visible in the sky, were all in a straight line. Now, after measuring the exact distance between the poles on a white paper. the poles need to be drawn to the scale. Therefore, in the figure, YR and ZS are the two poles, with RS being the distance between the two. Now, Y and Z are joined and simultaneously, SR is extended so that these two meet at the point D and form an angle ∠ZDS. Hence, ∠YDR is the angle of elevation of the Pole Star and also the latitudinal degree. So, if the ∠YDR is measured with the help of a protractor, the latitude of the place can be determined.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 4

Question 3.
What is meant by meridians of longitude? Discuss their properties and their uses. [1 + 2 + 2]
Answer:
In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the earth, that ends at the geographical poles -the North Pole and the South Pole. It connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 5

Properties:

The meridians of longitude are all half circles.
They are not parallel to each other.
The distance between two consecutive meridians is the highest at the equator, and reduces gradually towards the poles.
All the meridians are of equal length.
All places on the same meridian have the same longitudinal degree.
The climatic characteristics of the places on the same longitude vary drastically.
The local time of various places lying on the same longitude are always the same.

Uses:

The East-West position of a place can be determined by using the Prime Meridian and the other longitudes as standard of measure.
The local time of any place on the surface of the earth can be calculated based on which longitude it is positioned.

Question 4.
Explain with examples how the location of a place can be determined using the lines of latitude and longitude. How does the local time change with changing lines of longitude? [3 + 2]
Answer:
Determination of location of a place with the help of Parallels of Latitude and Meridians of Longitude: The location of any place on the earth’s surface can be determined by using the lines of latitude and longitude. The Parallels of Latitude are full circles and run in an east-west direction. On the other hand, the Meridians of Longitude are half circles and run in a north-south direction. The combination of these two components form a graticule that specifies the position of any place on the earth. This is why both Parallels of Latitude and Meridians of Longitude are shown on the maps. To determine the exact location of a place, both are essential.

For example, location of the city of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N and 88° 30′ E. This statement explains the fact that Kolkata is located at the intersection point of 22° 30′ N latitude and 88° 30′ E longitude. The local time changes with change in longitude: The longitudes of the earth are half circular lines that extend from north to south. Since the earth rotates on its axis once every 24 hours, each longitude faces the sun directly once every 24 hours. When the sun is directly overhead any longitude, it is noon at that point. The local time at this longitude is measured with reference to noon at this point. Therefore, each line of longitude experiences noon only once every 24 hours and each longitude experiences it at different points of time. That is why local time changes with change in the longitude.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 7

Figure 3.6: Determination of the location of a place with the help of latitudes and longitudes

Question 5.
What is the International Date Line? Explain the significance of the line. Why does the International Date Line not follow the 180° line of longitude throughout? [1 + 2 + 2]
Answer:
The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude. However, it deviates from its original position near the Aleutian Islands, the Fiji and Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a divider between the dates of the eastern and western hemispheres. It is according to this line that the calendar date changes.

Significance: The earth takes 24 hours or 1440 minutes to complete one rotation of 360°. Therefore, for every 1° difference in longitude, we experience a time difference of 4 minutes. Moreover, since the earth rotates from west to east, the local time in the east is ahead of the local time in the west. So, if the local time is followed on a world tour, a lot of discrepancies can arise regarding the date and time of the places. This creates a lot of confusion and inconvenience for business purposes.

For example, both the 180° E and the 180° W are actually the same line, but the time difference as any aeroplane or ship crosses the line is calculated to be – 12 h + 12 h = 24 h or 1 day.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 8

A suitable solution was provided in 1884 by the International Meridian Conference (IMC), held in Washington D.C., that was attended by representatives of 25 nations. The IMC selected the 180° meridian as the terminal point. The International Date Line acts as a divider between the dates of the Eastern and Western Hemispheres. It is according to this line, that calendar dates are changed. As anyone crosses the International Date Line from east to west, he subtracts 1 day (that is if it was Monday earlier, now it becomes Sunday for him) and adds 1 day (that is if it was Sunday earlier, now it becomes Monday for him) as he crosses it from west to east, to keep parity with the time and date of that place.

The International Date line does not follow the 180° line of longitude throughout: The International Date Line almost coincides with the 180° longitude but not completely. It zigzags to avoid crossing over any landmass. In the Northern Hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid the Wrangel island as well as the Chukchi Peninsula on the Russian mainland, and then deviates west to avoid the Bering Sea and almost 7° to avoid Aleutian Islands. In the Southern Hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham and such other islands. This makes it convenient for all the people of Siberia to follow the standard time of Siberia, Aleutian Island to follow the Pacific Standard Time of the USA and Fiji, Tonga and Chatham to follow the standard time of New Zealand and avoid any kind of confusion.

Question 6.
Why is it necessary to determine the location of a place? How can the earth be divided into various heat zones? [2 + 3]
Answer:
Necessity of determining the location of a place:

The exact location of the place on the surface of the earth can be determined.
It helps to find the distance between any two or more places.
The location of a place helps us to understand the explanation of any geographical research and study.
The climatic characteristics of a place can be more or less surmised if the location of the place is known.

Heat zone: The rays of the sun fall at different angles at different places on the earth at different times of the year. The earth is divided into three heat zones on the basis of the angle at which the sunrays fall. These are as follows-
1. Torrid Zone: Extends from the Equator (0°) to the Tropic of Cancer (231° 2°) in the North and to the Tropic of Capricorn (231° 2°) in the South. Some important countries that come under this zone are-Brazil, Venezuela, Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Malaysia, Indonesia, England and such others.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 9

2. Temperate Zone: Extends from the Tropics (231° N. and S) to the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66 1/2° N. and S). Some countries that come under this zone are- United States of America, Chile, France, South Africa, New Zealand, England, Canada, Japan, Germany, Italy and several others.

3. Frigid Zone: Extends from the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66 1/2° N. and S) to the Poles (90° N. and S). Some countries that come under this zone are-Antarctica, Siberia, Alaska, Greenland, northern Canada, Norway, and the northern parts of Sweden.

Question 7
What is meant by great circle? What is meant by antipode? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
Great Circle:
Concept: A circle formed on the surface of a sphere by a plane that passes through the centre of the sphere is called a great circle. It is different from a general circle in which the intersection point of the sphere and a plane need not pass through the centre of the sphere. For instance, the equator is the only possible great circle among the lines of latitude on the surface of the earth, because equator alone fulfils the requirement to be called a great circle.

Properties:

It is the largest possible circle that can be drawn on the surface of a sphere.
An infinite number of great circles can be drawn on any sphere and any of the great circles always bisects the sphere.
The centre of the great circle and that of the sphere will be the same.
The arc of a great circle is the shortest distance between any two points on the surface of the sphere.

Uses: The arc of a great circle being the shortest distance between any two points on the surface of the sphere, the aeroplanes and ships try to follow these routes. This is what is popularly known as the Great Circle Route.

Antipode:
Concept: The antipode of a place is a point on the earth’s surface which is diametrically opposite to it. The two points which are antipodal to one another can be connected by a straight line running through the centre of the earth. For instance, the antipode of North Pole is the South Pole.

Properties:

The time difference between a place and its antipode is 12 hours.
The longitudinal difference between a place and its antipode is 180°.
Though the angular value of a place and its antipode is the same, they are always located in the opposite hemispheres.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 10

Examples: As depicted in the figure above, Kolkata is located at 22° 30′ N latitude and 88° 30′ E longitude. So the antipode of Kolkata would be located at 22° 30′ S latitude and (180° – 88° 30′) = 91° 30′ W longitude.

Significance:

To ensure a fair circumnavigation following the great circle route, cressing a pair of antipodal points is inevitable. This is regardless of from where the traveller has started.
Antipodes have contrary seasons at the same time.
The length of day in a place is equal to the length of night at its antipode.

Question 8.
Discuss the important lines of latitude and longitude.
Answer:
The important lines of latitude are as follows-
WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 28

The important lines of longitude are as follows-

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 29

Question 9.
1. The local time of places X and Y are Saturday 9 pm and Sunday 3 am respectively. The longitude of X is 90° W. Determine the longitude of Y.
2. What will be the time of I.S.T. when chronometer shows 12 noon? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the longitude of Y :

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 11

The local time of places X and Y are Saturday 9 pm and Sunday 3 am respectively. Therefore, the difference in local time between X and Y is –
(Saturday 9 pm – Sunday 3 am) i.e., [Saturday (24h – 21h = 3h) + Sunday 3h] = 6 h or 360 m.
Now, we know that for every 4 minutes’ time difference, longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 360 minutes’ time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 360 ÷ 4 = 90°
Hence, the longitudinal difference between X and Y is 90°.
Since the local time of Y is ahead of the local time of X, this means that Y is located due east of X.
Therefore, longitude of Y is (90° – 90°) = 0°.

2. Determination of time of I.S.T:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 12

The chronometer runs on the basis of Greenwich time. Therefore, if it is 12 noon according to chronometer, then it can be inferred that time at Greenwich or the Prime Meridian (0°) is also 12 noon. On the other hand, it is also known that the Standard Meridian of India is 82° 30′ E.
Hence, longitudinal difference between the Prime Meridian i.e., the G.M.T. and I.S.T. is(82° 30′-0°) = 82° 30′. Now the time difference for 82° 30′ longitudinal difference will be-
For every 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.
Therefore, for 82° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (82 × 4)=328 minutes.
Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 seconds.
Therefore, for 30′ longitudinal difference, time difference will be (30 × 4)=120 seconds or 2 minutes.
So, the total time difference between G.M.T. and I.S.T. becomes (328 + 2)=330 minutes or 5 h 30 m.

Since Standard Meridian of India is located due east of the Prime Meridian, so I.S.T. would be ahead of G.M.T.
Therefore, when it is 12 noon according to G.M.T., the time according to I.S.T. would be (12h + 5h 30 m) = 17: 30 hours or 5: 30 pm.

Question 10
1. The longitude of places A and B are 20° E and 35° E respectively. What will be the local time of B when it is Sunday 11 pm at A?
2. A news is broadcast at 8 am from Greenwich. What will be the longitude of the place that receives the broadcast at 2:30 pm? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the local time of the place B:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 13

It is known that, the longitudes of A and B are 20° E and 35° E respectively.
Hence, the longitudinal difference between A and B is – (35°-20°) = 15°.
For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes.
Therefore, for 15° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (15 × 4)=60 minutes or 1 hour.
Since B is located due east of A, so the time of B would be ahead of A.
Therefore, when it is 11 pm at A, the time at B would be (Sunday 11 pm+1 h) i.e., (23 h+ 1 h)=24 h or Monday 00:00.

2. Determination of the longitude of the unknown place: The news broadcast at 8 am from Greenwich (0°), is received at the unknown place at 2:30 pm, local time.
Therefore, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is-
(2: 30 pm-8 am), i.e., (14 h 30 m-8 h)=6 h 30 m or 390 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 390 m time difference the longi-tudinal difference will be 390 ÷ 4 = 97° 30′.
As per the question, the time of the unknown place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located due east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0° + 97° 30′)=97° or 97° 30′ E.

Question 11.
1. The captain of a ship notices that the local time at a port, where his ship has just reached, is showing 7:30 pm. But the Chronometer then shows the time 11:46 pm. What is the longitude of the port that the ship has reached?
2. How can the latitude be determined with reference to Hadley’s Octans? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the longitude of the port:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 14

The chronometer runs on the basis of the Greenwich time.
When the ship reached the port at 11:46 pm according to Greenwich time, the local time of the port was 7:30 pm
Therefore, the time difference between these two places would be (11:46 pm – 7:30 pm) i.e., (23 h 46 m-19 h 30 m)=4 h 16 m or 256 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 256 m time difference the longitudinal difference will be 256 ÷ 4 = 64°.

So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the port is 64°.
As it is known that the time of the port is behind that of Greenwich, so the port would be located due west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the port would be (64° – 0°) = 64° or 64° W.

2. Determination of a latitude with reference to Hadley’s Octans: Hadley’s Octans is a constellation of stars in the southern sky that is noteworthy as marking the geographical South Pole. In ancient times, people used the Pole Star to determine north and Hadley’s Octans to determine south. The Hadley’s Octans is visible in the night sky from all places in the Southern Hemisphere but its altitude is not the same at all places. The altitude changes with varying latitudes. The altitude of the Hadley’s Octans near the equator is zero and thus equator is measured as 0° latitude. From the equator, if we move 111.3 km to the south, we reach the 1° S latitude and the altitude of Hadley’s Octans at 1° S is measured to be 1°. In the same sequence, the angle of elevation of the Hadley’s Octans is measured to be 90° or exactly vertical at the South Pole. Therefore, with reference to the angle of elevation of the Hadley’s Octans from the horizon of a place, the latitude of the place can be easily determined.

Question 12.
1. New York is located at 74° W. What would be the time at New York when it is 11 am at Greenwich? 2. Determine the difference in local time of a place and its antipodal point.
Answer:
1. Determination of the local time at New York:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 15

Now, the longitude of Greenwich is 0°.

Therefore, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and New York is(74°-0°)=74°.
Now, for 1° longitudinal difference, time difference is 4 m.
So, for 74° longitudinal difference, time difference will be 74 × 4 = 296 m or 4 h 56 m.
As New York is located due west of Greenwich, the local time of New York will be behind Greenwich time.
Therefore, while it is 11 am at Greenwich, the time at New York would be (11 h – 4 h 56 m) = 6 h 04 m or 6: 04 am.
2. Determination of the difference in local time of a place and its antipodal point: The antipode of a point is a point on the earth’s surface which is diametrically opposite to it. So, the longitudinal difference between these two places is always 180°.
We know, for 1° longitudinal difference, time difference is 4 m.
So, for 180° longitudinal difference, time difference will be 180 × 4 = 720 m or 12 h. Therefore, the difference in local time of a place and its antipodal point is 12 hours.

Question 13.
(1) When it is 6: 30 am in Chennai, the time at New York is 8: 13 pm of the previous day. What is the longitude of New York, if the longitude of Chennai is 80° 15′ E ? 2 While on a voyage, a captain of a ship notices at 1 pm that the time shown in the chronometer is 6:30 pm Which longitude is the ship passing through at that time? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 16

When it is 6: 30 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8: 13 pm of the previous day. Therefore, the difference in local time between Chennai and New York is (8:13 pm of previous day – 6: 30 am) or [(24 h-20 h 13 m) + 6 h 30 m] = 10 h 17 m or 617 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal time difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 617 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be (617 ÷ 4) = 154° 15′.
So, the longitudinal difference between New York and Chennai is 154° 15′.
Now, since the local time of New York is behind the local time of Chennai, this implies that New York is located due west of Chennai.
Therefore, the longitude of New York is (154° 15′ – 80° 15′) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Determination of longitude of New York:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 17

The chronometer runs on the basis of Greenwich time.
The time difference between Greenwich time and the unknown location of the ship is (6: 30 pm-1 pm) or (18 h 30 m-13 h) = 5 h 30 m or 330 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 330 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 330 ÷ 4 = 82° 30′.
So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown location of the ship is 82° 30′.
As it is known that the time of the unknown location is behind that of Greenwich, so the unknown location would be located due west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown location would be (82° 30′-0°) = 82° or 82° 30′ W.

Question 14.
1. When the local time of Tripoli (13°. 12′ E) is 5 pm, the local time of an unknown city would be 7 am. What would be the longitude of this unknown city?
2. When the local time of Kolkata is 11:30 am., the local time of Tokyo is 2:51 pm. What would be the longitude of Tokyo? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the longitude of the unknown city:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 18

The difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown city is(5 pm-7 am) i.e., (17 h-7 h) = 10 h or 600 m. Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 600 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 600 ÷ 4 = 150°.
As per the question, the time of the unknown city is behind that of Tripoli, so the unknown city would be located due west of Tripoli (13° 12′ E). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (150°-13° 12′) = 136° 48′ or 136° 48′ W.

2. Determination of the longitude of Tokyo:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 19

The difference in local time between Kolkata and Tokyo is-
(2 : 51pm – 11 : 30am) i.e., (14h 51m – 1h 30m) = 3h or 21m or 201m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°
Therefore, for 201 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 201 ÷ 4 = 50° 15′.
As per the question, the time in Tokyo is ahead of Kolkata, so Tokyo would be located due east of Kolkata (88° 30′ E). Therefore, the longitude of Tokyo would be (88° 30’+ 50° 15′) = 138° 45′ or 138° 45′ E.

Question 15.
What would be the local time of Dhaka (90° E), when it is 6 am in Seoul (127° 06’E)?
Answer:
Both Seoul and Dhaka are located in the Eastern Hemisphere.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 20

The longitudinal difference between Seoul and Dhaka is (127° 06′-90°) = 37° 06′.
So, the difference in time between Seoul and Dhaka would be-
If, for every 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.
Therefore, for 37° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (37 × 4) = 148 minutes or 2h 28 m.
Again, for every 1 ‘ longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 seconds.
Therefore, for 6 ‘ longitudinal difference, time difference will be (6 × 4) = 24 seconds.
So, the total time difference between Seoul and Dhaka becomes (2 h 28m + 24 seconds) = 2h 28 m 24 seconds.

Since Dhaka is located due west of Seoul, so the local time of Dhaka would be behind the local time of Seoul. Therefore, when it is 6 am in Seoul, the local time of Dhaka would be (6 h-2 h 28 m 24 seconds) = 3 h 31 m 36 seconds or 3:31:36 am.

Question 16.
If one travels along the equator, the change in local time can be accurately measured. Whereas, if we travel along any other lines of longitude from the equator to the poles, the change of seasons can easily be identified. Explain. (2) An important news broadcast in radio from New York at 12 noon, is heard at 8 pm in a certain place. What would be the longitude of that place? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Reasons for change in local time and season: The earth rotates around its axis once every 24 hours or 1 day. So if a traveller circumferences the entire globe along the equator, he has to cross all the lines of the longitude. It is known that, for every 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes. Therefore, the traveller who travels along the equator experiences difference in time as he crosses each longitude.

On the other hand, as the earth is in the form of a sphere, the angle of incidence of the sun’s rays on the earth’s surface increases from the equator towards the poles and therefore the amount of heat received in a given area decreases in the same direction. The surface temperature is normally highest near the equator and lowest at the poles. Therefore, the traveller who travels along any line of longitude from the equator towards the poles experiences differences in season.

2. Determination of the longitude of the unknown place:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 21

The important news broadcast in radio from New York at 12 noon, was heard at 8 pm in the unknown place.

So, the difference in local time between New York and the unknown place is ( 8 pm-12 noon) i.e., (20 h-12 h) = 8 h or 480 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 480 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 480 ÷ 4=120°.
As per the question, the time of the unknown place is ahead of New York, so the unknown place would be located due east of New York (74° W). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (120°-74°)=46° or 46° E.

Question 17.
Greenwich Time Signal is received by a place at 4:32 pm G.M.T. time. What is the longitude of that place, if the time taken by the signal to reach that place from Greenwich is calculated to be 2 minutes?
Answer:
Determination of the longitude of the unknown place:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 22
Greenwich Time Signal (2 minutes)

The Greenwich Time Signal from Greenwich at 12 noon, was heard at 4: 32 pm in the unknown place. The time taken by the time signal to reach that place from Greenwich is 2 minutes.
Therefore, the signal should have reached that place at (4 h 32 m-2 m) = 4h 30 m i.e., at 4:30 pm if the time lost in transmission is ignored.
So, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is( 4: 30 pm-12 noon) i.e., (16 h 30 m-12 h) = 4 h 30 m or 270 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 270 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 270 ÷ 4 = 67° 30′.
So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.

As per the question, the time of the unknown place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located due east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0°+ 67° 30′) = 67° 30′ or 67° 30′ E.

Question 18.
What would be the local time, day and date at Kolkata (88° 30′ E), while it is Wednesday 8:30 pm on December 31, 2014 at New York?
Answer:
Determination of the local time, day and date at Kolkata:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 23

The longitudinal difference between New York and Kolkata is- (74° + 88° 30′) = 162° 30′.
Therefore, the difference in local time between New York and Kolkata would be-
Now, for 1° longitudinal difference time difference is 4 m.
So, for 162° longitudinal difference time difference will be 162 × 4 = 684 m.
Again, for every 1 ‘ longitudinal difference time difference experienced is 4 s.

Therefore, for 30′ longitudinal difference time difference will be (30 × 4)=120 s or 2 m.
So, the total time difference between New York and Kolkata becomes (648+2)=650 m or 10 h 50 m.
As Kolkata is located due east of New York, the local time of Kolkata will be ahead the New York time.
Therefore, while is Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December, 2014 at New York, the time at Kolkata would be (Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December, 2014 + 10 h 50m ) = Thursday 7:20 am on 1 January, 2015.

Question 19.
1. What would be the longitude of an unknown place that records 12 o’clock noon, while it is 4: 30 pm at Greenwich?
2. What would be the local time at Madrid (3° 42′ W), when it is 8 pm at Vienna (16° 20’ E) ? [2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)]
Answer:
1. Determination of the longitude of the unknown place:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 24

The difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is( 4: 30 pm-12 noon) i.e., (16 h 30 m-12 h)= 4 h 30 m or 270 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference the longitudinal difference is 1°.
Therefore, for 270 m time difference the longi- tudinal difference will be 270 ÷ 4=67° 30′.
So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.
As per the question, the time of the unknown place is behind Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located due west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (67° 30′ – 0°)=67° 30′ or 67° 30′ W.

2. Determination of the local time at Madrid:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 25

The longitudinal difference between Vienna and Madrid is-

(16° 20’+3° 42′) = 20° 02′.
Now, for 1° longitudinal difference time difference is 4 m.
So, for 20° longitudinal difference, time difference will be 20 × 4=80 m or 1 h 20 m.
Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 s.
Therefore, for 2′ longitudinal difference, time difference will be (2 × 4)= 8 s.
So, the total time difference between Vienna and Madrid becomes (1h 20 m+ 8 s)=1 h 20 m 8 s.
As Madrid is located due west of Vienna, the local time of Madrid will be behind Vienna time.
Therefore, while it is 8 pm at Vienna, the time at Madrid would be (20 h-1 h 20 m 8 s) =18 h 39 m 52 s or 6: 39: 52 pm.

Question 20
It takes 8 h by flight to reach London from Kolkata. At what time the flight would reach London, if it takes off for London at 8 pm on 31 December, 2014 as per I.S.T. time?
Answer:
Determination of the time and date when the flight will reach London:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 26

The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and London is (82° 30′-0°)=82° 30′.
So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Greenwich would be-
If, for every 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.

Therefore, for 82° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (82 × 4) = 328 minutes.
Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 seconds.
Therefore, for 30′ longitudinal difference, time difference will be (30 × 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.
So, the total time difference between London and Kolkata becomes (328 + 2) = 330 minutes or 5 h 30 m.
As London is located due west of Kolkata, the time at London would be behind Kolkata. Therefore, when it is 8 pm on 31 December, 2014 in Kolkata, the time at London would be (20 h-5 h 30 m) = 14: 30 hours or 2 : 30 pm same day and date.
Now, it takes 8 h by a flight to reach London from Kolkata.
So, the flight will reach at (14 h 30 m + 8 h) = 22 h 30 m or 10: 30 pm the same date and day i.e., December 31, 2014.

Question 21.
When it is 6:32 am in Chennai, the time at New York is 8: 15 pm the previous day. As Chennai is located at 80° 15′ E, where is New York located? (2) Why is the radio broadcast time difference between Kolkata (88° 30′ E) and Dhaka (89° E) 30 m even if the longitudinal difference between them is 30′ ? [2 \frac{1{2+2 \frac{1{2]
Answer :
1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Class 9 Geography Solutions Chapter 3 Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface 27

The local time of New York is 8: 15 pm and Chennai is 6:32 am at the same time.
So, the difference in local time between New York and Chennai is-
(Previous day 8:15 pm – 6:32 am) or [(24h20 h 15 m) + 6 h 32 m] = 10 h 17 m or 617 m.
Now, for every 4 m time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for 617 m time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 617 ÷ 4 = 154° 15′.
As per the question, the time at New York is behind that of Chennai, so New York would be located due west of Chennai. Therefore, the longitude of New York would be (154°.15′ – 80° 15′) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Reasons for the difference in radio broadcast time between Kolkata and Dhaka: Longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Dhaka is 30′. Accordingly, the time difference between them should have been 2 m. But the difference in radio broadcast is 30 m. The reason behind this is, the time that the radio broadcast followed in Kolkata is according to the I.S.T. (82° 30′ E) and that in Dhaka is that of their standard meridian of 90° E.
The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Dhaka is (90° – 82° 30′) = 7° 30′. So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Dhaka would be-
If, for every 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.
Therefore, for 7° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (7 × 4) = 28 m.
Again, for every 1 ‘ longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 seconds. Therefore, for 30′ longitudinal difference, time difference will be (30 × 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.
Therefore, the total time difference between London and Dhaka becomes (28 + 2) = 30 minutes.

Question 22.
Determine the antipodal point for Kolkata (22° 30′ N, 88° 30′ E). 2 What would be the day and date of the antipodal point of Kolkata, when it is Thursday, 1 March, 2012, 8 am? [2 + 3]
Answer :
1. The antipodal point of Kolkata: It is known that the longitudinal difference between a pair of antipodal points are always 180°. So, if longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E, its antipode will be located at (180°-88° 30′) = 91° 30′ W.
The latitude of the antipode will also be located in the opposite hemisphere. The latitude of the antipode point of Kolkata would be 22° 30′ S.
Therefore, the antipodal point of Kolkata is located at 22° 30′ S, 91° 30’ W.

2. Determine the day, date and time of Kolkata’s antipodal point:
The time difference between a pair of antipodal points are always 12 h. So, if it is Thursday, March 1, 2012, 8 am in Kolkata, its antipode will have (Thursday, March 1, 2012, 8 am -12 h ) = Wednesday, 29 February, 2012, 8 pm. As 2012 is a leap year, February will have 29 days.

Question 23.
What do you mean by Daylight Saving Time or DST?
Answer:
I In the countries of the high latitudes, the difference between the duration of day and night is quite high with the changing seasons. For instance, in the Northern Hemisphere, at the 60° latitude, the length of daylight is 18 hours 27 minutes on the summer solstice day whereas on the winter solstice day it is 5 hours 33 minutes. Therefore, many countries started using Daylight Saving Time or DST to make better use of the natural daylight in the evenings and many use it to reduce the amount of energy needed for artificial lighting during the evening hours.

Though, Benjamin Franklin from the USA was the first to propose the DST concept in 1784, Germany was the first country to practically implement this practice in 1916. DST is now in use in over 70 countries. Today clocks are almost always set one hour back or ahead, but throughout history, there have been several variations. The beginning and end dates vary from one country to another. The European ‘Union adopted the ‘Summer Time’ period that was used in the United Kingdom for many years, where DST begins on the last Sunday in March and ends on the last Sunday in October.

Many countries in the Northern Hemispherelike the USA, Central America, Canada, all European nations, some Asian nations as well as some in northern Africa, observe DST. Similarly, many countries in the Southern Hemispherelike Australia, New Zealand, South America, southern Africa also observe DST. Daylight Saving Time is in use between March and April and ends between September and November as the countries return to Standard Time in the Northern Hemisphere and the reverse in Southern Hemisphere.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales

February 1, 2024 by Prasanna

Well structured WBBSE 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales can serve as a valuable review tool before exams.

Maps and Scales Class 9 WBBSE MCQ Questions

Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 1.
The concept of rectangular earth was proposed by-…………
A. Eratosthenes
B. Herodotus
C. Hecataeus
D. Ptolemy
Answer:
B. Herodotus

Question 2.
The number of regional maps shown in Ptolemy’s ‘Geographia’ are-…………
A. 20
B. 22
C. 26
D. 24
Answer:
C. 26

Question 3.
On the basis of scale, maps can be classified into-…………
A. 3 types
B. 4 types
C. 5 types
D. 6 types
Answer:
A. 3 types

Question 4.
Representative Fraction R.F.. of maps in an atlas is -…………
A. 1: 10000
B. 1: 200000
C. 1: 1000000
D. 1: 50000
Answer:
C. 1: 1000000

Question 5.
The R.F. of a cadastral map is -…………
A. 1: 3960
B. 1: 10000
C. 1: 1000
D. 1: 100000
Answer:
A. 1: 3960

Question 6.
The scale that can be used in any country of the world is- …………
A. linear scale
B. statement scale
C. fractional scale
D. diagonal scale
Answer:
C. fractional scale

Question 7.
1 mile is equal to- ………….
A. 63000 inches
B. 63360 inches
C. 63390 inches
D. 63500 inches
Answer:
B. 63360 inches

Question 8.
A magnetic compass always points to the-…………
A. north
B. south
C. east
D. west
Answer:
A. north

Question 9.
The R.F. of a map is 1: 10000. To make the new R.F. of the map 1: 5000, it should be enlarged by-…………
A. 2 times
B. 3 times
C. 4 times
D. 5 times
Answer:
C. 4 times

Question 10.
The word ‘map’ has been derived from the Latin word-…………
A. mapia
B. mappa
C. mappo
D. mapin
Answer:
B. mappa

Question 11.
Mappa is-…………
A. a piece of paper
B. a part of the world
C. a piece of cloth
D. a piece of land
Answer:
C. a piece of cloth

Question 12.
A map is a type of-…………
A. photograph
B. pattern
C coloured image
D. symbol
Answer:
B. pattern

Question 13.
A topic/theme based map is a-…………
A. natural map
B. qualitative map
C. wall map
D. natural vegetation map
Answer:
A. natural map

Question 14.
A political map is a-…………
A. scale oriented map
B. information oriented map
C. topic/theme based map
D. quantitative map
Answer:
C. topic/theme based map

Question 15.
The most useful map for geographers is the-…………
A. topographical map
B. cadastral map
C. political map
D. geotectonic map
Answer:
A. topographical map

Question 16.
The map used for collecting land revenue-…………
A. political map
B. map of police station
C. geotectonic map
D. cadastral map or ‘mauza’ map
Answer:
D. cadastral map or ‘mauza’ map

Question 17.
The weather map indicates-…………
A. cultivated land
B. minerals found underground
C. altitude of land
D. cloudiness
Answer:
D. cloudiness

Question 18.
The main advantage of a statement scale is that it is -…………
A. easy to draw
B. small in size
C. can be shown on a bigger scale
D. none of these
Answer:
A. easy to draw

Question 19.
Among the given options, the map that has a scale is the-…………
A. topographical map
B. cadastral map
C. globe
D. weather map
Answer:
D. weather map

Question 20.
Diagonal scale is a type of-…………
A. graphical scale
B. fractional scale
C. statement scale
D. linear scale
Answer:
A. graphical scale

Question 21.
The ratio of the distance between two points on a map and the actual ground distance between those two points is called-…………
A. statement scale
B. graphical scale
C. fractional scale
D. comparative scale
Answer:
C. fractional scale

Question 22.
The inventor of the vernier scale is-…………
A. John Vernier
B. Pierre Vernier
C. Lear Vernier
D. None of them
Answer:
B. Pierre Vernier

Question 23.
The signs and symbols used in maps are prevalent at the-…………
A. local level
B. state level
C. national level
D. international level
Answer:
D. international level

Question 24.
The headquarters of the Survey of India is in-…………
A. Mumbai
B. Pune
C. Dohradun
D. Delhi
Answer:
C. Dohradun

Question 25.
The globe is drawn on a-…………
A. small scale
B. large scale
C. medium scale
D. none of these
Answer:
A. small scale

Question 26.
The headquarters of NATMO is in-…………
A. Delhi
B. Kolkata
C. Dehradun
D. Ranchi
Answer:
B. Kolkata

Question 27.
The first book of maps was published by-…………
A. Mercator
B. Aryabhatta
C. Hecataeus
D. Herodotus
Answer:
A. Mercator

Question 28.
‘Mauza’ map is a type of-…………
A. cadastral map
B. topographical map
C. atlas
D. none of these
Answer:
A. cadastral map

Question 29.
The J.L. number is given in-…………
A. topographical map
B. cadastral map
C. atlas
D. none of these
Answer:
Answer:
B. cadastral map

Question 30.
The smallest administrative unit of revenue collection is-…………
A. village
B. town
C. block
D. ‘mauza’
Answer:
D. ‘mauza’

Question 31.
1 mile is equal to-…………
A. 1.6093 km
B. 0.1623 km
C. 1.9602 km
D. 1.3206 km
Answer:
A. 1.6093 km

Question 32.
I nautical mile is equal to-…………
A. 1.582 km
B. 1.852 km
C. 1.285 km
D. 1.962 km
Answer:
B. 1.852 km

Fill in the blanks

1. A ……….. map shows the relief.
Answer: physical

2. ‘Mauza’ map is a ………. scale map.
Answer: large

3. The mountains are represented by …………. colour on a map.
Answer: brown

4. A map shows the location of a country or state.
Answer: political

5. A wall map is an example of a scale map.
Answer: small

6. The diametrically opposite direction of south east is ………….
Answer: northwest

7. Weather map is a type of ………… map.
Answer: subjective

8. The word ‘map’ has been derived from the Latin word …………
Answer: mappa

9. The ………… side of any location can be determined from the sunrise observed at that place.
Answer: eastern

10. A map is an important component of …………
Answer: geography

11. The length of 1 secondary division is ………… than a primary division on a linear scale.
Answer: less

12. The ………… scale is used predominantly in maps.
Answer: linear

13. The distribution of crops in India is an example of a ………… map.
Answer: economic

14. The oldest map of the world was drawn on ………….
Answer: mudstone

15. The relationship of the ratio of the scale of a map with the reduction and enlargement of a map is ………….
Answer: inverse

16. Map is a type of ………….
Answer: pattern

17. The symbols used in maps are ………… accepted.
Answer: internationally

18. An international map is a type of ………… map.
Answer: small scale

19. Defence map is a type of ………… map.
Answer: cultural

20. A map indicating isohyet is a ………… map.
Answer: quantitative map

21. The ………… publishes the topographical map of India.
Answer: Survey of India

22. In a topographical map, the three main natural aspects are-relief, natural vegetation and ………….
Answer: rivers

23. The main cultural aspects of a topographical map are transport, communication and ………….
Answer: settlements

24. The ‘dag’ numbers of individual plots are marked on a …………. map.
Answer: cadastral

25. The scale drawn for a village cadastral map is 16 inches to …………
Answer: 1 mile

26. The ………… map shows the boundary and capital of a country.
Answer: political

27. The rock types of any area can be shown by a ………… map.
Answer: geological

28. A ………… map is used for obtaining information on rainfall and temperature.
Answer: weather map

29. A ………… map is vital for defence purposes.
Answer: topographical

30. A scale is drawn to show ………… the between map distance and actual ground distance.
Answer: ratio

31. In a ………… scale, a part of a fraction can also be measured accurately.
Answer: vernier

32. Based on general characteristics, maps can be divided into ………… types.
Answer: three

33. A political map is a type of ………… map.
Answer: subjective

34. In a topographical map, the contour lines are shown is ………… colour.
Answer: brown

35. A map showing isobars is a type of ………… map.
Answer: informative

36. The ………… are shown in green on a map.
Answer: forests

37. A ………… map shows telephone lines.
Answer: topographical

38. A topographical map shows the relation between physical and ………… features.
Answer: cultural

39. ………… maps are used for collecting revenues and taxes.
Answer: Cadastral

40. The fractional scale is a ………… scale.
Answer: unitless

41. The small divisions of a graphical scale are called …………
Answer: primary divisions

42. Air pressure is measured by a ………….
Answer: barometer

43. In a cadastral map, the general scale is ………… inches to 1 mile.
Answer: 16

44. Maps which are depicted in a small form are called ………… maps.
Answer: reduced

45. A globe is a smaller ………… of the earth.
Answer: model

State True or False

1. A globe is a small model of the earth.
Answer: True

2. The ‘N’ indicates north in the map.
Answer: True

3. White colour is used to indicate water on a map.
Answer: False

4. Projection is important in drawing maps.
Answer: True

5. The statement scale is of no use if a map is enlarged or reduced in size.
Answer: True

6. There is no unit in a fractional scale.
Answer: True

7. The vernier constant is measured in a diagonal scale.
Answer: False

8. The R.F. 1: 50000 in a map means that 1cm on the map is equal to 500m on the actual ground surface.
Answer: True

9. It is possible to show the spherical shape of the earth on a map.
Answer: False

10. 1 inch is equal to 2.54cm.
Answer: True

11. The primary division of a linear scale always refers to the summation of secondary divisions.
Answer: True

12. The ratio of scale increases when a map is enlarged.
Answer: False

13. The ratio of scale increases when a map is reduced.
Answer: True

14. Internationally accepted symbols are used in maps.
Answer: True

15. A map is a diagram where lines have been drawn arbitrarily.
Answer: False

16. Maps only depict mountains, rivers, hills, towns and ports.
Answer: False

17. An economic map is a subjective map.
Answer: True

18. An isohyet map is an informative or thematic map.
Answer: True

19. Railways, bridges, ferries are shown on a geological map.
Answer: False

20. Spotheights and benchmarks are shown on cadastral maps.
Answer: False

21. A political map is most useful when a small part of a village or town has to be identified.
Answer: False

Match the columns

Question 1.

Column I	Column II
1. Wall map	A. Medium scale
2. Cadastral map	B. Small scale
3. Topographical map	C. Large scale

Answer:
1-B , 2-C , 3-A

Question 2.

Column I	Column II
1. 1 mile	A. 1.852 km
2. 1 nautical mile	B. 1km
3. 0.6214 mile	C. 1.6093 km

Answer:
1-C, 2-A , 3-B

Question 3.

Column I	Column II
1. Herodotus	A. Founder of Vernier scale
2. Mercator	B. Concept of rectangular earth
3. Pierre Vernier	C. Published the first book of maps

Answer:
1-B, 2-C, 3-A

Question 4.

Column I	Column II
1. Hill, mountain	A. Soil map
2. Types of soil	B. Weather map
3. Nature of weather	C. Relief map

Answer:
1-C, 2-A, 3-B

Question 5.

Column I	Column II
1. Forest	A. Blue
2. Waterway	B. Yellow
3. Agricultural land	C. Green

Answer:
1-C , 2-A , 3-B

Crossword

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 1
Clues:
Down:
1. A scale that is most widely used.
2. An instrument that is used to determine direction.
Across:
3. The science of drawing maps.
4. ‘Map’ has been derived from this Latin word.
5. This region is denoted by greer colour on maps.
Answer:
Down:
1. LINEAR
2. COMPASS
Across:
3. CARTOGRAPHY
4. MAPPA
5. FORESTS

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 9 Maps and Scales 2
Clues:
Down:
1. Line on a map that shows points of equal gradient.
2. The instrument that shows the vernier scale.
Across:
3. The first person to measure the circumference of the spherical earth.
4. Map drawn on the basis of natural and cultural elements.
5. ‘N’ symbol points to this direction on the map.
Answer:
Down:
1. ISOCLINE
2. BAROMETER
Across:
3. ERATOSTHENES
4. THEMATIC
5. NORTH

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 8 West Bengal

February 1, 2024 by Prasanna

Well structured WBBSE 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 8 West Bengal can serve as a valuable review tool before exams.

West Bengal Class 9 WBBSE MCQ Questions

Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 1.
The highest peak of West Bengal, Sandakphu, is located at an altitude of……………….
A. 3543m
B. 3596m
C. 3636m
D. 3700m
Answer:
C. 3636m

Question 2.
Another peak of Singalila range is ……………….
A. Phalut
B. Tiger Hill
C. Chitrakoot
D. Doddabetta
Answer:
A. Phalut

Question 3.
A famous hill in the plateau region of West Bengal is……………….
A. Raj Mahal
B. Dowhill
C. Baghmundi
D. Chitrakoot
Answer:
A. Raj Mahal

Question 4.
An important river that flows through the Rarh region is……………….
A. Matla
B. Teesta
C. Damodar
D. Churni
Answer:
C. Damodar

Question 5.
A snowfed river of West Bengal is……………….
A. Ganges
B. Saptamukhi
C. Ajay
D. Kangsabati
Answer:
A. Ganges

Question 6.
The region receiving the heaviest rainfall in West Bengal is……………….
A. coastal area of Digha
B. northern mountainous region
C. western plateau region
D. Sundarbans region
Answer:
B. northern mountainous region

Question 7.
The most urbanised district of West Bengal is ……………….
A. Howrah
B. Bankura
C. Kolkata
D. Burdwan
Answer:
C. Kolkata

Question 8.
Number of districts in West Bengal is……………….
A. 17
B. 18
C. 19
D. 20
Answer:
D. 20

Question 9.
The source of river Barakar is ……………….
A. Ganga
B. Mahanadi
C. Damodar
D. Teesta
Answer:
C. Damodar

Question 10.
The most developed industry of Salt Lake is that of……………….
A. iron and Steel
B. information and technology
C. jute
D. cotton and textile
Answer:
B. information and technology

Question 11.
The dairy industry in West Bengal has developed in……………….
A. Raichak
B. Haldia
C. Kakdwip
D. Dankuni
Answer:
D. Dankuni

Question 12.
‘Adra’ of Purulia district is a……………….
A. fishing centre
B. district headquarters
C. healthy place
D. rail junction
Answer:
D. rail junction

Question 13.
The state which shares the longest border with West Bengal is……………….
A. Bihar
B. Jharkhand
C. Odisha
D. Assam
Answer:
B. Jharkhand

Question 14.
Largest river of North Bengal is……………….
A. Teesta
B. Torsa
C. Balasan
D. Jaldhaka
Answer:
A. Teesta

Question 15.
Mama Bhagne hill is in……………….
A. Bankura district
B. Birbhum district
C. Jalpaiguri district
D. Darjeeling district
Answer:
B. Birbhum district

Question 16.
A tributary of Jaldhaka river is ……………….
A. Rili
B. Sevok
C. Diana
D. Balasan
Answer:
C. Diana

Question 17.
A tidal river is ……………….
A. Torsa
B. Ajay
C. Gosaba
D. Jalangi
Answer:
C. Gosaba

Question 18.
The coldest district of West Bengal is ……………….
A. Cooch Behar
B. Darjeeling
C. Purulia
D. Nadia
Answer:
B. Darjeeling

Question 19.
The latitude that extends over Krishnanagar of Nadia district is ……………….
A. 0° latitude
B. 23 1/2° N latitude
C. 23 1/2° S latitude
D. 30° N latitude
Answer:
B. 23° N latitude

Question 20.
District town of East Midnapore is ……………….
A. Digha
B. Kanthi
C. Tamluk
D. Ghatal
Answer:
C. Tamluk

Question 21.
Fishing port has developed in……………….
A. Shankarpur
B. Krishnanagar
C. Durgapur
D. Islampur
Answer:
A. Shankarpur

Question 22.
Iron and steel industry has developed in……………….
A. Kharagpur
B. Kakdwip
C. Durgapur
D. Islampur
Answer:
C. Durgapur

Question 23.
Among the following, the type of soil suitable for agriculture is………………..
A. laterite
B. silt
C. coastal
D. mountainous
Answer:
B. silt

Question 24.
An example of a tidal river is……………….
A. Mathabhanga
B. Torsa
C. Rangit
D. Dwarkeshwar
Answer:
A. Mathabhanga

Question 25.
The main agricultural product of Darjeeling is……………….
A. jute
B. tea
C. coffee
D. paddy
Answer:
B. tea

Question 26.
Food Processing Research Centre is located at……………….
A. Barasat
B. Naihati
C. Panagarh
C. Asansol
Answer:
A. Barasat

Question 27.
Dry deciduous forest is seen in the……………….
A. mountainous regions
B. plateau regions
C. plain regions
D. delta region
Answer:
B. plateau regions

Question 28.
Santiniketan is situated in……………….
A. Burdwan
B. Nadia
C. Howrah
D. Birbhum
Answer:
D. Birbhum

Question 29.
An example of ‘Land’ port is……………….
A. Haldia
B. Kolkata
C. Berhampur
D. Petrapole
Answer:
D. Petrapole

Question 30.
A state to the north of West Bengal is……………….
A. Sikkim
B. Tripura
C. Bihar
D. Odisha
Answer:
A. Sikkim

Question 31.
The state of West Bengal was formed in……………….
A. 1951
B. 1947
C. 1949
D. 1956
Answer:
B. 1947

Question 32.
Western part of the newly formed landmass of Mahananda river of Malda district is ……………….
A. Diara
B. Barendrabhumi
C. Tal
D. Dooars
Answer:
A. Diara

Question 33.
The number of bordering states of West Bengal are……………….
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Answer:
B. 3

Question 34.
Chandannagar was added to West Bengal in……………….
A. 1956
B. 1968
C. 1952
D. 1954
Answer:
D. 1954

Question 35.
Cooch Behar became a part of West Bengal in……………….
A. 1950
B. 1952
C. 1954
D. 1947
Answer:
A. 1950

Question 36.
The southwestern state of West Bengal is……………….
A. Bihar
B. Arunachal Pradesh
C. Odisha
D. Jharkhand
Answer:
C. Odisha

Question 37.
The latitude which forms the northern limit of West Bengal is ……………….
A. 28° 02′N
B. 21° 30′N
C. 27° 10′N
D. 20° 30′N
Answer:
C. 27° 10‘N

Question 38.
The latitude which forms the southern limit of West Bengal is……………….
A. 21° 38′ N
B. 21° 22′ N
C. 27° 10′ N
D. 27° 05′N
Answer:
A. 21° 38‘N

Question 39.
The highest peak of Purulia is……………….
A. Ayodhya Hill
B. Susunia Hill
C. Mama Bhagne Hill
D. Mt. Maniratna
Answer:
A. Ayodhya Hill

Question 40.
An example of a perennial river is……………….
A. Rupnarayan
B. Ichhamati
C. Teesta
D. Subarnarekha
Answer:
C. Teesta

Question 41.
Plants with round leaves are found in……………….
A. Purulia
B. Jalpaiguri
C. Malda
D. Sundarbans
Answer:
D. Sundarbans

Question 42.
Which one of the following is not a high yielding variety of paddy seed……………….
A. Chaitali
B. Jaya
C. Ratna
D. Padma
Answer:
A. Chaitali

Question 43.
This river flows through the West BengalAssam boundary……………….
A. Raidak
B. Sankosh
C. Kaljani
D. Teesta
Answer:
B. Sankosh

Question 44.
The number of districts as per division of Presidency in West Bengal is……………….
A. 7
B. 9
C. 8
D. 6
Answer:
D. 6

Question 45.
The main city in the district of East Midnapore is……………….
A. Alipurduar
B. Cooch Behar
C. Tamluk
D. Midnapore
Answer:
C. Tamluk

Question 46.
Biharinath hill is situated in……………….
A. Bankura district
B. Birbhum district
C. Malda district
C. Hooghly district
Answer:
A. Bankura district

Question 47.
A river of the Sundarbans region is ……………….
A. Teesta
B. Matla
C. Damodar
D. Ajay
Answer:
B. Matla

Question 48.
Soil type of the mountainous region is suitable for growing……………….
A. jamun
B. jack fruit
C. custard apple
D. orange
Answer:
D. orange

Question 49.
Plassey is situated in……………….
A. Murshidabad
B. Bankura
C. Howrah
D. Hooghly
Answer:
A. Murshidabad

Question 50.
The east-west stretch of West Bengal is……………….
A. 650km
B. 325km
C. 395km
D. 610km
Answer:
B. 325km

Question 51.
Coffee is a……………….
A. plantation crop
B. fibre crop
C. food crop
D. none of these
Answer:
D. Bishnupur

Question 52.
Dolls and statues made of burnt clay is world famous from the region of……………….
A. Ghatal
B. Chandipur
C. Shantipur
D. Bishnupur
Answer:
D. Bishnupur

Question 53.
In jute production, West Bengal ranks……………….
A. 1st
B. 2nd
C. 3rd
D. 4th
Answer:
A. 1st

Question 54.
The process of collection of data, hardware and software related activities form the……………….
A. tourism industry
B. tant industry
C. information technology industry
D. food processing industry
Answer:
C. information technology industry

Question 55.
Tarapith is a……………….
A. historical place
B. seaside resort
C. religions place
D. commercial centre
Answer:
C. religions place

Question 56.
An example of a metropolitan city is……………….
A. Berhampore
B. Balurghat
C. Darjeeling
D. Kolkata
Answer:
D. Kolkata

Question 57.
The factor which has an impact on human body and mind is……………….
A. ebb and tide
B. change of seasons
C. daily apparent speed of the earth’s rotation with respect to the sun
D. change in duration of day and night
Answer:
B. change of seasons

Question 58.
‘Chhau’ dance is famous in……………….
A. Purulia
B. Bankura
C. Howrah
D. Birbhum
Answer:
A. Purulia

Question 59.
The Royal Bengal Tiger is seen in……………….
A. Bishnupur
B. Sundarbans
C. Bakkhali
D. Jaldapara
Answer:
B. Sundarbans

Question 60.
Rainfall in West Bengal is caused by the……………….
A. southwest monsoon winds
B. southeast monsoon winds
C. northwest monsoon winds
D. northeast monsoon winds
Answer:
A. southwest monsoon winds

Fill in the blanks

1. West Bengal was founded on ………….
Answer: 15 th August, 1947

2. The …………. mountain divides Nepal from Darjeeling.
Answer: Shingalila

3. …………. river flows through the KanthiDigha coastal area.
Answer: Rasulpur

4. The highest peak of the Ayodhya hill is ………….
Answer: Gorgaburu

5. The word ‘Terai’ means ………….
Answer: marshy land

6. Siliguri is known as the …………. of India.
Answer: northeast gateway

7. The word ‘Rarh’ …………. means in Santhali.
Answer: dry rocky land

8. A tributary of the Ganga river which enters into Bangladesh is ………….
Answer: Padma

9. The ‘Ashwin’ storm occurs in West Bengal during the …………. season.
Answer: autumn

10. The driest district of West Bengal is ………….
Answer: Purulia

11. Extensive occurrence of …………. trees has led to the etymology of ‘Sundarban’.
Answer: mangrove

12. …………. district is known as the ‘Rice bowl’ of West Bengal.
Answer: Burdwan

13. …………. district is the ‘Crown’ of West Bengal.
Answer: Darjeeling

14. Hot springs are found in Bakreshwar in …………. district of West Bengal.
Answer: Birbhum

15. …………. is called the ‘Ruhr of India’.
Answer: Durgapur

16. Apart from Kolkata, is an important port of West Bengal.
Answer: Haldia

17. …………. is called the ‘City of Palaces’.
Answer: Kolkata

18. The newly formed Island in South Sundarbans is ……………….
Answer: Purbasha or New Moore

19. The duration of in West Bengal is from March to May.
Answer: summer

20. Rivers of North Bengal are ………….
Answer: snowfed

21. The ………. mountain range lies to the north of West Bengal.
Answer: Himalaya

22. As per census report the population of West Bengal is ………….
Answer: 91,347,736

23. The population density of West Bengal is ………….
Answer: 1029 persons/sq km

24. The northern rivers, being swift flowing, facilitate …………. generation.
Answer: Hydroelectric

25. …………. river is called ‘sorrow of West Bengal’.
Answer: Damodar

26. …………. wind blowing from the Bay of Bengal causes rainfall all over West Bengal.
Answer: Monsoon

27. The largest quantity of coal resources are found in ………….
Answer: Raniganj

28. Hazarduari is situated in ………….district
Answer: Murshidabad

29. Teesta river causes ………….floods.
Answer: destructive

30. Damodar river converges with the ………….river.
Answer: Hooghly

31. The rivers of the plateau region are ………….
Answer: rainfed

32. A right bank tributary of the Teesta river is ………….
Answer: Rangit

33. …………. electricity centre has developed along the channel of the Jaldhaka river.
Answer: Hydro

34. Matla is a …………. river.
Answer: tidal

35. The Teesta river originated from the …………. glacier of Sikkim.
Answer: Jemu

36. Stilted roots and pneumotophores are found …………. in forests.
Answer: mangrove

37. A hot spring is located in …………. of Birbhum.
Answer: Bakreshwar

38. …………. is an alpine tree.
Answer: Rhododendron

39. The biggest city of the Ganga delta region is ………….
Answer: Kolkata

40. A tourist spot in West Bengal …………. is Hill.
Answer: Tiger

41. Burdwan sector of West Bengal has …………. districts
Answer: 7

42. …………. seasons are mainly observed in West Bengal.
Answer: 4

State True or False

1. A mountain pass known as Buxaduar is situated on the northern mountainous regions of Jalpaiguri district.
Answer: True

2. Susunia is the highest mountain in the plateau region of West Bengal.
Answer: False

3. The ancient silt-laden region of South Dinajpur and Malda district is called ‘Barendrabhumi’.
Answer: True

4. The northern part of the Ganga delta is called Mature Delta.
Answer: False

5. Teesta is a rainfed river of West Bengal.
Answer: False

6. The origin of the damodar river is Jemu Glacier of the eastern Himalayas.
Answer: False

7. Rainfall in West Bengal occurs due to southwest monsoon winds.
Answer: True

8. Rainy season prevails in West Bengal from June to September.
Answer: True

9. The driest district of West Bengal is Bankura.
Answer: False

10. The highest railway station of India is Ghoom.
Answer: True

11. Pedong is a small town near Kalimpong.
Answer: True

12. The plateau region of West Bengal is made of granite and gneiss rocks.
Answer: True

13. The rivers of the Sundarbans are swift flowing.
Answer: False

14. The local name of Kangsabati is ‘Kansai’.
Answer: True

15. West Bengal experiences cold temperate type of climate.
Answer: False

16. Summers are dry and winters are humid/ wet in West Bengal.
Answer: False

17. Bangladesh lies to the west of West Bengal.
Answer: False

18. A historical tourist spot in West Bengal is Hazarduari.
Answer: True

19. Rajarhat-Newtown is an information technology hub in Kolkata.
Answer: True

20. An irrigation canal of West Bengal is Kangsabati dam.
Answer: True

21. The storms that occur during autumn in West Bengal are called ‘Aswin’ storm.
Answer: True

22. Being at a higher altitude Darjeeling has a moderate type of climate.
Answer: False

23. The origin of Jaldhaka river is Bitang Lake.
Answer: True

24. The main commercial crop of West Bengal is potato.
Answer: False

25. Haldia is an important industrial zone of West Bengal.
Answer: True

26. Darjeeling is a hill station.
Answer: True

27. The highest peak of Darjeeling district is Gorgaburu.
Answer: False

28. The laterite soil is found in the Rarh region.
Answer: True

29. ‘Terai’ means dry rocky land.
Answer: False

30. Laterite soil is ideal for cultivation.
Answer: False

31. Pneumatophores are found in ‘Sundari’ trees.
Answer: True

32. Purulia district of West Bengal is a plateau area.
Answer: True

33. Haryana is a neighbouring state of West Bengal.
Answer: False

34. The Jalpaiguri sector of West Bengal has 7 districts.
Answer: True

35. The head quarters of Murshidabad district is Chinsura.
Answer: False

36. In the northern part of West Bengal, Bihar is one of the most important neighbouring states.
Answer: False

37. Rivulets known as ‘khanris’ are seen along with the rivers of the Sundarbans region.
Answer: True

38. West Bengal’s topography can be classified into 3 physical divisions.
Answer: True

39. Hooghly is a tributary of Kangsabati.
Answer: False

40. The saline soil of Sundarbans is alkaline in nature.
Answer: True

41. Siliguri is called the ‘Iron and Steel City’.
Answer: False

42. West Bengal is called the ‘Land of Rivers’.
Answer: True

43. Kolkata and Howrah are called twin cities.
Answer: True

44. Brahmani river is called the ‘Sorrow of Midnapore’.
Answer: False

45. Tea is a cash crop.
Answer: True

46. The crops which are cultivated for earning money, are called cash crops.
Answer: True

47. Sajnekhali is a spectacular spot in the Sundarbans.
Answer: True

48. Berhampore is called the ‘City of Palaces’.
Answer: False

49. Jute is the main agricultural crop of the Rarh region.
Answer: False

50. West Bengal has 19 districts at present.
Answer: False

Match the columns

Column I	Column II
1. Rivers of North Bengal	A. Matla
2. Rivers of the plateau region	B. Teesta
3. Rivers of the plain region	C. Ajay
4. Sundarbans	D. Ichhamati

Answer:
1-B, 2-C, 3-D, 4-A

Column I	Column II
1. Extremely Hot	A. Darjeeling
2. Extremely Cold	B. Purulia
3. Extremely Dry	C. Buxaduar
4. Extremely Humid	D. Asansoi

Answer:
1-D, 2-A, 3-B, 4-C

Column I	Column II
1. Iron and Steel	A. Budge Budge
2. Tea	B. Durgapur
3. Jute	C. Rajarhat
4. Information and Technology	D. Alipurduar

Answer:
1-B, 2-D, 3-A, 4-C

Column I	Column II
1. Cotton-Textile Industrial Centre	A. Sea beach of Digha
2. Jute industrial centre	B. Shankarpur
3. Tourism centre	C. Ghusuri in Howrah district
4. Food-processing centre	D. Rishra in Hooghly district

Answer:
1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 4-B

Column I	Column II
1. Glasgow of India	A. Durgapur
2. Ruhr of India	B. Siliguri
3. Capital of West Bengal	C. Howrah
4. Gateway to Northeast India	D. Kolkata

Answer:
1-C, 2-A, 3-D, 4-B

Column I	Column II
1. Singalila	A. Gorgaburu
2. Ayodhya Hill	B. Rishila
3. Durbindara	C. Sandakhphu

Answer:
1-C, 2-A, 3-B

Column I	Column II
1. Ayodhya Hill	A. Bankura
2. Susunia Hill	B. Shankarpur
3. Belpahari	C. Birbhum
4. Mama Bhagne Hill	D. Purulia

Answer:
1-D, 2-A, 3-B, 4-C

Column I	Column II
1. Jaldapara	A. Botanical Garden
2. Shibpur of Howrah	B. Hazarduari
3. Murshidabad	C. Victoria Memorial
4. Kolkata	D. One-horned Rhinoceros

Answer:
1-D, 2-A, 3-B, 4-C

Crossword

Question 1.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 8 West Bengal 1
Clues:
Down:
1. The coldest district in West Bengal.
2. The mountain range that separates Darjeeling from Nepal.
4. A neighbouring country of West Bengal.
Across:
3. The delta region of the Ganga river.
5. A famous sea beach in West Bengal.
6. The most sacred river flowing through India.
Answer:
Down:
1. DARJEELING
2. SINGALILA
4. NEPAL
Across:
3. SUNDARBANS
5. DIGHA
6. GANGA

Question 2.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 8 West Bengal 2
Clues:
Down:
1. Sundarbans have been named after this tree.
2. The capital of West Bengal. Across:
3. This city is called ‘Glasgow of India’.
4. A tributary of the Bhagirathi.
5. The foothills of the Himalayas.
6. A river of the Sundarbans region.
Answer:
Down:
1. SUNDARI
2. KOLKATA
Across:
3. HOWRAH
4. MAYURAKSHI
5. TERAI
6. MATLA

Question 3.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 8 West Bengal 3
Clues:
Down:
1. An associate port of Kolkata.
3. This names means ‘duar’ or ‘door’.
Across:
2. ‘Commercial hub’ of north Bengal.
4. The highest railway station of India.
5. The newly formed district of West Bengal.
Answer:
Down:
1. HALDIA
3. DOOARS
Across:
2. SILIGURI
4. GHOOM
5. ALIPURDUAR

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 7 Resources of India

February 1, 2024 by Prasanna

Well structured WBBSE 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 7 Resources of India can serve as a valuable review tool before exams.

Resources of India Class 9 WBBSE MCQ Questions

Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 1.
Which of the following centres is famous for extraction of iron ore?
A. Bonai
B. Jharia
C. Jamshedpur
D. Kolaghat
Answer:
A. Bonai

Question 2.
A Low grade coal is………………..
A. siderite
B. limonite
C. lignite
D. bituminous
Answer:
C. lignite

Question 3.
A coalfield located in the Mahanadi valley………………..
A. Talcher
B. Bokaro
C. Raniganj
D. Thane
Answer:
A. Talcher

Question 4.
An important oil………………..producing centre in Assam………………..
A. Noonamati
B. Naharkatiya
C. Trombay
D. Lunej
Answer:
B. Naharkatiya

Question 5.
An important thermal power station in east India………………..
A. Maithon
B. Hirakud
C. Farakka
D. Nellore
Answer:
C. Farakka

Question 6.
The biggest coal mining area is………………..
A. Raniganj
B. Jharia
C. Singareni
D. Badampahar
Answer:
B. Jharia

Question 7.
An important thermal power station in South India………………..
8. Mettur
B. Periyar
C. Neyveli
D. Santaldih
Answer:
C. Neyveli

Question 8.
A nuclear power station in Rajasthan is
A. Trombay
B. Tarapur
C. Kota
D. Rudrasgar
Answer:
C. Kota

Question 9.
The largest oil refinery in India………………..
A. Koyali
B. Digboi
C. Haldia
D. Thane
Answer:
A. Koyali

Question 10.
The best quality iron………………..ore is………………..
A. magnetite
B. hematite
C. limonite
D. siderite
Answer:
A. magnetite

Question 11.
The first nuclear power station India………………..
A. Trombay
B. Kalpakkam
C. Tarapur
D. Sholapur
Answer:
C. Tarapur

Question 12.
A source of alternate energy is ………………..
A. swift………………..flowing river
B. solar power
C. coal
D. petroleum
Answer:
B. solar power

Question 13.
An example of fossil fuel………………..
A. coal
B. iron
C. copper
D. thorium
Answer:
A. coal

Question 14.
ONGC was established in………………..
A. 1953
B. 1956
C. 1965
D. 1976
Answer:
B. 1956

Question 15.
The oldest oil producing centre in India is located in………………..
A. Digboi
B. Bombay High
C. Ankleshwar
D. Trombay
Answer:
A. Digboi

Question 16.
A geothermal centre in India has come up in………………..
A. Vizhinjam
B. Manikaran
C. Jalkheri
D. Chikmagalur
Answer:
B. Manikaran

Question 17.
A renewable resource is………………..
A. wind
B. petroleum
C. iron
D. coal
Answer:
A. wind

Question 18.
A non………………..renewable resource is………………..
A. sunlight
B. gold
C. wind
D. geothermal power
Answer:
B. gold

Question 19.
A valuable cultural resource is………………..
A. education
B. population
C. water
D. land
Answer:
A. education

Question 20.
An example of an international resource is………………..
A. school
B. water
C. land
D. ozone layer
Answer:
D. ozone layer

Question 21.
A by………………..product of coal is………………..
A. paraffin
B. coal tar
C. diesel
D. plastic
Answer:
B. coal tar

Question 22.
Best quality coal in India is found in………………..
A. Mahanadi valley
B. Godavari valley
C. Damodar valley
D. Son vally
Answer:
C. Damodar valley

Question 23.
The richest zone of Monazite in India is………………..
A. Malabar Coast
B. Konkan Coast
C. Coromandel Coast
D. Northern Circars Coast
Answer:
A. Malabar Coast

Question 24.
One of the following states of India that has centre for wind………………..power production is ………………..
A. Bihar
B. Tamil Nadu
C. Uttar Pradesh
D. Andhra Pradesh
Answer:
B. Tamil Nadu

Question 25.
The Shivasamudram Hydroelectric power centre has developed on………………..
A. Mahanadi
B. Godavari
C. Narmada
D. Kaveri
Answer:
D. Kaveri

Question 26.
Forest is an…………………
A. cultural resource
B. natural resource
C. human resource
D. abiotic resource
Answer:
B. natural resource

Question 27.
Education is an…………………
A. intangible resource
B. tangible resource
C. human resource
D. biotic/biological resource
Answer:
A. intangible resource

Question 28.
Sea………………..fish is a………………..
A. permanent resource
B. renewable resource
C. cultural resource
D. human resource
Answer:
B. renewable resource

Question 29.
A social resource is………………..
A. wind
B. knowledge
C. health
D. educational institution
Answer:
D. educational institution

Question 30.
The most important mineral resource of India is………………..
A. iron ore
B. mica
C. coal
D. petroleum
Answer:
C. coal

Question 31.
Iron ore is found in Badampahar which is located in the state of………………..
A. Goa
B. Karnataka
C. Odisha
D. Jharkhand
Answer:
C. Odisha

Question 32.
The greatest use of coal is found in………………..
A. running of trains
B. iron and steel industry
C. production of thermal power
D. melting of metals
Answer:
C. production of thermal power

Question 33.
The first coal mine discovered in India is ………………..
A. Kerala
B. Barakar
C. Talcher
D. Raniganj
Answer:
D. Raniganj

Question 34.
Iron ore of the highest grade/ quality, found in India, is
A. magnetite
B. siderite
C. haematite
D. limonite
Answer:
C. haematite

Question 35.
The state which was the pioneer in extracting/producing coal is………………..
A. Bihar
B. Jharkhand
C. Chattisgarh
D. Odisha
Answer:
B. Jharkhand

Question 36.
Coal belonging to which of the following geological age is mostly found in India………………..
A. Tertiary
B. Carboniferous
C. Gondwana
D. Jurassic
Answer:
C. Gondwana

Question 37.
A nuclear power producing centre in Maharashtra is………………..
A. Tarapur
B. Kaiga
C. Kokrajhar
D. Narora
Answer:
A. Tarapur

Question 38.
The topmost state in producing solar energy is ………………..
A. West Bengal
B. Gujarat
C. Rajasthan
D. Kerala
Answer:
B. Gujarat

Question 39.
A resource which is found universally is ………………..
A. wind
B. mineral resource
C. culture
D. school
Answer:
B. mineral resource

Question 40.
Coke is produced from………………..
A. bituminous coal
B. lignite
C. anthracite coal
D. peat
Answer:
A. bituminous coal

Question 41.
The best coal mine in West Bengal is………………..
B. Jamuria
B. Raniganj
C. Andal
D. Jayanti
Answer:
B. Raniganj

Question 42.
The largest petroleum producing region in India is………………..
A. coastal region of Gujarat
B. deep sea off the western coast
C. deep sea off the Eastern coast
D. Brahmaputra valley region
Answer:
B. deep sea off the western coast

Question 43.
In terms of cattle population, India ranks………………..
A. first
B. second
C. third
D. four
Answer:
A. first

Question 44.
In terms of Inland fisheries production wise., India ranks………………..
A. first
B. second
C. third
D. fourth
Answer:
B. second

Fill in the blanks

1. Coal is called ……………….
Answer: black diamond

2. The main lignite mine in South India is ……………….
Answer: Neyveli

3. ………………. is called liquid gold.
Answer: Petroleum

4. Bandel in West Bengal is a ………………. producing centre.
Answer: thermal power

5. Most of the iron ore of India is of ………………. variety.
Answer: haematite

6. The source of all energy in the world is the……………….
Answer: sun

7. The primary stage coal of is ……………….
Answer: peat

8. Lignite coal is also known as ……………….
Answer: brown

9. Saccharine is a ………………. of coal.
Answer: by-product

10. Uranium is the raw material ………………. of energy.
Answer: nuclear

11. Hydroelectric power is also known as ………………. coal.
Answer: white

12. ………………. is derived at the last stage of converting coal.
Answer: Graphite

13. A substance or matter which has functionality and is called a resource.
Answer: utility

14. After the discovering of a new resource the utility of an older resource is ……………….
Answer: reduced

15. A resource may be both ………………. or intangible.
Answer: tangible

16. About ………………. per cent of the coal in India belongs to the Gondwana age.
Answer: 99

17. The oldest coal mine in India is ……………….
Answer: Raniganj

18. A famous wind-power centre called………………. has come of in Gujarat.
Answer: Lamda

19. ………………. is a hydroelectric power centre in West Bengal.
Answer: Jaldhaka

20. India’s………………. per cent of coal belongs to the Tertiary age.
Answer: 1

21. ………………. was held in Rio-de-Janeiro in 1992.
Answer: earth summit

22. Innovative thinking of man is a type of ………………. resource.
Answer: human

23. Coal is a prototype of ……………….
Answer: carbon

24. A notable oil refinery of eastern India is ……………….
Answer: Haldia

25. Solar power is an important source of ………………. power.
Answer: inexhaustible

26. ………………. is an example of an alloy.
Answer: steel

27. ………………. geothermal power station is located in Himachal Pradesh.
Answer: Manikaran

28. ………………. is the largest coal mine in India.
Answer: Jharia

29. The three main resources creating component are nature, man and ……………….
Answer: culture

30. India ranks ………………. in the world in production of fish.
Answer: 6th

31. percent of land is covered by forest in India.
Answer: 21.05

32. ………………. is the main component of coal.
Answer: Carbon

33. There are ………………. types of coal depending on carbon content (in percent.)
Answer: four

34. There is ………………. percentage of carbon in Bituminous coal.
Answer: 50-85

35. Wind power is at its maximum within ………………. metres of the earth’s surface.
Answer: 100

State True or False

1. The work done by any matter (tangible or intangible) is called resource.
Answer: True

2. Only tangible matter is called resource.
Answer: False

3. Natural cryolite of Greenland is the only valuable resource found there.
Answer: True

4. The oceans comprise a social resource.
Answer: False

5. Anthracite is the best quality of coal.
Answer: True

6. Noonmati is famous for oil refinery.
Answer: True

7. Baba Budan Hills of Karnataka is noted for coal mines.
Answer: False

8. Solar power is an example of an inexhaustible resource.
Answer: True

9. South India produces more hydroelectricity than North India.
Answer: True

10. The biggest solar power plant has come up in Lamda of Gujarat.
Answer: False

11. Any matter is resource. Its capability of filling up a gap is not considered a resource.
Answer: False

12. By using alternate energy pollution can be checked.
Answer: True

13. Magnetite is an example of a superior quality coal.
Answer: False

14. Petroleum is called ‘Liquid Gold’.
Answer: True

15. There is no fear of exhausting reserved resources.
Answer: False

16. Mineral oil is usually found in sedimentary rocks.
Answer: True

17. Coal is an example of fossil fuel.
Answer: True

18. Lesser amount of raw material is needed to produce nuclear power.
Answer: True

19. Reserves of lignite are the largest in India.
Answer: False

20. Sagar Samrat is an oil drilling ship.
Answer: True

21. The famous wind-energy producing centre is of Mandvi in Gujarat.
Answer: True

22. Bombay High produces largest amount of mineral oil or petroleum.
Answer: True

23. Recycling of resources is a way of conserving resources.
Answer: True

24. Jaldhaka is a thermal power plant in West Bengal.
Answer: False

25. The idea of resource is static.
Answer: False

26. Anthracite is the highest quality coal.
Answer: True

27. Hematite is the highest quality iron ore.
Answer: False

28. Steel is an alloy.
Answer: True

29. Tin is a scarce resource.
Answer: True

30. Huge quantities of coal are found in Gorumahisani in Odisha.
Answer: False

Match the columns

Column 1	Column II
1. Biotic Resource	A. Railway
2. Abiotic Resource	B. School
3. Social Resource	C. Fish
4. National Resource	D. Iron ore

Answer:
1-C, 2-D, 3-B, 4-A

Column 1	Column II
1. Bailadila	A. Nuclear power
2. Singareni	B. Mineral oil
3. Mumbai High	C. Iron ore
4. Tarapur	D. Coal

Answer:
1-C, 2-D, 3-B, 4-A

Column 1	Column II
1. Bokaro	A. Hydroelectric power centre
2. Hirakud	B. Wind energy centre
3. Lamda	C. Geothermal power centre
4. Manikaran	D. Thermal power centre

Answer:
1-D, 2-A, 3-B, 4-C

Crossword

Question 1.

WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 7 Resources of India 1

Clues:
Down:
1. A notable steel plant in Jharkhand.
2. First coal mining area in India.
Across:
3. MAPS (Madras Atomic Power Station) is located here.
4. The oldest oil producing centre in India is located here.
5. Famous centre for iron-ore extraction in India.
Answer:
Down:
1. BOKARO
2. RANIGANJ
Across:
3. KALAPAKKAM
4. DIGBOI
5. JHARIA

Question 2.
WBBSE Class 9 Geography MCQ Questions Chapter 7 Resources of India 2
Clues:
Down:
1. A geothermal power station is located here.
4. The ore of this metal is found in Chikmagalur.
Across:
2. An important thermal power station in South India
3. A coal based power plant of NTPC in West Bengal.
5. First nuclear power station in India
Answer:
Down:
1. MANIKARAN
4. IRON
Across:
2. NEYVELI
3. FARAKKA
5. TARAPUR

Subject	Conventional energy	Non-conventional energy
1. Concept	This energy is produced by using traditional age old processes.	This energy is produced by using ecofriendly sources.
2. Sources	Coal, petroleum, natural gas, radioactive substances, flowing water are the sources of this kind of energy.	Sunlight, wind, tides, geo-thermal energy are the sources of this type of energy.
3. Power intensity	A huge amount of energy can be produced by using conventional methods. So large scale industries have a high demand for this type of energy.	It is used in small amounts for household purposes, or for small scale industries. Large amount of energy has not been produced through this source yet.
4. Capital	Huge capital is needed.	Capital requirement is less.
5. Impact on environment	It is not eco-friendly in nature and has adverse effect on the environment.	It is eco-friendly in nature, and has no adverse effect on the environment.
6. Importance	As large amount of energy can be produced through this source, the conventional source of energy is very important. But it is quite uncertain whether this source would be important in the future.	As less amount of energy is produced through this source, less importance is given to it. But there are high chances that this form of energy would gain importance in near future.

State	Centre	Production capacity (%)
1. Gujarat	Patan, Mithapur, Rajkot, Surendranagar	49.90
2. Rajasthan	Pokhran, Jodhpur, Phalodi	38.89
3. Madhya Pradesh	Bhagwanpur, Ujas	9.15
4. Andhra Pradesh and Telangana	Kadiri	3.18
5. Maharashtra	Katol, Osmanabad, Mulsi	1.38
6. Tamil Nadu	Coimbatore	1.14
7. Odisha	Patapur	0.99
8. Uttar Pradesh	Barabanki	0.91
9. Karnatak	Belgaon, Kolar	0.69
10. West Bengal	Jamuria	0.15

State	Production center
1. Jammu and Kashmir 2. Chattisgarh 3. Himachal Pradesh 4. West Bengal 5. Gujarat 6. Maharashtra	Puga Valley Tatapani Manikaran Bakreshwar Cambay Unai, Jalgaon